{"text_format":"1","workbook":"xlsx","n_sheets":60,"sheets":["Title Sheet","TOC","Introduction","Disclaimer","Project Information","2a. Project General Tasks","2b. Public Involvement","3a. Engineering Analysis","3b. Environmental Analysis","3c. Environmental Document","Selective C&G Guidelines","Tree Disposition Guidelines","Roadway Guidelines","4. Roadway Analysis","5. Roadway Plans","6a. Drainage Analysis","6b. Drainage Plans","Utility Guidelines","7. Utilities","Environmental Permit Guidelines","8. Environmental Permits","Structures-Guidelines","9. Str. -Summ Misc Tasks & Dwgs","10. Structures-BDR","11. Str.-Temporary Bridge","12. Str.-Short Span Concrete","13. Str.-Medium Span Concrete ","14. Structures-Structural Steel","15.Str.-Segmental Concrete","16. Structures-Movable Span","17. Structures-Retaining Walls","18. Structures-Miscellaneous","Signing & Marking Guidelines","19. Signing & Marking Analysis","20. Signing & Marking Plans","Signalization Guidelines","21. Signalization Analysis","22. Signalization Plans","Lighting Guidelines","23. Lighting Analysis","24. Lighting Plans","Landscape Guidelines","25. Landscape Analysis ","26. Landscape Plans","Survey Guidelines","27. Survey","28. Photogrammetry","29. Mapping","30. Terrestrial Mobile LiDAR","Architecture Guidelines","31. Architecture Development","Noise Guidelines","32. Noise Analysis","ITS Guidelines","33. ITS Analysis","34. ITS Plans","Geotechnical Guidelines","35. Geotechnical","3D Modeling Guidelines","36. 3D Modeling"],"not_rendered":{"charts":0,"images":4,"macros":0,"external_links":1,"defined_names":714,"comments":0,"pivot_tables":0},"unopened":[],"bounds":{"document_bytes":16777216,"sheet_cells":100000,"rows_first":2000,"rows_last":500,"rows_between":2000,"halvings":0,"cell_chars":16384,"cell_head_chars":4096},"cells_cut":0,"cells_raw":0,"read":"whole","date_system":"1900"}

{"sheet":"Title Sheet","index":0,"n_rows":8,"n_cols":1,"rows_kept":8,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[]}
["STANDARD SCOPE &"]
["STAFF HOUR ESTIMATION"]
["GUIDELINES"]
[]
["CONCURRENT PD&E AND DESIGN SERVICES"]
[]
[]
["July 2019"]

{"sheet":"TOC","index":1,"n_rows":40,"n_cols":4,"rows_kept":40,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[]}
["INTRODUCTION",null,"SIGNING & PAVEMENT MARKINGS"]
[null,"Introduction",null,"Signing & Pavement Markings Guidelines"]
[null,"Disclaimer","19.","Signing & Pavement Markings Analysis"]
[null,"Project Information","20.","Signing & Pavement Markings Plans"]
["PROJECT GENERAL TASKS",null,"SIGNALIZATION"]
["2a.","Project Common and Project General Tasks",null,"Signalization Guidelines"]
["2b.","Public Involvement","21.","Signalization Analysis"]
["ENGINEERING ANALYSIS",null,"22.","Signalization Plans"]
["3a.","Engineering Analysis","LIGHTING"]
["3b.","Environmental Analysis",null,"Lighting Guidelines"]
["3c.","Environmental Document","23.","Lighting Analysis"]
["ROADWAY ANALYSIS",null,"24.","Lighting Plans"]
[null,"Selective Clearing and Grubbing Guidelines","LANDSCAPE"]
[null,"Tree Disposition Plan",null,"Landscape Guidelines"]
[null,"Roadway Guidelines","25.","Landscape Analysis"]
["4.","Roadway Analysis","26.","Landscape Plans"]
["5.","Roadway Plans","SURVEY"]
["DRAINAGE ANALYSIS",null,null,"Survey Guidelines"]
["6a.","Drainage Analysis","27.","Survey"]
["6b.","Drainage Plans","PHOTOGRAMMETRY"]
["UTILITIES",null,null,"Photogrammetry Guidelines"]
[null,"Utilities Guidelines","28.","Photogrammetry"]
["7.","Utilities","MAPPING"]
["ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS",null,"29.","Mapping"]
[null,"Environmental Permits and Env. Clearances Guidelines","TERRESTRIAL MOBILE LiDAR"]
["8.","Environmental Permits and Env. Clearances","30.","Terrestrial Mobile LiDAR"]
["STRUCTURES",null,"ARCHITECTURE"]
[null,"Structures Guidelines",null,"Architecture Guidelines"]
["9.","Summary of Miscellaneous Tasks & Drawings","31.","Architecture Development"]
["10.","Bridge Development Report","NOISE BARRIERS"]
["11.","Temporary Bridge","32.","Noise Barriers Impact Design Assessment in the Design Phase"]
["12.","Short Span Concrete Bridge","INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS (ITS)"]
["13.","Medium Span Concrete Bridge",null,"ITS Guidelines"]
["14.","Structural Steel Bridge","33.","ITS Analysis"]
["15.","Segmental Concrete Bridge - Not applicable","34.","ITS Plans"]
["16.","Movable Span - Not applicable","GEOTECHNICAL"]
["17.","Retaining Walls",null,"Geotechnical Guidelines"]
["18.","Miscellaneous","35.","Geotechnical"]
[null,null," ","3D Modeling Guidelines"]
[null,null,"36.","3D Modeling"]

{"sheet":"Introduction","index":2,"n_rows":12,"n_cols":14,"rows_kept":12,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[]}
["INTRODUCTION"]
[null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null," "]
["The Staff Hour Estimation Handbook was developed to assist Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) and Consultant personnel in the estimation and negotiation of professional services contracts. This Handbook will serve as a reference tool for the Project Managers and other staff, both FDOT and Consultant, involved in estimation and negotiation of staff hours to effect a uniform and consistent process in all Districts and offices."]
[]
["The individual tasks included for the various project activities (Roadway, Drainage, Signals, etc.) have been established to be as consistent as possible with the tasks identified in the standard Scope of Services. Also, each project activity section of this handbook will include a description of the overall logic utilized in establishing the types of projects relating to the range of staff hours identified for each task.  Note that Activities 15 & 16 are not applicable for Concurrent PD&E and Design Services projects."]
[]
["The staff hour ranges presented on the following sheets represent the work effort that may be expected for each specific task on typical projects.  These hourly ranges vary from the simple project (lower end of range) to the complicated project (upper end of range) based upon the specific variables for each individual activity.  The ranges represent neither the minimum nor maximum hours that may be negotiated for a particular task on a project.  Hours below or above these ranges may be applicable based upon constraints and requirements that are specific to the project. The project type does not dictate the level of complexity of each activity or task.  Each individual activity/task may have a different level of complexity based upon project specific requirements and conditions."]
[]
["To achieve mutually satisfactory negotiations between FDOT and Consultant personnel, it is essential that the staff hour estimations prepared by both parties follow the philosophy and concepts expressed in the previous paragraph. Using the limits of the staff hour ranges presented in this handbook as absolute limits will not achieve the results desired by each party necessary to successfully complete a project. "]
["It is recognized that the Districts may need to vary the work requirements shown in the Standard Scope of Services and Task Descriptions of the Staff Hour Estimating Forms to make them District or project specific. Where such variations occur, all changes to the Standard Scope shall be shown in bold italics to alert the user that the scope requirements have changed from the standard. Changes to the work effort described for each Task shall be noted in that Task's comment column of the Staff Hour Estimating Forms to alert the user that the ranges shown in the basis may no longer be applicable to that specific task."]
[]
["Changes to the scope and task descriptions shall be kept to a minimum to insure consistent work effort requirements of consultants statewide."]

{"sheet":"Disclaimer","index":3,"n_rows":2,"n_cols":1,"rows_kept":2,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[0,0,0,11],[1,0,1,11]]}
["FDOT Staff Hour Worksheet Package"]
["The staff hour ranges presented on the following sheets represent the work effort that may be expected for each specific task on typical projects.  These hourly ranges vary from a simple project (lower end of range) to a complicated project (upper end of range).  The ranges represent neither the minimum nor maximum hours that may be negotiated for a particular task on a project.  Hours below or above these ranges may be applicable based upon constraints and requirements that are specific to the project.  "]

{"sheet":"Project Information","index":4,"n_rows":56,"n_cols":13,"rows_kept":56,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[21,1,21,4],[21,5,21,7],[21,8,21,10],[21,11,21,13],[17,1,17,4],[17,5,17,7],[17,8,17,10],[17,11,17,13],[18,1,18,4],[18,5,18,7],[18,8,18,10],[18,11,18,13],[19,1,19,4],[19,5,19,7],[19,8,19,10],[19,11,19,13],[20,1,20,4],[20,5,20,7],[20,8,20,10],[20,11,20,13],[55,1,55,4],[55,5,55,7],[55,8,55,10],[55,11,55,13],[5,2,5,3],[5,4,5,7],[6,1,6,2],[6,4,6,5],[6,9,6,10],[7,1,7,4],[7,5,7,7],[7,8,7,11],[22,1,22,4],[22,5,22,7],[22,8,22,10],[22,11,22,13],[26,1,26,4],[26,5,26,7],[26,8,26,10],[26,11,26,13],[27,1,27,4],[27,5,27,7],[27,8,27,10],[27,11,27,13],[0,6,0,10],[3,1,3,2],[3,3,3,4],[3,5,3,6],[3,7,3,8],[4,1,4,2],[4,3,4,4],[4,5,4,6],[15,0,16,0],[15,1,15,7],[15,8,15,13],[16,1,16,4],[16,5,16,7],[16,8,16,10],[16,11,16,13],[8,1,8,4],[8,8,8,11],[9,1,9,4],[9,8,9,11],[10,1,10,4],[10,8,10,11],[11,1,11,4],[11,8,11,11],[23,1,23,4],[23,5,23,7],[23,8,23,10],[23,11,23,13],[24,1,24,4],[24,5,24,7],[24,8,24,10],[24,11,24,13],[25,1,25,4],[25,5,25,7],[25,8,25,10],[25,11,25,13],[30,1,30,4],[30,5,30,7],[30,8,30,10],[30,11,30,13],[31,1,31,4],[31,5,31,7],[31,8,31,10],[31,11,31,13],[28,1,28,4],[28,5,28,7],[28,8,28,10],[28,11,28,13],[29,1,29,4],[29,5,29,7],[29,8,29,10],[29,11,29,13],[34,1,34,4],[34,5,34,7],[34,8,34,10],[34,11,34,13],[35,1,35,4],[35,5,35,7],[35,8,35,10],[35,11,35,13],[32,1,32,4],[32,5,32,7],[32,8,32,10],[32,11,32,13],[33,1,33,4],[33,5,33,7],[33,8,33,10],[33,11,33,13],[38,1,38,4],[38,5,38,7],[38,8,38,10],[38,11,38,13],[39,1,39,4],[39,5,39,7],[39,8,39,10],[39,11,39,13],[36,1,36,4],[36,5,36,7],[36,8,36,10],[36,11,36,13],[37,1,37,4],[37,5,37,7],[37,8,37,10],[37,11,37,13],[42,1,42,4],[42,5,42,7],[42,8,42,10],[42,11,42,13],[43,1,43,4],[43,5,43,7],[43,8,43,10],[43,11,43,13],[40,1,40,4],[40,5,40,7],[40,8,40,10],[40,11,40,13],[41,1,41,4],[41,5,41,7],[41,8,41,10],[41,11,41,13],[46,1,46,4],[46,5,46,7],[46,8,46,10],[46,11,46,13],[47,1,47,4],[47,5,47,7],[47,8,47,10],[47,11,47,13],[44,1,44,4],[44,5,44,7],[44,8,44,10],[44,11,44,13],[45,1,45,4],[45,5,45,7],[45,8,45,10],[45,11,45,13],[50,1,50,4],[50,5,50,7],[50,8,50,10],[50,11,50,13],[51,1,51,4],[51,5,51,7],[51,8,51,10],[51,11,51,13],[48,1,48,4],[48,5,48,7],[48,8,48,10],[48,11,48,13],[49,1,49,4],[49,5,49,7],[49,8,49,10],[49,11,49,13],[54,1,54,4],[54,5,54,7],[54,8,54,10],[54,11,54,13],[52,1,52,4],[52,5,52,7],[52,8,52,10],[52,11,52,13],[53,1,53,4],[53,5,53,7],[53,8,53,10],[53,11,53,13]]}
["Financial Project Identification Number:","999999-1-52-01",null,null,null,null,"Federal Aid Project Identification Number:",null,null,null,null,"54321"]
["Name of Prime / Subconsultant:","Enter name of prime or subconsultant",null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,"County:","enter name of county"]
["Project Description:","Enter project name & description"]
["Begin Milepost:",null,null,"End Milepost:",null,null,null,"Project Length:",null,null,"Miles"]
["Number of Lanes:",null,null,"Typical Section:",null,null,null,"(Urban / Rural / Int.)",null,null,"Lane Configuration:",null,"(Divided / Undivided)"]
["Project Type:",null,"(Minor / Major)",null,"Access Management Classification:",null,null,null,null,null,"Roadway Classification:",null,"(NHS/FIHS/Off Sys.)"]
["CAP Level:",null,null,null,"TTCP Level:",null,null,null,null,"Survey Level:"]
["Design Variations:","1.",null,null,null,"Design Exceptions:",null,null,"1."]
[null,"2.",null,null,null,null,null,null,"2."]
[null,"3.",null,null,null,null,null,null,"3."]
[null,"4.",null,null,null,null,null,null,"4."]
[null,"5.",null,null,null,null,null,null,"5."]
[]
["Proposed Design Contract Time:",null,"months/days",null,null,null,"Date of Negotiation:"]
[]
["Project Activity:","Estimated By:",null,null,null,null,null,null,"Negotiated By: (name - firm)"]
[null,"Consultant",null,null,null,"FDOT",null,null,"Consultant",null,null,"FDOT"]
["2a. Project Common and Project General Tasks","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["2b. Public Involvement","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["3a. Engineering Analysis","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["3b. Environmental Analysis","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["3c. Environmental Document","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["4. Roadway Analysis","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["5. Roadway Plans","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["6a. Drainage Analysis","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["6b. Drainage Plans","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["7. Utilities","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["8. Environmental Permits and Env. Clearances","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["9. Structures - Summary of Miscellaneous Tasks & Drawings","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["10. Structures - Bride Development Report","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["11. Structures - Temporary Bridge","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["12. Structures - Short Span Concrete","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["13. Structures - Medium Span Concrete","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["14. Structures - Structural Steel","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["15. Structures - Segmental Concrete  - Not applicable","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["16. Structures - Movable Span  - Not applicable","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["17. Structures - Retaining Walls","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["18. Structures - Miscellaneous","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["19. Signing and Pavement Marking Analysis","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["20. Signing and Pavement Marking Plans","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["21. Signalization Analysis","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["22. Signalization Plans","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["23. Lighting Analysis","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["24. Lighting Plans","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["25. Landscape Analysis","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["26. Landscape Plans","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["27. Survey","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["28. Photogrammetry","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["29. Mapping","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["30. Terrestrial Mobile LiDAR","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["31. Architecture Development","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["32. Noise Barriers Impact Design Assessment","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["33. Intelligent Transportation Systems Analysis","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["34. Intelligent Transportation Systems Plans","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["35. Geotechnical","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]
["36. 3D Modeling","Enter name & firm",null,null,null,"Enter name & office",null,null,"Enter name & firm",null,null,"Enter name & office"]

{"sheet":"2a. Project General Tasks","index":5,"n_rows":20,"n_cols":5,"rows_kept":20,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[0,0,0,4]]}
["2a. Project Common and Project General Tasks"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
["2a.1","Project Common Tasks","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Subtasks are covered on tab 4 of the Roadway SHEG. "]
[]
["2a.2","Project General Tasks","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","See itemized tasks for Project General Tasks (Tasks 2a.2.1 to 2a.2.12)."]
["2a.2.1","Joint Project Agreements","EA","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","When the Joint Project Agreement (JPA) deliverable is not prepared by the CONSULTANT, services may include all coordination, meetings, etc., required to ensure compatibility, include JPA documents in the contract plans package and  include the JPA documents in the electronic delivery package.  (LS based on 8 to 40 hours per JPA for coordination, meetings, revisions/modifications, etc., and 6 to 16 hours per JPA for inclusion in the electronic delivery package."]
["2a.2.2","Specifications Package Preparation","LS","24 to 48","This task includes the time for assembling the Specifications Package.  Hours for Technical Special Provisions and/or Modified Special Provisions are included in each Activity."]
["2a.2.3","Contract Management","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","The CONSULTANT is responsible for maintaining Project files, including copies of submittals and underlying data, electronic folders and documents, calculations, information, and supporting documentation. The CONSULTANT is responsible for preparing monthly progress reports and schedule updates, and compilation and submittal of project documentation. (LS based on initial set-up estimated at 16-32 hours, 4-12 hours per month for update/maintenance, and 4 to 12 hours for project documentation).  Factors to consider when estimating the hours are: number of agencies, complexity of project, multiple technical progress reports per month, adding data to project suite, and/or other CONSULTANT inputs to DEPARTMENT databases). Does not include hours to upload files or develop Environmental Document in the SWEPT application.  (Note: Preparation of non-technical -administrative -progress reports cannot be reimbursed.)"]
["2a.2.4","Value Engineering (Multi-Discipline Team) Review","LS","20 to 80","Includes all efforts required for VE study.  This includes providing initial input, answering questions, and providing complete plans as needed for study.  This includes attending the teams recommendation meeting and required responses to recommended alternatives. This may require additional documentation, beyond the Design Report.  CONSULTANT attends up to 4 Meetings. Range depends on complexity of the project, number of alternatives, and number of issues. (LS)"]
["2a.2.5","Prime CONSULTANT Project Manager Meetings","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes only Project Manager staff hours for attending technical meetings and other meetings listed in the meeting summary for this Task on Tab 2a of the Staff Hour Estimates Form. Hours includes any travel time.  Meetings required for other staff for each Activity are included in the meetings section for that specific Activity: (LS based on 1 Project Manager x length of meeting x number of meetings per month x Contract Duration.)"]
["2a.2.6","Plans Update","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","To be determined on a case-by-case basis."]
["2a.2.7","Post Design Services","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Required work will be defined in the scope and negotiated on a case-by-case basis. Determining the level of effort needed to perform the activities stated above will be dependent on the size and complexity of the project.  For instance, a short 3-R project may have a need for minimal involvement of the EOR for Post Design Services, however, a large complex interchange, or bridge may require substantial involvement.  In addition, changes in the physical interchange or bridge may require substantial involvement.  In addition, changes in the physical and social conditions of the project may also add to the consideration of the appropriate effort.\nThe Districts may wish to identify a minimal amount of funds in order to identify those issues that could affect the time required by the EOR for post design services.  This approach would initially supplement the design contract by a reasonable amount, and as funds are depleted, supplement additional resources as needed.  Care must be taken to ensure that sufficient funds are always available to cover unforeseen construction events.  This would allow money to remain available for other projects and not be tied up in post design where it may not be needed until the outer years."]
["2a.2.8","Digital Delivery","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Calculation","Includes submitting applicable documents and contract plans (as defined in the scope of services) in digital format. Effort is calculated as follows:\n\nFor setup of the signature sheet and signing and sealing by the first EOR: 6 to 9 hours\n\nFor each additional EOR signature: 3 hours per signature.                           Include 4 to 8 hours to upload appropriate documents in SWEPT. Does not include hours to develop Environmental Document in the SWEPT application."]
["2a.2.9","Risk Assessment Workshop","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Calculation","Includes all efforts required to attend and provide support materials for the Risk Assessment Workshop and associated preparatory and follow-up Risk Assessment Meetings, prepare a risk-based cost estimate, and provide follow-up actions as necessary. The Workshop will involve a Risk Preparatory Session (half-day to 1 day plus information assessment), a Risk Assessment Workshop (1 to 3 days), and Risk Follow-Up Meeting (half-day to 1 day).  There will be approximately one Risk Assessment Update meeting every 3 to 6 months (as deemed necessary) during the design to discuss the risks, mitigation strategies and any updates to the Risk Register.  Also includes 4 to 8 hours for meeting preparation and follow-up activities for each meeting.\n\nHours = LS based on the following hours for each CONSULTANT key design staff member needed in attendance: \n= Workshop Preparatory Session: (4 to 8 hours x # of key CONSULTANT staff required)\n+ Workshop: (8 to 40 hours x # of key CONSULTANT staff required)\n+ Workshop Follow-up Meeting: (4 to 8 hours x # of key CONSULTANT staff required)\n+ Update Meetings: (1 to 3 hours per update meeting X # of key CONSULTANT staff required X # of update meetings) \n+ (4 to 8 hours prep/follow-up X # of meetings)"]
["2a.2.10","Railroad, Transit and/or Airport Coordination","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Calculation","This efforts includes coordination required for railroad, transit and/or airport based on project context. Hours to analyze railroad crossing are included in Activity 3a.3.10. \nHours to be determined on a case-by-case basis."]
[null,"Railroad","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Calculation"]
[null,"Transit","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Calculation"]
[null,"Aeronautical Evaluation","LS","40-80","Includes all efforts to comply with the requirements of Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 77 and the conditions of any Determinations; and coordination with the DEPARTMENT."]
["2a.2.11","Landscape and Existing Vegetation Coordination","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Calculation","Refer to the Selective Clearing and Grubbing Guidelines. To be determined on a case-by-case basis."]
["2a.2.12","Other Project General Tasks","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Calculation","Includes all efforts for a project general task not covered by an existing defined task.  Required work will be defined in the scope and negotiated on a case-by-case basis."]

{"sheet":"2b. Public Involvement","index":6,"n_rows":54,"n_cols":7,"rows_kept":54,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[13,5,13,7],[7,5,7,7],[0,0,0,4]]}
["2b. Public Involvement"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
["2b","Preliminary Design and PD&E Public Involvement","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Itemized tasks in this activity, cover effort to support both PD&E and Final Design. ",null," "]
["2b.1","Public Involvement Plan*","LS","32 to 112","This task involves the research and coordination necessary to complete the Public Involvement Plan as per Part 1, Chapter 11 of the PD&E Manual and Public Involvement Handbook, and also incorporating the requirements of Community Awareness Plan per the FDOT Design Manual in the project. Issues such as how information will be disseminated and gathered from the public are to be considered. This does not include website development and updating. Range depends on project length, number of jurisdictions, nearby properties, stakeholders, and controversy potential."]
["2b.2","Public Involvement Data Collection","LS","12 to 108","This task includes the development and maintenance of mailing lists, correspondence, collecting and maintaining news articles and stories, public circulars, and transcripts from radio and TV news clips throughout the duration of the Project. This task also includes maintaining and updating the public involvement file. The estimate of hours for this task is based on the number of municipalities, local groups, number of property owners, and availability of data. Also includes investigation and recommendation of potential meeting locations. Range depends on project area type(rural or urban); project length; and number of jurisdictions, nearby properties, and stakeholders."]
["2b.3","Scheduled Public Meetings"]
[null,"Project Kickoff Meeting"]
[null,"Development of Meeting Materials*","LS","120 to 240","This task includes the preparation of an agenda, presentation, handouts, graphics, exhibits, set up, notification letters, meeting announcements, news releases, response letters, and DEPARTMENT staff briefings. Criteria affecting the hours needed are: location of project, type of presentation, number of exhibits, etc.  (If this is combined with an Elected Official meeting adjust hours accordingly). "]
[null,"Participation and notes","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of the  attendance, participation and preparing notes in the Kickoff Meeting. The hour estimate is based on Number of meetings * [number of staff attending x (length of meeting + travel time) + time for notes preparation and distribution]."]
[null,"Presentations to Local MPOs and Associated Technical and Citizen Committees"]
[null,"Development of Meeting Materials*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of the preparation of presentation scripts, presentation graphics, handouts, and exhibits for the local Metropolitan Planning Organizations (MPOs) and associated technical and citizen committees, as applicable.  Reduce or eliminate hours if this presentation reuses original materials. Range 16 to 60 hours, depending on the number and purpose of meetings"]
[null,"Participation and notes","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of attending, participating and preparing notes. The hour estimate is based on Number of meetings * [number of staff attending x (length of meeting + travel time) + time for notes preparation and distribution]."]
[null,"Coordination Meetings with Key Agencies"]
[null,"Development of Meeting Materials*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of preparation of presentation scripts, presentation graphics, handouts, and exhibits for key agencies, as applicable.  Reduce or eliminate hours if this presentation reuses original materials."]
[null,"Participation and notes","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of attending, participating and preparing notes. The hour estimate is based on Number of meetings * [number of staff attending x (length of meeting + travel time) + time for notes preparation and distribution]."]
[null,"Corridor Workshop(s) or Public Informational Meeting(s)"]
[null,"Development of Meeting Materials*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes the preparation of the agenda, presentation, handouts, graphics, exhibits, set up, display advertisements, letters for notification, news releases, project summaries, response letters, and DEPARTMENT staff briefings.  Reduce or eliminate hours if this presentation reuses original materials. Range depends on the number of corridors or coordination with working groups."]
[null,"Participation and notes","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of attending, participating and preparing notes. The hour estimate is based on Number of meetings * [number of staff attending x (length of meeting + travel time) + time for notes preparation and distribution]."]
[null,"Alternatives Public  Meeting(s) or Workshop"]
[null,"Development of Meeting Materials*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes the preparation of the agenda, presentation, handouts, graphics, exhibits, set up, display advertisements, letters for notification, news releases, project summaries, response letters, and DEPARTMENT staff briefings.  Reduce or eliminate hours if this presentation reuses original materials.  Range depends on project length, number of jurisdictions, nearby properties, and stakeholders."]
[null,"Participation and notes","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of attending, participating and preparing notes. The hour estimate is based on Number of meetings * [number of staff attending x (length of meeting + travel time) + time for notes preparation and distribution]."]
[null,"Design Public Meeting"]
[null,"Development of Meeting Materials*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of preparing agenda, presentation, handouts, graphics, exhibits, set up, display advertisements, letters for notification, news releases, project summaries, response letters, and DEPARTMENT staff briefings.  Reduce or eliminate hours if this presentation reuses original materials. Range 16 to 60 hours, depending on complexity of the project and the level of public controversy. Add hours for PowerPoint slides development: 16 to 40 hours (includes addressing  DEPARTMENT review comments). If voice over is included with the presentation, add 12 to 24 hours for development of the script and 8 to 16 hours for recording and including the voice over in the presentation."]
[null,"Participation and notes","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of attending, participating and preparing notes. The hour estimate is based on Number of meetings * [number of staff attending x (length of meeting + travel time) + time for notes preparation and distribution]."]
[null,"Additional Coordination and Consensus Building Meeting(s)"]
[null,"Development of Meeting Materials*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes preparing for the meeting and creating or updating presentations for unscheduled and agency meetings. There will be several of these meetings through the life of the project. They may be the result of a request by a local government for a project update, or from a request of a homeowner’s association. An estimate as to the number of these meetings both unscheduled public meetings and agency meetings will be included in the SOS. List anticipated meetings in the Staff Hour Estimation Form. Reduce or eliminate hours if this presentation reuses original materials. Range depends on project length, number of jurisdictions, nearby properties, and stakeholders."]
[null,"Participation and notes","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of attending, participating and preparing notes. The hour estimate is based on Number of meetings * [number of staff attending x (length of meeting + travel time) + time for notes preparation and distribution]."]
[null,"Community / Stakeholder Forum(s)"]
[null,"Development of Meeting Materials*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes the preparation of the agenda, presentation, handouts, graphics, exhibits, set up, display advertisements, letters for notification, news releases, project summaries, response letters, and DEPARTMENT staff briefings.  Reduce or eliminate hours if this presentation reuses original materials.  Range depends on project length, number of jurisdictions, nearby properties, and stakeholders."]
[null,"Participation and notes","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of the actual attendance, participation, and preparation of notes. The hour estimate is based on Number of meetings * [number of staff attending x (length of meeting + travel time) + time for notes preparation and distribution]."]
[null,"Environmental Forum(s)"]
[null,"Development of Meeting Materials*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes the preparation of the agenda, presentation, handouts, graphics, exhibits, set up, display advertisements, letters for notification, news releases, project summaries, response letters, and DEPARTMENT staff briefings.  Reduce or eliminate hours if this presentation reuses original materials. Range depends on project length, number of jurisdictions, nearby properties, and stakeholders."]
[null,"Participation and notes","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of attending, participating and preparing notes. The hour estimate is based on Number of meetings * [number of staff attending x (length of meeting + travel time) + time for notes preparation and distribution]."]
["2b.4","Other Public and Agency Meetings  or informal meetings (Specify)"]
[null,"Development of Meeting Materials*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of the preparation of presentation scripts, presentation graphics, handouts, and exhibits for key agency meetings, as applicable.  Reduce or eliminate hours if this presentation reuses original materials."]
[null,"Participation and notes","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of attending, participating and preparing notes. The hour estimate is based on Number of meetings * [number of staff attending x (length of meeting + travel time) + time for notes preparation and distribution]."]
["2b.5","Median Modification Letters","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task involves preparation of a median modification letter to be sent to property owners along the project, modification of the letter for each median opening location, and a sketch of the proposed median modifications in the vicinity of the property.  Effort includes submittal of the letters to FDOT for review as well as revisions. Initial letter: 1 to 3 hours.  Modification of letter for each opening location = 1 hour.  Preparation of sketch for each median opening: 1 to 3 hours."]
["2b.6","Driveway Modification Letters","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task involves preparation of a driveway modification letter to be sent to property owners along the project, modification of the letter for each property owner receiving the letter, and a sketch of the proposed driveway modification(s) for each affected property.  Effort includes submittal of the letters to FDOT for review as well as revisions. Initial letter: 1 to 3 hours.  Modification of letter for each property owner: 1 hour.  Preparation of each sketch: 1 to 3 hours."]
["2b.7","Public Hearing"]
[null,"Public Hearing Materials","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes preparation of public hearing materials. This can include preparation of Public Officials and Regulatory Agencies Letters, Public Hearing Notices, Property Owner Letters, presentation scripts, brochures, meeting location signs, exhibits, and security. The task also includes additional invitations, advertisements, press releases as well as arranging for Court Reporter(s), setting up and tearing down, response letters, and briefing DEPARTMENT staff. Videos, simulations, rendering, 3-D visualizations are not included in this task. Criteria affecting number of hours is the level of environmental controversy of the project (supported by the results of the ETDM Screening), length of the project and location.  "]
[null,"Participation","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of attending and participating in the Public Hearing. The hour estimate is based on number of staff attending x (length of meeting + travel time)."]
["2b.8","Comments and Coordination Report*","LS","36 to 120","This task  includes preparation of the report that documents the public involvement activities for the PD&E study and addendum to the report during final design. Criteria affecting number of hours is the level of environmental controversy of the project and the expected number of public involvement activities.  Range depends on the expected level of controversy and resource specific letters."]
["2b.9","Notification of Approved Environmental Document*","LS","4 to 8 ","This task includes the preparation of transcripts and advertisement of the legal notice indicating the DEPARTMENT received Location and Design Concept Acceptance as per Part 1, Chapter 11 of the PD&E Manual. Hours depends on the anticipated Class of Action: CE and EA (4 hours), EIS (8 hours)."]
["2b.10","Communication Aids"]
[null,"Newsletters*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes the preparation and distribution of project newsletters. The hours associated for this task are 20 to 40 hours for the initial newsletter 12 to 24 hours for each subsequent edition. The DEPARTMENT and the CONSULTANT will need to agree on the number of editions over the life of the project. The hours associated with this translation and publication is 8 to 20 hours for each additional language.  "]
[null,"Renderings and Fly Throughs*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task involves the preparation renderings and/or fly-throughs as defined in the Scope of Services.  Fly-throughs will be negotiated on a case-by-case basis.  Criteria affecting the hours include the length of the project, the level of detail and movement included in the fly-through, the duration of the fly-though (i.e. how many minutes), and if voice over and music is included.  Range: negotiated on a project basis."]
[null,"Simulation Videos and Visualizations*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes the preparation of simulation videos and visualizations as specified in the scope. If microsimulation is scoped in the traffic analysis task; no additional hours should be included. Criteria depends on the complexity of the visual aid: PowerPoint; static 3-D displays; computer animation or microsimulation. "]
[null,"Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes the preparation and distribution of project FAQs.  Hours to be negotiated on case-by-case basis."]
[null,"Social Media*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes the preparation and/or maintenance of social media for project communications, per DEPARTMENT direction and approval. Hours to be negotiated on case-by-case basis."]
[null,"Web Site*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes all of the work necessary to develop and maintain an internet web page for the dissemination of project information, and collection of public comment. The hours needed for this task are 20 to 60 hours to develop the web page (dependent on size and complexity of the web page).  Website maintenance - add 2 to 6 hours per month for the duration of the project to maintain and update the site."]
[null,"Radio/Television*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes development of public informational materials for use in radio and television advertisements as defined in the scope. Hours to be negotiated on case-by-case basis."]
["2b.11","Additional Public Involvement Requirements","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Calculation","Includes all efforts for public involvement tasks not covered by an existing defined task.  Required work will be defined in the scope and negotiated on a case-by-case basis."]
[null,"Design Charrettes*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes the meeting preparation, creating or updating presentations, participating and facilitating design charrettes as defined in the scope. Hour to be negotiated based on the length of the project and number of potential design options and typical sections."]
[null,"Specify","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Calculation","Includes all efforts for public involvement tasks not covered by an existing defined task.  Required work will be defined in the scope and negotiated on a case-by-case basis."]

{"sheet":"3a. Engineering Analysis","index":7,"n_rows":40,"n_cols":5,"rows_kept":40,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[0,0,0,4],[11,5,11,7],[20,5,20,7]]}
["3a. Preliminary Engineering Analysis"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
["3a.1","Existing Conditions "]
["3a.1.1","Previous Studies","LS","10 to 80","This task includes coordinating with the DEPARTMENT and other agencies, with the DEPARTMENT'S approval, in obtaining and reviewing previous studies such as corridor studies, subarea studies, Master Plans, ACER and adjacent studies to the project.  The criteria used in estimating the hours for this task include the length of the project and the number of documents to review. Range based on the number of studies, issues, and agencies."]
["3a.1.2","Existing Conditions Analysis","LS"]
[null,"Data Collection","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of collecting data describing existing roadway conditions and characteristics.  It includes the review of all relevant data with regards to the existing roadway, including but not limited to plans, pavement reports, and existing ROW, tax and maintenance maps, as well as data related to modes and sub-modes of transportation.  This data will be analyzed to determine transportation deficiencies as they relate to the needs and objectives of the project. This also includes the development of exhibits such as a Project Location Map and Corridor Maps as necessary. The criteria used to estimate the hours for this task include the length of the project, the availability of data, and whether the project is located in an urban or rural setting."]
[null,"Field Reviews","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of conducting field observations to review existing conditions and obtaining data required to understand the study area.  Hours are calculated using the following formula: number of trips x number of staff per trip x (travel time to the field + \"T\"). T is field time. Hours required to document existing conditions is included in the Alternatives Analysis Documentation task. Hours will be negotiated based on the formula, and  complexity of the project and the number of disciplines involved."]
[null,"Analysis","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of analyzing the existing conditions data to identify and verify current transportation deficiencies as they relate to the needs and objectives of this Project. The criteria used to estimate the hours for this task include the length of the project, the availability of data, and whether the project is located in an urban or rural setting."]
["3a.1.3","Base Maps","Sheet"," 4 to 16","This task includes creating a base map that consists of existing data and information for the project on aerial photographs. This task includes creating an Overall Project Location Map, Overall Drainage Map and Corridor Maps (Roll Plots). Range depends on density of the corridor and urban or rural setting."]
["3a.2","Travel Demand Forecasting*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of travel demand forecasting methodology, model development, model validation, forecast development, and documentation in accordance with DEPARTMENT Project Traffic Forecasting Procedure. The criteria used to estimate the hours for this task include the length of the project, geographic breadth of the subarea, and type of the forecasting method or model used."]
["3a.3","Traffic Analysis"]
["3a.3.1","Traffic Analysis Methodology*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of developing methodology that will be used to performed traffic analysis in accordance with the PD&E Manual, Traffic Analysis Handbook, Highway Capacity Manual and the Project Traffic Forecasting Handbook. The Methodology should include an approach to evaluate saftey performance of the alternatives. The Methodology will be approved by the DEPARTMENT."]
["3a.3.2","Traffic Counts*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Turning movements and machine counts data collection will be defined depending on the specific needs of the project and depending on the data already collected."]
["3a.3.3","Vehicle Classification Counts on Roadway Segments and Ramps*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Vehicle Classification Counts on Roadway Segments and Ramps data collection will be defined depending on the specific needs of the project and depending on the data already collected."]
["3a.3.4","Pedestrian, Bicycle, and Other Multimodal Data*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","The following Pedestrian, Bicycle, and Other Multimodal Data will be collected:\n• Pedestrian Counts\n• Bicycle Counts\n• Travel patterns or origin-destination (OD) survey \n• Transit data \n• Freight movement"]
["3a.3.5","Speed and Delay Studies*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes collecting speed and travel times, and performing data reduction and analysis. Hours for this effort depends on the length of the corridor, number of lanes, number of control points, and number of study periods."]
["3a.3.6","Calibration and Validation Data*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Calibration and Validation data will be collected based on the needs of the Project and in accordance with the Traffic Analysis Handbook PD&E Manual.  Specific data will be identified in the Traffic Analysis Methodology."]
["3a.3.7","Existing Traffic Operational Analysis*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This tasks includes conducting existing (base year) operational analysis and documenting the operational performance measures as agreed in the analysis methodology. "]
["3a.3.8","Calibration and Validation*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of calibrating and validating the microsimulation model in accordance with agreed upon traffic analysis methodology. "]
["3a.3.9","No-Build Analysis*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes the analysis of the operational performance of the No-Build Alternative for analysis years to identify deficiencies. "]
["3a.3.10","Development and Screening of Alternatives *","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This tasks consists of identifying, developing and screening of potential project alternatives that would meet the purpose and need of the project. This task will also include coordination with lead agency, planning office and design office as appropriate.  Hours associated with this tasks are estimated 4 to 24 per alternative based on the type of typical section.\nIf the alternatives involves railroad crossing, add  2 to 4 hours per alternative addressing rail impacts review which may include analyzing elevated crossings and developing generic roadway and transit railroad crossings as appropriate. If additional coordination is required due to a larger than normal impact to a project, then those efforts should be included in the affected tasks (i.e. utilities, right of way)."]
["3a.3.11","Operational Evaluation of Build Alternatives*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes the analysis of the operational performance of feasible alternative(s) for analysis years for agreed upon traffic analysis methodology. As appropriate, the analysis must include all modes, i.e. automobile, freight, pedestrians, bicyclists, and transit.  Hours depends on area type and complexity of the project."]
["3a.3.12","Project Traffic Analysis Report*","LS","80 to 240","This tasks includes the preparation of the Project Traffic Analysis Report (PTAR)."]
["3a.4","Interchange Access Request*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task requires preparation of Interchange Access Report in accordance with the Interchange Access Request Users Guide and Part 2, Chapters 2 and 3 of the PD&E Manual.  Hours include preparation of Methodology Memorandum and coordination with District Interchange Review team. PD&E Scope of Services must specify this task. "]
["3a.5","Traffic Data for Noise Study*","EA","8 to 24","This Task includes providing traffic data for each roadway segment requiring a noise analysis in accordance with the FDOT Traffic Noise Modeling and Analysis Practitioners Handbook.  This task will involve  disseminating traffic data from the traffic analysis into a format as requested by the District's Noise Specialist. Range depends on number of crossroads, segments and project length.                                                                          \n"]
["3a.6","Traffic Data for Air Quality Analysis*","EA","8 to 24","This task includes providing traffic data for air quality analysis.  Traffic data will be provided for all applicable project alternatives for each analysis year.  Range depends on number of crossroads, segments and project length.\n "]
["3a.7","Traffic Analysis near Railroad Crossings*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes collecting traffic counts at railroad crossing, and traffic operational analysis near railroad crossings"]
["3a.8","Tolling Concepts*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes the review of planning revenue traffic studies, preparing preliminary tolling concepts, tolling signage, high-level cost analysis, review impacts and recommend alternatives as described in the Scope of Services."]
["3a.9","Safety Analysis"]
["3a.9.1","Crash Data*","LS","4 to 32 ","This task requires the collection of the most recent five years of data from the DEPARTMENT'S crash database and other local sources. Range depends on availability of State Road or Off System Road data."]
["3a.9.2","Data Driven Safety Analysis"]
[null,"Historical Crash Analysis*","LS","24 to 80 ","This task includes the tabulation of crash data, the determination of high accident sections, and the safety analysis of the existing facility and alternatives. The criteria for estimating the hours needed for this task are the number of years being analyzed, number of major intersections, length of the project, and if available the number of crashes on the facility.  Range depends on number of intersections, project area type, and project length."]
[null,"HSM Safety Analysis*","LS","48 to 200","This task includes assessment of historical crashes on the project, assessment of crash countermeasures based on Crash Modification Factors and development of conclusions and recommendations, and assessment of safety performance of the corridor using predictive analysis. Range depends on project length, crash analysis method and major improvements."]
["3a.9.3","Safety Analysis Documentation*","LS","24 to 120","This task includes documenting findings from conducting a safety analysis. Hours are reduced if documentation is included in the Project Traffic Analysis Report. Range depends on number and type of intersections, project area type, and project length."]
["3a.10","Alternatives Evaluation"]
["3a.10.1","Comparative Alternatives Evaluation*","LS","16 to 80 ","This task includes the development of an evaluation matrix and the qualitative and quantitative analysis of the project alternatives. The criteria for determining the number of hours needed for this task are the number of alternatives and segments and the level of detail for the concepts."]
["3a.10.2","Selection of Recommended Alternative(s)*","LS","2 to 4 ","This task includes coordinating with the DEPARTMENT only."]
["3a.11","Alternatives Analysis Documentation"]
[null,"Draft Preliminary Engineering Report*","LS"," 100 to 300","This task includes drafting the Preliminary Engineering Report in accordance with Part 2, Chapter 3 of the PD&E Manual. The criteria for determining the hours needed for this task are: complexity of the issues and impacts, the number of alternatives, and the extent of the corridor analysis. Range depends on the number of alternatives and number of issues."]
[null,"Final Preliminary Engineering Report*","LS"," 60 to 200","This task includes completing the final Preliminary Engineering Report after the selection of the preferred alternative.  This includes documentation of preferred alternative, and any updates required based on Public Hearing input. The criteria for selecting the hours needed for this task are complexity of the issues and impacts, the number of alternatives, the extent of the corridor analysis, and permits if required. "]

{"sheet":"3b. Environmental Analysis","index":8,"n_rows":61,"n_cols":7,"rows_kept":61,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[0,0,0,4]]}
["3b. Environmental Analysis and Reports"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
["3b.1","Sociocultural Effects*","LS","8 to 80","This task includes the preparation of a Sociocultural Effects Evaluation Report or Technical Memo to address areas expected to be impacted by the project.  This report documents the resources and potential effects to potential  impacts to land use, social, economic, mobility or aesthetic resources evaluated in Section 5.1.1 thru 5.1.6 and other social resources.  Report prepared in accordance with  Part 2, Chapter 4 of the PD&E Manual. The criteria for estimating the hours is based on the complexity of issues and number of impacted sociocultural sub-areas.  If the effects will only be documented in the Environmental Document and not compiled in a separate Report, the hours for this task will be 0. Range depends on complexity and number of effected resources."]
["3b.1.1","Social*","LS","4 to 24 ","Activities for this task cover community cohesion, special community designation, safety/ emergency response, demographics, and community goals and quality of life. This task consists of collecting data and completing the Community Characteristics Inventory (CCI) and performing the analysis necessary to determine Title VI/VIII involvement, evaluating community cohesion and services, analyzing and evaluating the effects of the project on individual groups or neighborhoods and the community in accordance with Part 2, Chapter 4 of the PD&E Manual. The criteria for estimating the hours needed for this task are the type of neighborhoods along the corridor, the magnitude of impact to the community, and the anticipated coordination effort. (9 to 24 hours) If the ETDM is recently completed, only 4 hours for updates will be required."]
["3b.1.2","Economic*","LS","4 to 24 ","Activities for this task cover business, employment, property values, and tax base. Specifically, this task consists of identifying all community service properties along the project, and analyzing the economic effect of the project on the community services and facilities as per Part 2, Chapter 4 of the PD&E Manual. The criteria for estimating the hours needed for this task are the number of community services and potential impacts. (8 to 24 hours) If the ETDM is recently completed, only 4 hours for updates will be required."]
["3b.1.3","Land Use*","LS","4 to 24","This task consists of reviewing existing and future land use and analyzing the compatibility of the project with the identified land use in accordance with Part 2, Chapter 4 of the PD&E Manual.  The criteria for estimating the hours needed for this task are the number of jurisdictions, potential and ongoing growth along the corridor. (7 to 24+ hours) If the ETDM is recently completed, only 4 hours for updates will be required.",null," "]
["3b.1.4","Mobility*","LS","4 to 24","This task consists of identifying and analyzing the project alternatives for mobility as per Part 2, Chapter 4 of the PD&E Manual for all transportation modes in the Study Area. Hours depends on the area type. (8 to 24 hours) If the ETDM is recently completed, only 4 hours for updates will be required."]
["3b.1.5","Aesthetics*","LS","4 to 24 ","This task includes all efforts necessary to analyze visual impacts of the project, and the development of aesthetic treatments as per Part 2, Chapter 5 of the PD&E Manual. The criteria for estimating the hours needed for this task are historic or scenic potential of corridor, and/or the potential for controversy. (4 to 24 hours) If the ETDM is recently completed, only 4 hours for updates will be required."]
["3b.1.6","Relocation Potential"]
[null,"Review and Impact Determination*","LS","16 to 40 ","This task consists of identifying residences, businesses, and institutional or community facilities associated with relocations for the project alternatives as per Part 2 Chapter 4, of the PD&E Manual. The criteria for estimating the hours needed for this task are the number and type of relocations, and the location of the project."]
[null,"Conceptual Stage Relocation Plan (CSRP)*","LS","16 to 80","This task consists of all the necessary tasks to prepare the Conceptual Stage Relocation Plan as per Part 2, Chapter 4, of the PD&E Manual. This task will be negotiated with the ROW office.  The estimate should be based upon potential number of relocations and availability of property for relocation."]
["3b.1.7","Farmland*","LS","4 to 8","This task consists of analyzing the project for farmlands impacts and completing the documentation required as per Chapter 9 of the Right of Way Procedures Manual and Part 2, Chapter 6 of the PD&E Manual. Projects that involve unique farmlands may require more hours, and will need a more detailed estimate. Range depends on level of involvement and documentation of NRCS letter requirement."]
["3b.2","Cultural Resources"]
["3b.2.1","Archaeological and Historic Resources"]
[null,"Research Design and Survey Methodology*","LS","20 to 40","This task consists in preparing a Research Design and Survey Methodology for the project per Part 2 Chapter 8 of the PD&E Manual.  The research design will be submitted to the DEPARTMENT for approval prior to the initiation of field work. Determine the area of potential effect (APE) including potential pond sites. Range depends on number of potential resources per corridor and level of potential impacts."]
[null,"Cultural Resources Assessment Survey*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes identifying any cultural resources associated with the project that are 45 to 50 years or older prior to proposed construction date and evaluate them for National Register of Historic Places (NRHP) listing, evaluating cultural resources that are already listed on or are previously recorded as potentially eligible for listing on the NRHP and updating resources previously recorded in the Florida Master Site File (FMSF). Hours for this task should include research hours when Research Design methodology is not scoped separately in the Scope of Services. Hours will be negotiated on a case by case basis, but the general framework follows: \n12 to 20 hours: Background research (only used if no Research Design Methodology is required)                                                                                                                         \n20 to 100 hours per mile: Archaeological Field work (shovel tests)\n2 to 4 hours: FMSF -– archaeological site (does not include field work) or \n6 to 8 hours: historic resource or bridges, (includes field work and form)                                                                                                   CRAS Document \nAdditional hours may be required for underwater archaeology background research and/or field research.  Each case will be evaluated individually.                                                                                         "]
[null,"CRAS Addendum or Technical Memorandum for Pond Sites*","LS","30 to 60 ","This task consists in identifying the archaeological probability and potential NRHP eligible resources for pond sites for the preferred project alternative.  Show results in a technical memorandum that will be included as an appendix to the CRAS. Range depends on number of sites near corridor and level of potential impacts."]
[null,"Determinations of Eligibility As Required*","LS","20 to 80 per building                          50 to 200 for a district","This is only applicable if there are resources that may be NRHP eligible.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Prepare a NRHP Determination of Eligibility (DOE) package on all resources determined to be significant (potentially eligible for NRHP).  In the case of historic resources, the DOE package will include a NRHP Registration Form with accompanying documentation. This includes resource specific research and boundary identification.  An option is to use the Expanded FMSF forms which will require fewer hours."]
[null,"Case Study Report*","LS","40 to 100","This is only applicable if there are resources that may be NRHP eligible and may be impacted. If required, prepare a Section 106 Case Study Report (Criteria of Effects)."]
[null,"Memorandum of Agreement*","LS","40 to 80","Assist the DEPARTMENT with the preparation and development of any required agreements and commitments."]
[null,"Section 4(f) Evaluation for Historic Resources*","LS","40 to 100 per property","If required, prepare a Section 4(f) evaluation.  (This is separate from the parks and recreation 4(f) document.) The District may wish to combine these documents as specified in the PD&E Scope of Services."]
[null,"Section 106 Consultation Meetings","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Assist the DEPARTMENT with coordinating, preparing for, attending  and taking meeting minutes and distributing meeting minutes of a Section 106 Consultation Meeting, if required. The general formula follows:\nThe hour estimate is based on number of staff attending x (length of meeting + travel time) + note preparation and distribution. "]
[null,"Native American Coordination Meeting","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Assist the DEPARTMENT with the coordination of any Native American tribes as required concerning any site of relevance to them. The general formula follows:\nThe hour estimate is based on number of staff attending x (length of meeting + travel time) + note preparation and distribution. "]
[null,"Section 106 Public Involvement","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Assist the DEPARTMENT with any additional Public Involvement required for Section 106. "]
[null,"Florida Master Site File Form*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This Task involves assisting the DEPARTMENT to complete FMSF forms. Range depends on the level of archaeological and cultural resources."]
["3b.2.2","Recreational Section 4(f)"]
[null,"Section 4(f) Determination of Applicability*","EA","24 to 60 per resource","This task includes all work necessary to complete the documentation and coordination required for a determination of Section 4(f) applicability as per Part 2, Chapter 7 of the PD&E Manual.  This includes assisting the DEPARTMENT in coordination with the jurisdictional agency.  The criteria to consider for estimating the hours needed for this task are potential Section 4(f) property, availability of information based on owner of the resource, magnitude of impact, and District involvement."]
[null,"Section 4(f) \"de minimis\" documentation*","EA","20 to 40 per resource","This task includes preparing Section 4(f) \"de minimis\" documentation as per Part 2 Chapter 7 of the PD&E Manual and coordinating with District and FHWA for approval of \"de minimis\" finding.  20-40 hours for each resource determined applicable is based on complexity of impacts and level of coordination required.  If a DOA is not prepared, up to 20 additional hours may be added for each resource. Range depends on the percent of property use anticipated, and ease of acquiring information."]
[null,"Section 4(f) Evaluation*","EA","80 to 200 per resource","This task includes all work necessary to complete the documentation needed to satisfy Section 4(f) requirements as per Part 2, Chapter 7 of the PD&E Manual. The criteria for estimating the hours needed for this task considers effort required per Section 4(f) property, based on owner of the resource, magnitude of impact, evaluation of avoidance alternatives, mitigate options, coordination required and District involvement."]
["3b.3","Natural Resources"]
["3b.3.1","Protected Species and Habitat"]
[null,"Data collection","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes the research, agency coordination and field trip(s) necessary to assess impacts to wildlife and habitat as per Part 2, Chapter 16 of the PD&E Manual. The criteria for estimating the hours needed for this project is land use (urban / rural) development density, length, and known species and habitat involved. The hours associated with this task are estimated as : number of trips x number of staff per tripx(travel time to the site + time for research/field work x number of field days per trip). "]
[null,"Specific Survey and Consultation","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task include specific species survey that will need formal consultation.  This task must be explained in detail in the SOS and additional hours will be required accordingly."]
[null,"Analysis*","LS","16 to 160","This task consists of the analysis of the project alternatives with regards to Wildlife and Habitat impacts as per Part 2, Chapter 16 of the PD&E Manual.  The criteria for estimating the hours needed for this project is land use (urban / rural) development density, length, and known species and habitat involved. The estimate is only for informal consultation.  If formal consultation is warranted, additional hours will be required."]
[null,"Conservation Measures and Mitigation Plan*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes habitat mitigation measures, wildlife crossing analyses, and species relocation plans."]
["3b.3.2","Wetlands and Other Surface Waters"]
[null,"Wetlands - Data Collection","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes the review of maps and plans as well as field trip(s) and agency coordination necessary to identify wetlands along the project as per Part 2, Chapter 9 of the PD&E Manual. The hours needed for this task can be determined by adding 8 to 24 hours for research and 1 to 4 hours per wetland involvement + number of staff + travel time. Range depends on ROW needs and project length."]
[null,"Wetlands- Evaluation*","LS","64 to 160 ","This task consists of evaluating the wetland data in order to determine the project impacts per Part 2, Chapter 9 of the PD&E Manual. The criteria for estimating the hours needed for this project are amount and quality of the wetlands.  Hours are 0 if there is no involvement.  Range depends on ROW needs and project length."]
["3b.3.3","Essential Fish Habitat"]
[null,"Essential Fish Habitat- Data Collection","LS","8 to 80","This task includes the research, agency coordination and field trip(s) necessary to assess impacts to essential fish habitat as per Part 2, Chapter 17 of the PD&E Manual.  The criteria for estimating the hours needed for this project are the availability of existing data on known species and habitat types involved, number of surveys required, and the area of proposed impacts.  Hours are 0 if there is no involvement. Range depends on number of surveys required, information availability and magnitude of impacts expected."]
[null,"Essential Fish Habitat Assessment*","LS","16 to 80 ","This task consists of preparing the Essential Fish Habitat (EFH) Assessment as part of the NRE per Part 2, Chapter 17 of the PD&E Manual. Range depends on number of locations of potential involvement and range of impacts expected."]
[null,"Conceptual Mitigation Plan*","LS","2 to 8","This task consists of coordinating and developing the conceptual mitigation plan as per Part 2, Chapter 9 of the PD&E Manual. This task must be explained in detail in the Scope of Services and the DEPARTMENT Project Manager should provide to the Consultant information regarding available mitigation credits and participating banks. The criteria for estimating the hours is based on the availability of mitigation banks and amount of coordination required. "]
["3b.3.4","Natural Resource Evaluation (NRE) Report*","LS","40 to 200","This task consist of documenting the results of analysis for Wetlands, Essential Fish Habitat and Wildlife and Habitat as per Part 2, Chapters 9, 16 and 17 of the PD&E Manual. The NRE incorporates Biological Assessment when necessary. Hours will be negotiated based on context and significance of the impact and number of resources that require documentation. Coordinate with Environmental Office subject matter experts."]
["3b.3.5","Water Quality *","LS",8,"This task consists of reviewing plans and coordinating with the appropriate agencies if necessary and completing the Water Quality Impact Evaluation (WQIE) as per Part 2, Chapter 11 of the PD&E Manual."]
["3b.3.6","Special Designations*","LS","1 to 8 ","This task consists of analyzing the project for involvement with Outstanding Florida Waters, Wild and Scenic Rivers, Aquatic Preserves, Scenic Highways, and Coastal Barrier Resources, and coordinating with the appropriate agencies as per Part 2, Chapters 5, 10, 12 and 15 of the PD&E Manual. The criteria for estimating the hours for this task is the type of involvement. Projects that involve unique features may require more hours, and will need a more detailed estimate. Range depends on number of resources involved."]
["3b.3.7","Permit Needs*","LS","2 to 4","This task involves reviewing the Programming Screen Summary Report and identifying permit and type of permits anticipated for the project.  Projects that involve special permit features may require more hours, and will need a more detailed estimate. Hours depends on number of permits and availability of existing permits."]
["3b.4","Physical Effects"]
["3b.4.1","Air Quality"]
[null,"Data Collection","LS","4 to 10","This task consists of collecting data to perform air quality analysis. Traffic data is included in Activity 4.5.15. Range depends on complexity of modeling and number of locations and interchanges."]
[null,"Screening Analysis*","LS",12,"This task consists of running the air quality screening analysis and preparation of the technical memorandum as per Part 2, Chapter 19 of the PD&E Manual. "]
[null,"Air Quality Modeling*","LS","56 to 110","This task consists of the inputting of data and running the air quality model analysis for the project alternatives and analyzing the results as per Part 2, Chapter 19 of the PD&E Manual. This task will only be exercised if the project fails the screening analysis. Based on the complexity of the modeling required. Range depends on complexity of modeling and number of locations and interchanges."]
[null,"Air Quality Technical Memorandum*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of developing the Air Quality Technical Memorandum to document the results of the screening analysis per Part 2, Chapter 19 of the PD&E Manual."]
[null,"Mobile Air Toxics Analysis*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes calculation of mobile air toxics (MSAT) per Part 2, Chapter 19 of the PD&E Manual. Number of hours depends on the number of segments and the size of affected network."]
["3b.4.2","Construction Impact Analysis*","LS","2","This task consists of analyzing the proposed project as to the direct impacts to the community due to the construction activity as per Part 2, Chapter 3 of the PD&E Manual.  If the project consists of bridge closure resulting in substantial detours the effort may require a more extensive analysis of impacts, consequently requiring additional hours."]
["3b.4.3","Contamination"]
[null,"Field Data","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of reviewing potential contamination sites through field trip(s) as per Part 2, Chapter 20 of the PD&E Manual. Hours are calculated using the following formula: number of trips x number of staff per trip x (travel time to the site + \"T\"). T is field time which depends on number of potential contamination sites. "]
[null,"Analysis and Report*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of reviewing and analyzing the data and ranking  potential contamination sites that are within 500 feet buffer, and completing the Contamination Screening Evaluation Report or Technical Memorandum as per Part 2, Chapter 20 of the PD&E Manual. The hours for this task can be estimated as 1 to 4 hours per potentially contaminated site + 40 hours for the report."]
["3b.4.4","Asbestos and Metal Based Coating","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Provide support to the DEPARTMENT related to Asbestos Survey per Scope of Services. Hours will be based on the activities specified in the Scope of Services."]
["3b.4.5","Navigation","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task constists of research and collecting bridge data for use by the DEPARTMENT to determine whether the project is exempt from USCG navigational permit. Hours for this task include attending coordination meeting, developing appropriate sketches and exhibits."]
["3b.5","Cumulative Effects Evaluation* ","EA","40 to 80 per each resource","This task consists of evaluating cumulative effects of each resource identified based on context and coordination with Environmental Management Office staff and per process outlined in the FDOT Cumulative Effects Evaluation Handbook. The effort required is related to the number of resources impacted and the significance of the impacts. "]
["3b.6","Project Commitments Record*","LS","4 to 8","This task consists in filling Form No. 700-011-35 Project Commitments Record (PCR) to document project commitments documented in the Commitments section of the Environmental Document. Range depends on past experience on similar projects."]

{"sheet":"3c. Environmental Document","index":9,"n_rows":21,"n_cols":5,"rows_kept":21,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[0,0,0,4],[9,1,9,4],[15,1,15,4]]}
["3c. Environmental Document"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
["3c.1","Environmental Document"]
[null,"Categorical Exclusion Type 2*","LS","80 to 160","This task consists of preparing and completing the Categorical Exclusion Type 2 form and all attachments for submittal to FHWA as per Part 1, Chapter 5 of the PD&E Manual, or for submittal to FTA as per Part 1, Chapter 14 of the PD&E Manual. The criteria for determining the hours needed for this task is the number and magnitude of impacts.  These hours include all review and revisions."]
[null,"SEIR *","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of preparing a State Environmental Impact Report (SEIR) and any attachments that will be required for the District Secretary's determination as per Part 1, Chapter 10 of the PD&E Manual. Range depends on level of effort similar to Type 2 CE, EA FONSI or EIS.   "]
["3c.2","Planning Consistency"]
["3c.2.1","Review of Transportation Plans and Programs","LS","2 to 8","This task includes coordinating with the DEPARTMENT in obtaining and reviewing the transportation planning plans and programs  (LRTP, TIP/STIP, and Local Government Comprehensive Plans) associated with the project to ensure planning consistency requirements are met. The criteria used in estimating the hours for this task include the number of governments and the availability of this data, as well as the potential for immediate growth along the corridor. "]
["3c.2.2","Planning Consistency Form*","LS",8,"This task includes completing the Planning Consistency Form. Hours include responding to comments and updating the form."]
["3c.3","PD&E Re-evaluation"]
["3c.3.1","Technical Support for Environmental Clearances and Re-evaluations (use when consultant provides technical support only)"]
["3c.3.1.1","Type 2 CE or SEIR Re-evaluation","LS","4 to 24","Includes hours associated with providing engineering information to the District's Project Manager."]
["3c.3.1.2","Archaeological and Historical Resources","LS","0 to 4","Includes hours associated with providing technical information to the District's Project Manager."]
["3c.3.1.3","Wetland Impact Analysis","LS","0 to 4","Includes hours associated with providing technical information to the District's Project Manager."]
["3c.3.1.4","Essential Fish Habitat Impact Analysis","LS","0 to 4","Includes hours associated with providing technical information to the District's Project Manager."]
["3c.3.1.5","Protected Species and Habitat Impact Analysis","LS","0 to 4","Includes hours associated with providing technical information to the District's Project Manager."]
["3c.3.2","Preparation of Environmental Clearances and Re-evaluations (use when consultant prepares all documents associated with re-evaluation)"]
["3c.3.2.1","Type 2 CE or SEIR Re-evaluation*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Collect data and prepare a Re-evaluation in accordance with Part 1 Chapter 13 of the PD&E Manual."]
["3c.3.2.2","Archaeological and Historical Resources*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Collect data necessary to completely analyze the impacts to all cultural and historic resources caused by the changes to the project and prepare a Cultural Resource Assessment Request Package.  In accordance with Part 2, Chapter 8 of the PD&E Manual."]
["3c.3.2.3","Wetland Impact Analysis*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Collect data necessary and analyze the impacts to wetlands caused by the changes to the project as described in Part 2, Chapter 9 of the PD&E Manual."]
["3c.3.2.4","Essential Fish Habitat Impact Analysis*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Collect data necessary and analyze the impacts to essential fish habitat caused by the changes to the project as described in Part 2, Chapter 17 of the PD&E Manual."]
["3c.3.2.5","Protected Species and Habitat Impact Analysis*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Collect data necessary and analyze the impacts to wildlife and habitat caused by the changes to the project as described in Part 2, Chapter 16 of the PD&E Manual."]

{"sheet":"Selective C&G Guidelines","index":10,"n_rows":62,"n_cols":7,"rows_kept":62,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[22,0,22,3],[0,0,0,6],[2,0,2,6],[4,0,4,6],[12,0,12,6],[20,0,20,6],[28,0,28,6],[30,0,30,6],[32,2,32,3],[33,0,34,0],[33,2,33,3],[34,2,34,3],[35,0,36,0],[35,2,35,3],[36,2,36,3],[37,0,38,0],[37,2,37,3],[38,2,38,3],[39,0,40,0],[39,2,39,3],[40,2,40,3],[41,0,42,0],[41,2,41,3],[42,2,42,3],[50,2,50,3],[43,0,44,0],[43,2,43,3],[44,2,44,3],[45,0,46,0],[45,2,45,3],[46,2,46,3],[55,0,56,4],[55,5,56,5],[24,4,24,6],[53,0,54,0],[53,2,53,3],[53,6,54,6],[54,2,54,3],[51,0,52,0],[51,2,51,3],[52,2,52,3],[53,5,54,5],[47,0,48,0],[47,2,47,3],[48,2,48,3],[49,0,50,0],[49,2,49,3]]}
["SELECTIVE CLEARING AND GRUBBING GUIDELINES"]
[]
["The staff hour ranges presented in this section represent the work effort that might be expected for individual design tasks on projects that require selective clearing and grubbing.  The ranges represent neither the minimum nor maximum hours that might be negotiated on a project for individual design tasks.  Hours below or above the presented ranges may be applicable based upon the constraints or requirements that are specific to the individual project.  Specific aspects of each individual project should be considered in negotiation hours for each individual task.  Whenever possible, examples of individual tasks will be included to provide guidance in determining what types of effort are associated with each individual task.  "]
[]
["Lower Range"]
[]
["1.  Complexity of ROW Adjacent to Site:  No existing vegetation",null,null,null,"6.  Number of Species to Eradicate/Remove:  1 to 3 Species"]
["2.  Roadway Type:  Existing roadway.",null,null,null,"7.  Number of Methods of Eradication/Removal:  1 Method"]
["3.  Roadway Elements:  Minor intersections.",null,null,null,"8.  Sensitive Sites:  None."]
["4.  Utility Coordination: Minimum.",null,null,null,"9.  Tree Relocation:  Minor < 10 units"]
["5.  Size of Site:  Under 5 acres",null,null,null,"10. Other Considerations"]
[]
["Middle Range"]
[]
["1.  Complexity of ROW Adjacent to Site:  Minor screening or buffering impacts",null,null,null,"6.  Number of Species to Eradicate/Remove:  4 to 6 Species"]
["2.  Roadway Type:  Roadway widening.",null,null,null,"7.  Number of Methods of Eradication/Removal:  2 Methods"]
["3.  Roadway Elements:  Major Intersections, Standard interchanges.",null,null,null,"8.  Sensitive Sites:  Part of the site is sensitive."]
["4. Utility Coordination: Moderate.",null,null,null,"9.  Tree Relocation:  Moderate 10 - 20 units"]
["5.  Size of Site:  5-25 acres.",null,null,null,"10. Other Considerations"]
[]
[" Upper Range"]
[]
["1.  Complexity of ROW:  Significant screening or buffering impacts. Commitments and/or Stakeholders involved. ",null,null,null,"6.  Number of Species to Eradicate/Remove:  7+ Species"]
["2.  Roadway Type:  New roadway alignment.",null,null,null,"7.  Number of Methods of Eradication/Removal:  3+ Methods"]
["3.  Roadway Elements:  Multiple-level interchanges.",null,null,null,"8.  Sensitive Sites:  A majority of the site is sensitive and/or require environmental permits."]
["4.  Utility Coordination: Extensive.",null,null,null,"9.  Tree Relocation:  Major or complex > 20 units"]
["5.  Size of Site:  25+ acres.",null,null,null,"10. Other Considerations"]
[]
["The following matrix for the Task 4 and 5, Roadway Analysis, work activities was developed as part of the Staff Hour Basis to help Consultant and FDOT project managers determine the overall level of complexity of a project with respect to the selective clearing and grubbing component.  The Consultants and the Department will use the matrix (see below) to determine the appropriate level of complexity, based on the project scope, for each Task element.  The Consulants and the Department will then use the negotiated level of complexity (Lower, Middle, or Upper) results to determine where, in each defined staff hour range, the level of design effort should fall."]
[]
["STAFF-HOUR RANGE FOR SELECTIVE CLEARING AND GRUBBING ANALYSIS"]
[]
["PROJECT SCOPE","LOWER","MIDDLE",null,"UPPER","RATING","COMMENTS"]
["Complexity of ROW ","No screening or buffering impacts","Minor screening or buffering impacts",null,"Significant screening or buffering impacts, Commitments/Stakeholders involved"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Roadway Type","Existing Roadway","Roadway Widening",null,"New Roadway Alignment"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Roadway Elements","Minor Intersections","Standard intersections and Interchanges",null,"Complex intersections and Multiple-Level Interchanges"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Utility Coordination","Minimum","Moderate",null,"Extensive"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Size of Site (Entire project limits)","Small (Under 5 acre)","Medium (5-25 acres)",null,"Large (over 25 acres)"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Number of Species to Eradicate/Preserve","1-3 Plant Species","4-6 Plant Species",null,"7+ Plant Species"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Number of Methods of Eradication/Removal/Preservation","1 Method","2 Methods",null,"3+ Methods"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Sensitive Sites (Wetlands, Submerged, Dune, Sensitive Vegetation, Environmental Permits Requried)","No sensitive sites present","Part of the project site is sensitive",null,"A large majority of the project site is sensitive "]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Tree/Palm Relocation "," < 10 Trees Relocated","10 - 20  Trees Relocated",null,">20  Relocated"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Other Considerations (Explain)"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Adjacent Property Screening Concerns","None","Limited",null,"Extensive"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Total Points",null,null,null,null,{"$f":"SUM(F34:F53)","v":0}]
[]
[]
[null,null,null,null,null,"STAFF-HOUR RANGES"]
[null,null,null,null,null,"Lower Range - Total Points <30"]
[null,null,null,null,null,"Middle Range - Total Points 30-50"]
[null,null,null,null,null,"Upper Range - Total Points >50"]

{"sheet":"Tree Disposition Guidelines","index":11,"n_rows":57,"n_cols":7,"rows_kept":57,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[24,0,24,3],[0,0,0,6],[2,0,2,6],[4,0,4,6],[13,0,13,6],[22,0,22,6],[31,0,31,6],[33,0,33,6],[35,2,35,3],[36,0,37,0],[36,2,36,3],[37,2,37,3],[38,0,39,0],[38,2,38,3],[39,2,39,3],[40,0,41,0],[40,2,40,3],[41,2,41,3],[42,0,43,0],[42,2,42,3],[43,2,43,3],[44,0,45,0],[44,2,44,3],[45,2,45,3],[50,0,51,4],[50,5,51,5],[46,0,47,0],[46,2,46,3],[47,2,47,3],[48,0,49,0],[48,2,48,3],[49,2,49,3]]}
["TREE DISPOSITION PLAN GUIDELINES"]
[]
["The staff hour ranges presented in this section represent the work effort that might be expected for individual design tasks on projects that require creation of the Tree Disposition Plans.  The ranges represent neither the minimum nor maximum hours that might be negotiated on a project for individual design tasks.  Hours below or above the presented ranges may be applicable based upon the constraints or requirements that are specific to the individual project.  Specific aspects of each individual project should be considered in negotiation hours for each individual task.  Whenever possible, examples of individual tasks will be included to provide guidance in determining what types of effort are associated with each individual task.  "]
["Note: 'Tree' refers to both Trees and Palms"]
["Lower Range"]
[]
["1.  Number of  Existing Tree Relocates (Naturally Occuring): None"]
["2.  Number of Existing Landscape Material to be Relocated: None"]
["3. Number of Trees Root Pruned: None"]
["4.  Size of Site (Entire project limits): Under 5 acres"]
["5. Number of Tree Preservation Areas: 1-3 areas"]
["6. Number of Trees Inventoried and Preserved: 0-10"]
["7.  Other Considerations"]
["Middle Range"]
[]
["1. Number of  Existing Tree Relocates (Naturally Occuring Trees): 0-5"]
["2.  Number of Existing Landscape Material to be Relocated: 0-5"]
["3.  Number of Trees Root Pruned: 0-5"]
["4. Size of Site (Entire project limits): 5-25 acres"]
["5.  Number of Tree Preservation Areas: 4-6 areas"]
["6. Number of Trees Inventoried and Preserved: 10-20"]
["7.  Other Considerations"]
[" Upper Range"]
[]
["1. Number of  Existing Tree Relocates (Naturally Occuring): 6+"]
["2.  Number of Existing Landscape Material to be Relocated: 6+"]
["3.  Number of Trees Root Pruned: 6+"]
["4.  Size of Site (Entire project limits): over 25 acres"]
["5.  Number of Tree Preservation Areas: 7+"]
["6. Number of Trees Inventoried and Preserved:20+"]
["7.  Other Considerations"]
["The following matrix for the Task 4 and 5, Roadway Analysis, work activities was developed as part of the Staff Hour Basis to help Consultant and FDOT project managers determine the overall level of complexity of a project with respect to the tree disposition plan component.  The Consultants and the Department will use the matrix (see below) to determine the appropriate level of complexity, based on the project scope, for each Task element.  The Consulants and the Department will then use the negotiated level of complexity (Lower, Middle, or Upper) results to determine where, in each defined staff hour range, the level of design effort should fall."]
[]
["STAFF-HOUR RANGE FOR SELECTIVE CLEARING AND GRUBBING ANALYSIS"]
[]
["PROJECT SCOPE","LOWER","MIDDLE",null,"UPPER","RATING","COMMENTS"]
["Number of  Existing Tree Relocates (Naturally Occuring)","None","0-5",null,"6+"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Number of Existing Landscape Material to be Relocated","None","0-5",null,"6+"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Number of Trees Root Pruned","None","0-5",null,"6+"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Size of Site (Entire project limits)","Small (Under 5 acre)","Medium (5-25 acres)",null,"Large (over 25 acres)"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Number of Tree Preservation Areas","1-3 Areas","4-6 Areas",null,"7+ Areas"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Number of Trees Inventoried and Preserved","0-10","10- 20",null,"20 +"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Other Considerations (Explain)"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Total Points",null,null,null,null,{"$f":"SUM(F37:F50)","v":0}]
[]
[]
[null,null,null,null,null,"STAFF-HOUR RANGES"]
[null,null,null,null,null,"Lower Range - Total Points <20"]
[null,null,null,null,null,"Middle Range - Total Points 20-30"]
[null,null,null,null,null,"Upper Range - Total Points >30"]

{"sheet":"Roadway Guidelines","index":12,"n_rows":26,"n_cols":14,"rows_kept":26,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[]}
["ROADWAY GUIDELINES"]
[null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null," "]
["The staff hour ranges presented in this section represent the work effort that might be expected for individual design tasks on typical roadway projects, ranging from multi-use trails (low) to in-kind single span bridge replacement to a rural two-lane to four-lane reconstruction project or a multi-lane rural widening project (middle of the range) to a complicated rural or urban reconstruction project or a multi-lane urban widening project (upper end of range).  The ranges represent neither the minimum nor maximum hours that might be negotiated on a project for individual design tasks.  Hours below or above the presented ranges may be applicable based upon the constraints or requirements that are specific to the individual project.  Specific aspects of each individual project should be considered in negotiating hours for each individual task.  New alignment projects should be used only when the project’s class of action is SEIR. Whenever possible, examples of individual tasks will be included to provide guidance in determining what types of effort are associated with each individual task."]
[]
["Below Range Projects"]
["        ·         Multi-use trails"]
["Lower End of Range Projects"]
["·         Minor Safety Improvements that are focused Type 2 CE, minimal to none ROW impacts)"]
["·         In kind single-span bridge replacement or single-span bridge widening over non-navigable waters; little to moderate MOT issues; No to little multimodal involvement; Focused Type 2 CE"]
["Middle of Range Projects"]
["·         Rural 2-Lane to Multi-Lane Widening (Minor ROW, earthwork and utility impacts)"]
["·         Rural 2-Lane to Urban Multi-Lane Reconstruction (Minor ROW and utility impacts, minimal intersection involvement)"]
["·         Rural or Urban 4-Lane to 6-Lane Widening (Widening in median, minor ROW earthwork and utility impacts, minimal "]
["·         intersection involvement)"]
["·         Rural Multi-Lane New Construction (New alignment, ROW, earthwork and utility impacts, minimal intersection involvement)"]
["·         Limited Access Widening (Widening in median, earthwork and utility involvement, minimal interchange involvement)"]
["Upper End of Range"]
["·         Rural 2-Lane New Construction (New alignment, ROW, earthwork and utility impacts)"]
["·         Rural 2-Lane to Urban Multi-Lane Reconstruction (Major ROW and utility impacts, several intersections involvement)"]
["·         Urban Multi-Lane New Construction (New alignment, major ROW and utility impacts, intersection involvement)"]
["·         Multi-Lane Limited Access Widening/Reconstruction (Minor ROW and utility impacts, interchange involvement)"]
["·         Multi-Lane Limited Access New Construction (New alignment, minor ROW and utility impacts, minimal interchange involvement)"]
["Above Range"]
["    ·         Multi-Lane Widening, Reconstruction or New Alignment with Major Interchange Involvement (Major ROW and utility impacts, urban interchange involvement, major access management impacts)"]
["    ·         Urban Limited Access (Widening or reconstruction with multi-level interchanges, frontage roads)"]
["    ·         Multi-Lane Limited Access New Construction (New alignment, major ROW and utility impacts, major interchange involvement, connector-distributor systems)"]

{"sheet":"4. Roadway Analysis","index":13,"n_rows":58,"n_cols":5,"rows_kept":58,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[0,0,0,4],[21,1,21,4],[32,0,32,2],[39,0,39,2]]}
["4. Roadway Analysis"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[4.0999999999999996,"Design Controls and Criteria","LS","4 to 50","This tasks consists of defining the design controls and criteria according to the FDOT Design Manual."]
["4.2","Typical Section"]
["4.2.1","Typical Section Analysis","EA","4 to 12","This task involves the development of reasonable typical sections for the project, including No-Build alternative. The hours associated with this task are estimated as 4 to 12 hours per typical section. The criteria for estimating the hours needed for this task are the number of issues affecting the typical sections, typical section type (rural, urban, roadway functional classification), and whether the facility has a constrained ROW."]
["4.2.2","Typical Section Package","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","All work required to develop and obtain approval of the typical section package according to the FDOT Design Manual.  Also includes any modification received from reviews.  Based 16 to 24 hours for the data sheet, location map, and the first Typical Section and 8 to 10 hours for each additional Typical Section for the project."]
[4.3,"Pavement Type Selection Report","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","All work required to develop and obtain approval of the Pavement Type Selection Report according to the Pavement Type Selection Manual.  Also includes any modification received from reviews. 40 to 50 hours."]
[4.4000000000000004,"Pavement Design Package","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes pavement type selection and all necessary coordination to resolve issues related to pavement design when provided by the DEPARTMENT.  Initial set-up includes collecting all data necessary for entire project limits.  (LS based 12 to 60 hours for initial set up and developing one pavement design, and  4 to 16 hours for each additional pavement design required for the project.)"]
[4.5,"Cross Slope Correction","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all work necessary to analyze existing cross slopes and crash data, and develop cross slope correction concepts.  \nAnalysis of exisiting cross slopes: LS based on 1 to 4 hours per lane-mile.\n\nDevelopment of cross slope correction concepts: LS based on 8 to 60 (based on length of correction, number of correction areas, number of lanes, etc.)"]
["4.6","Geometric Design"]
["4.6.1","Development of Design Options","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of the development of conceptual designs for horizontal and vertical alignments for the project. Alignments include mainline, cross roads, sidestreets, and interchange ramps.  The criteria for determining the hours for complexity in the equation are the vertical and horizontal alignment, urban or rural location, density of development, potential for special aesthetic treatments, length of the project (generally, the longer the project the lower the range value), and any environmental constraints. Number of hours =  number of alternatives x (the length of the horizontal alignments in miles + length of vertical alignments) x number of hours depending on complexity (4 to 24 hours)."]
["4.6.2","Horizontal/Vertical Master Design Files","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","All efforts required for establishing the master design files for the horizontal and vertical geometry, drainage structure features, utilities (including conflict location identification and adjustments), etc.  This includes all work to create elements showing the alignment for both horizontal and vertical geometries in plan and profile portion of plan sheets.  Includes efforts required to place labels and required information in accordance with the DEPARTMENT's CADD manual and FDOT Design Manual in master design file.  Also includes all engineering work for designing and analyzing elements required for the plan/profile geometries including horizontal/vertical alignments, back of sidewalk profiles, intersection layouts, curb return profiles, ramp profiles, utilities, etc. Includes time for EOR to develop utility conflict information and review Utility Work Schedules (if not included in tab 7). \n(LS - Based on centerline miles unless otherwise specified)\n\nLower Range Projects: 200 to 280 hours up to first mile, and 120 to 240 hours per additional mile. Additional mileage includes cross road returns and minimal tapers to match existing pavement; \nMiddle Range Projects: 250 to 330 hours up to first mile and 160 to 270 hours per additional mile.  Additional mileage includes mainline mileage (beyond the first mile), ramp mileage (total length of all ramp work - count each ramp individually), cross road returns and minimal tapers to match existing pavement;\nUpper Range Projects: 300 to 380 hours up to first mile and 200 to 320 hours per additional mile including ramp mileage (total length of all ramp work - count each ramp individually), cross road returns and minimal tapers to match existing pavement;   \nAdd-ons: \nSpecial Intersection Design - add 16 to 32 hours per intersection requiring special design. \nFrontage Roads or Collector Distributors - add 1/2 mile per mainline mile per side at the additional mile rate.  \nCross Streets that intersect the mainline and extend beyond the limits identified above - add hours based on the length of additional work beyond the returns and complexity of work, use hour ranges for \"per additional mile\" prorated for the length of work on the cross street [for example, if cross road is 1/4 mile in length, the additive hours would be 1/4 * 300 to 380 hours]).                   \nUtility Conflict Information - add 1 to 2 hours per utility per submittal (Phase II, III, and IV Plans).  "]
["4.6.3","Alternatives Concept Plans","Sheet"," 4 to 16","This task includes completing the concept plans for the Project alternatives. These plans will be used as exhibits in the Preliminary Engineering Report and for display at public meeting(s). Range depends on the corridor density and type. Low density (4 to 6 hours);  Medium density suburban corridors (6 to 8 hours); highly developed urban corridors (8 to 12 hours)."]
[4.7,"Access Management","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all efforts required to determine location and types of median opening modifications and driveway connection spacing.  This also includes any Access Management Report, research for permitted/un-permitted driveways, any preparation required for related meetings. Public involvement required as part of the access management changes will be incorporated into the public involvement plan for the project. (Attendance at meetings is included under Technical Coordination Meetings). (LS based on 4 to 12 hours per undivided roadway mile and 8 to 24 hours per divided roadway mile.)"]
["4.8","Intersections and Interchanges"]
["4.8.1","Intersection and Interchange Concepts Evaluation","EA","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task consists of evaluation of interchanges or  intersections type in accordance with the applicable FDOT manuals and procedures. It also includes preliminary design of special intersection layouts such as innovative intersections.  Efforts do not include roundabout evaluation. Hours associated with this task are estimated as 30 to 80 per arterial intersection or interchange type/alternative. If microsimulation operational analysis is required, hours will be estimated in Activity 3a. Engineering Analysis. If microsimulation is required for public visualization purposes only, hours will be estimated in Additional Public Involvement Requirements."]
["4.8.2","Roundabout Evaluation","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all work required for a Roundabout Evaluation in accordance with all applicable manuals, guidelines, standards, handbooks, procedures, and current design memorandums.  A three step evaluation process has been established to determine if a roundabout is the appropriate control measure for a proposed intersection improvement.\n\nStep 1 Roundabout Screening includes the assessment of potential site impacts such as utility adjustments or relocations, right-of-way takes, environmental mitigation, and access management. Upon completion of the Step 1 Roundabout Screening, a decision will be made whether to advance the roundabout alternative to the Step 2 Roundabout b/c Evaluation.  Step 1 (LS) 4 to 8 hours.\n\nStep 2 Roundabout b/c Evaluation includes a benefit to cost (b/c) analysis comparing a roundabout with a traditional intersection (stop controlled or signal controlled). The b/c analysis considers safety benefits associated with reduced crashes, delay, life cycle costs including right-of-way, utilities, construction, operation, and maintenance.  Upon completion of the Step 2 Roundabout b/c Evaluation, a decision will be made whether to advance the roundabout alternative to Step 3 Geometric and Operational Analysis.  Step 2 (LS) 6 to 12 hours.\n\nStep 3 Geometric and Operational Analysis includes a preliminary design that establishes the roundabout alignment, geometry and lane requirements. Roundabout geometric and operational analysis must be documented in a summary report. Data Collection effort will be covered under Activity 3a (Engineering Analysis) - 72-hour bi-directional approach counts – 12 hours per intersection; 8-hour manual turning movement counts – 16 hours per intersection.   Conceptual Roundabout layout – 30 to 40 hours per intersection (includes conceptual geometric layout, utility impact assessment).  Crash analysis – 12 hours per intersection.   Collection of Existing Data & Counts - 0 - 8  hours.  Traffic Forecast - 4 hours. This estimate assumes future traffic volumes from an approved PD&E or similar study will be used and checked with existing counts for reasonableness and consistency (i.e. positive growth from existing year to future year volumes).  Future year analysis (Design and Opening Years) - 24 to 32 hours. This estimate assumes the use of HCS or SIDRA. Any other software that follows the HCM methodology will be accepted by the DEPARTMENT for the roundabout analysis.   If a microsimulation analysis is needed additional hours will be negotiated.  Preliminary Operational Report - 16 to 24 hours.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   \n                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  The CONSULTANT shall perform all efforts required for traffic data collection and required design elements for all the above steps accordingly, including crash reports, 24 hour machine counts, peak hour turning movement counts, existing geometrics, pedestrian and bicycle volumes, posted speed limits, delay counts, design vehicle, access management, transit operations and physical and right-of-way limitations.                                                                                                                 \n                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         The CONSULTANT shall perform a Roundabout Operation Preliminary Analysis to assess the performance and development of an efficient geometric layout."]
["4.8.3","Roundabout Final Design Analysis","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all work required for the Final Roudabout design in accordance with all applicable manuals, guidelines, standards, handbooks, procedures, and current design memorandums.\n\nFinal Design Layout - 40 to 60 hours. (includes consideration of pedestrian access, drainage, construction estimate, right-of-way impacts, environmental impacts, utility adjustments and/or relocation).  Operational analysis using microsimulation  for corridor analysis 20 to 30 hours (for existing and projected traffic volumes).  Update and finalize the Preliminary Operational Report - 8 to 16 hours.                                                                                                                       \n\nThe CONSULTANT shall perform a Roundabout Final Operational Analysis that recommends a functional geometric layout that is cost effective, safe and meets the needs of the community."]
["4.9","Cross Section Design Files","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Note:  If the Cross Sections are prepared using a 3D model, use Task 36.5 instead of Task 4.9 for hours related to the Cross Section Design Files.  \n\nIncludes all work required to establish and develop cross section design files in accordance with the DEPARTMENT CADD manuals.  Includes the work required to establish and utilize intelligent/automated methods for creating cross sections including determining the locations for which all cross sections will be shown, creating pattern line file, .tin file, .dat file, input files, criteria files, cross section .dgn files, cross section refinement (non-automated modification), placement of utilities, soil boxes, R/W lines, earthwork calculations, etc.  (Include hours for creating the  .dat or .tin files.  When these files are provided by the surveyor, the hours should be reduced.) \n\n(LS based on 100 ft cross section spacing @ 40 to 110 hours per mile for lower range projects; 80 to 140 hours per mile for middle range projects; 110 to 190 hours per mile for upper range projects. Add 12 to 20 hours per pond, 8 to 16 hours per lateral ditch.) \n\nIf cross section spacing is at other than 100 foot intervals, Staff Hours should be adjusted proportionately, i.e. 50 foot spacing will double Staff Hour amounts. \n\nFor frontage roads or collector distributors add 1/2 mile per mainline mile per side at a reduced additional mile rate dependant on complexity of frontage or collector distributor.)  \n"]
["4.10","Temporary Traffic Control Plan (TTCP) Analysis","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all work necessary to develop a TTCP concept, such as determining the usage of lane closures, traffic pacing, detours, diversions, lane shifts, temporary drainage, temporary signals, retaining walls, and pedestrian TTCP. See FDOT Design Manual for guidance and requirements.\n\n(Level I) Includes all analysis necessary to develop a TTCP concept, such as determining lane configurations, lane closure analysis, traffic pacing analysis, and creating a pedestrian TTCP concept. (LS) 16 to 80 hours.   \n\n(Level II and Level III)  Includes all analysis necessary to develop a TTCP concept, such as determining lane configurations, lane closure analysis, traffic pacing analysis, detour usage, diversions usage, lane shift usage, and creating a pedestrian TTCP concept. (LS) 40 to 160 hours.\n\nAdd Ons:\nTemporary Signalization: Analysis for any temporary signalization. Structural analysis not included. This may include adjustment of signal heads on existing poles/span wire or new temporarily installed signals including development of any sheets or \ndetails when no other signalization work is included on the project. This effort shall be included in the signalization plans activity when there are other signalization efforts included on the project. (LS) 4 to 40 hours per location.\nCross sections: Analysis and development of TTCP cross sections, including any temporary profiles, criteria development, etc. (LS) 40 to 80 hours per mile per phase based on 100 foot cross section spacing.\nFrontage roads or Collector Distributors: Effort required for analysis should be negotiated on a case-by-case basis.\nTemporary drainage and temporary highway lighting to be included in the plans should be negotiated on a case-by-case basis.  Analysis for Temporary Drainage and Temporary Highway Lighting to be included in the respective activities.\nTransportation Management Plan in accordance with Part 2 Chapter 3 of the PD&E Manual. Range depends on anticipated work zone impacts. Low work zone impacts ( 8 to 12 hours); moderate to high work zone impact (12 to 16 hours) high work zone impacts and the project is significant (16 to 24 hours)."]
["4.11","Master TTCP Files","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Develop master TTCP files showing each phase of the TTCP. Includes all work necessary for designing lane configurations, diversions, lane shifts, signing and pavement markings, temporary traffic control devices, and temporary pedestrian ways. Vehicular TTCP (for Level II and Level III only): 32 to 48 hours per mainline mile per phase. Pedestrian TTCP (for work involving temporary pedestrian ways): 8 to 80 hours per phase of pedestrian facility work. Temporary drainage and temporary highway lighting to be placed in the Master TTCP Design Files should be negotiated on a case-by-case basis."]
["4.12","Selective Clearing and Grubbing "]
["4.12a","Selective Clearing and Grubbing of Existing Vegetation Field Assessment","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Review information provided by the Department.  Establish number of field assessments and coordinate with the District Landscape Architect. Gather and review information during field assessments to determine next steps in Clearing and Grubbing Process and establish the extent of the Vegetation Survey under Task 2.10. Refer to the Selective Clearing and Grubbing Guidelines to determine range. 4-24 hours per mile, 2-40 hours per interchange. Note: If part of a Standalone Landscape Project, use activities 25 & 26. "]
["4.12b","Selective Clearing and Grubbing Site Inventory and Cross-Discipline Coordination\n(OPTIONAL SERVICES)","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Coordinate with the applicable disciplines and District Landscape Architect to ensure the identified existing vegetation is addressed.  2 hrs per discipline.\nConduct site inventory analysis based on the field assessment recommendations and coordinate with surveyor.  8-12 hrs per mile, 8-40 hrs per interchange. \n"]
["4.12c","Selective Clearing and Grubbing Maintenance Report (OPTIONAL SERVICES)","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Prepare a report detailing the care and maintenance of the plant preservation areas, and selective clearing and grubbing areas.  Coordinate with the District Landscape Architect to ensure that the intent of the plant preservation areas is in alignment with future highway landscape plans. Coordinate with project Construction Arborist.  Plant Preservation Methods to be shown in Selective C & G sheets, see 5.23, 5.23.1, 5.23.2\nRefer to the Selective Clearing and Grubbing Guidelines to determine range.  2-30 hours per report."]
["4.13","Tree Disposition Plan (OPTIONAL SERVICES)","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes preparation of plan outlining the requirements for the relocation, and protection of remaining trees located within the project boundaries.  Will utilize the information collected under task 4.12 Selective Clearing and Grubbing. \nRefer to the Selective Clearing and Grubbing Guidelines to determine range.  8-12 hours per mile, 8-40 hours per interchange.\n"]
["4.14","Design Variations and Exceptions","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes data collection, analysis, and preparation of documentation package in accordance with FDOT Design Manual 122.  This effort includes safety analysis (justification/mitigation) as needed using the most appropriate tool available (i.e. RSAP, HCM, HSM, etc.).  Also includes any efforts to respond to comments or questions for submitted package.  Use 24 to 60 hours per variation, 40 to 100 hours per exception.  (LS-based on per variation and exception.)"]
["4.15","Design Report","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all work necessary to assemble design documentation for the project. (LS - based on 24 to 80 per report.)   "]
["4.16","Quantities","LS","80 to 350","Includes all work required to determine the quantities for placement in the various summary of quantities sheets and boxes, preparing the supporting documentation, and estimating construction days when required.  Project length, complexity, and number of pay items should be considered. (LS - based on per project.)"]
["4.17","Cost Estimate ","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes coordination and preparation of project materials needed to support ROW cost estimates including meetings with District and field reviews. Also this Task includes reviewing DEPARTMENT's LRE to estimate construction cost, preparing an initial engineer's cost estimate, and updating as necessary.  \n\nROW cost estimate hours are based on an initial set up of 16 hours + 20 hours per 100 parcels per alternative. (hours per sheet = 1 to 4 hours per sheet)\nConstruction cost based on LRE, initial estimate 24 to 48 hours, per each alternative; updates 2 to 8 hours.\n(LS based on LRE develop/review range of 4 to 12 hours per update, Engineers cost estimate range of 12 to 40 hours per update.)"]
["4.18","Technical Special Provisions and Modified Special Provisions","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Staff hours are based on minor modifications to existing TSPs and MSPs.  Based on 4 to 24 hours per each modified TSP and MSP.  Newly developed TSPs are to be negotiated based on individual basis.  (LS - based on the number of TSPs per project.)"]
["4.19","Other Roadway Analyses","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all efforts for a roadway task not covered by an existing defined task.  Required work will be defined in the scope and negotiated on a case-by-case basis. Described work in the Scope of Services.\nThis is not a \"catch-all\" activity."]
["Roadway Analysis Technical Subtotal"]
[4.2,"Field Reviews","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes travel time for trips to field to obtain data necessary for design.  Included for roadway, TTCP, Access Management and all other roadway design related field reviews.  Excludes Project Manager hours. (LS based on average number of people per field review x length of field review x number of field reviews.)"]
[4.21,"Monitor Existing Structures","LS","4 to 80","Includes work required to visually identify existing structures in need of monitoring (as required in FDM Chapter 307) to identify the necessary pay items to be included in the bid documents. \n\nThe Lump Sum effort is broken down based on field visits, density of development, length, location of the project and number of coordination meetings for the following corridor classifications:\n\nRural – LS, 4 to 40  \nUrban – LS, 8 to 80\n\nThe work includes review of aerials, GIS data search for addresses, visual field observations, identification of structures of concern, completing the quantity table and travel time.\n\nOptional services (may be negotiated at a later date if needed):\nCoordinate with and assist the geotechnical engineer and/or structural engineer to develop mitigation strategies (when applicable)."]
[4.22,"Technical Meetings","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Meetings with Departmental and/or Agency staff such as meetings with Access Management meetings, pavement design meetings, local governments meetings, etc. Excludes Project Manager hours."]
[4.2300000000000004,"Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes producing and implementation of QA/QC plan.  Also includes Sub-consultant review, response to comments and any resolution meetings if required, assembly of plans for submittals for reviews, etc. (LS based on 5-10% of technical subtotal). Based on complexity and scope of the project. "]
[4.24,"Independent Peer Review","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Included where independent peer review and/or constructability/bidability reviews are utilized in addition to QC review. (LS based on 3% to 5% of technical subtotal.)"]
[4.25,"Supervision","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all effort required to supervise all technical design analysis. (LS based on 5% to 10% of technical subtotal.)"]
["Roadway Analysis Nontechnical Subtotal"]
[4.26,"Coordination","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all efforts to coordinate internally with survey, geotechnical, drainage, structures, lighting, roadway, signals, utilities, railroad, permits, schedules, specifications, bicycle/ pedestrian/ transit, landscape architecture, traffic operations, and other DEPARTMENT offices to produce a final set of construction documents. (LS based on 2% to 3% of all the above tasks.)"]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[null,null,null,null,";"]

{"sheet":"5. Roadway Plans","index":14,"n_rows":38,"n_cols":5,"rows_kept":38,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[35,0,35,2],[0,0,0,4]]}
["5. Roadway Plans"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[5.0999999999999996,"Key Sheet","Sheet","8 to 12"]
[5.2,"Summary of Pay Items Including Quantity Input","Sheet","12 to 36","Includes updating the initial pay items and quantity input in designer interface at Phase II and all subsequent updates, as well as importing the Summary of Pay Item Sheet into the plans.  If required by the district, includes preparation of quantity input sheets for input by district staff.  Low end of range used on projects with fewer items."]
[5.3,"Typical Section Sheets",null,null,"See itemized task Sections 5.4.1 & 5.4.2."]
["5.3.1","Typical Sections","EA","6 to12"]
["5.3.2","Typical Section Details","EA","4 to 16","Cross slope correction, superelevation correction, minor widening etc."]
[5.4,"General Notes/Pay Item Notes","Sheet","8 to 24","Includes notes to reviewers."]
[5.5,"Summary of Quantities Sheets","Sheet",5,"CADD production (drafting) work necessary to complete sheets, does not include the effort required to compute quantity take-offs (this effort is included in Roadway Analysis Tasks).\n\nNumber of sheets is determined by project length and complexity."]
[5.6,"Project Layout","Sheet","4 to 10","Sheet layout"]
[5.7,"Plan/Profile Sheet","Sheet","2 to 6","Includes minor sheet labeling not included in the Master Design File."]
[5.8,"Profile Sheet","Sheet","2 to 6","Includes minor sheet labeling not included in the Master Design File."]
[5.9,"Plan Sheet","Sheet","2 to 6","If double panel plan sheets are utilized, each panel is considered a plan sheet."]
[5.0999999999999996,"Special Profile","Sheet","8 to 16","CADD work necessary to create these sheets for Ramps (estimated at 1 ramp profile per sheet), Driveways (estimated at 8 profiles per sheet) and Intersections (estimated at one per sheet)."]
[5.1100000000000003,"Back-of-Sidewalk Profile Sheet","Sheet","6 to 18","Includes work for developing sheet and CADD work.  Complexity varies with terrain, horizontal alignment and level of land use development."]
[5.12,"Interchange Layout Sheet","Sheet","18 to 32","Includes work for developing sheet and CADD work."]
[5.13,"Ramp Terminal Details (Plan View)","Sheet","8 to 12","Includes work for developing details and CADD work. "]
[5.14,"Intersection Layout Details","Sheet","8 to 16","Includes work for developing sheet and CADD work."]
[5.15,"Special Details","EA","4 to 16","Includes work for developing details and CADD work."]
[5.16,"Cross Section Pattern Sheet(s)","Sheet","4 to 8"]
[5.17,"Roadway Soil Survey Sheet(s)","Sheet",1,"Sheet provided by Geotechnical discipline."]
[5.18,"Cross Sections","EA","0.25 to 0.5","Includes sheet set up and minor labeling.  Upper range relates to Frontage Roads and Collector-Distributor Roads where mainline cross sections cover multiple roadways.  Frontage roads and Collector Distributor add 1/2 mile per mainline mile per side at a reduced mile rate dependant on complexity of frontage or collector distributor. SEE SECTION 4.9.\n\nNote:  If the Cross Sections are prepared using a 3D model, use Task 36.5 instead of Task 4.9  Address 5.18 for hours related to the Cross Section Design Files. Additionally, the requirements for labeling the cross sections will remain under Activity 5.0 Roadway Plans."]
[5.19,"Temporary Traffic Control Plan Sheets","Sheet","2 to 6","If double panel plan sheets are utilized, each panel is considered a plan sheet."]
[5.2,"Temporary Traffic Control Cross Section Sheets","EA","0.25 to 0.5","Includes minor labeling and modifications to sections. Frontage roads and Collector Distributor add 1/2 mile per mainline mile per side at a reduced mile rate dependant on complexity of frontage or collector distributor."]
[5.21,"Temporary Traffic Control Detail Sheets","Sheet","6 to 12","Includes work for developing details and CADD work.  Includes all other TTCP sheets except Plan and Cross Section Sheets."]
[5.22,"Utility Adjustment Sheets","Sheet","3 to 10","Includes development of the master utility file and sheet clean up. Consider the number of utilities and the complexity of the project."]
[5.23,"Selective Clearing and Grubbing Sheet(s)","Sheet",null,"Includes selective clearing and grubbing areas, tree protection measures, root pruning, branch pruning. Relocation may be shown, see 5.24."]
["5.23.1","Selective Clearing and Grubbing Sheet(s)","Sheet","4 to 12","Refer to the Selective Clearing and Grubbing Guidelines to determine range."]
["5.23.2","Selective Clearing and Grubbing Detail Sheet(s)","Sheet","4 to 12","Refer to the Selective Clearing and Grubbing Guidelines to determine range."]
[5.24,"Tree Disposition Plan Sheet(s)",null,null,"If relocation cannot be shown clearly on the Selective Clearing & Grubbing sheets (See task 5.23), use task 5.24 in addition to task 5.23. "]
["5.24.1","Tree Disposition Plan Sheet(s)","Sheet","4 to 12","Refer to the Selective Clearing and Grubbing Guidelines to determine range."]
["5.24.2","Tree Disposition Plan Tables and Schedules","Sheet","4 to 12","Refer to the Selective Clearing and Grubbing Guidelines to determine range."]
[5.25,"Project Control Sheet(s)","Sheet","16 to 32","One hour if sheet to be furnished by survey."]
[5.26,"Environmental Detail Sheets","Sheet","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","To be determined on a case by case basis.  Coordination with Permits/Environmental staff where applicable."]
[5.27,"Utility Verification Sheet(s) (SUE Data)","Sheet","4 to 12","Included for placing Subsurface Utility Exploration (SUE) Data in summary tables. Modifications required in the master design files are included in the roadway master design file staff hours."]
["Roadway Plans Technical Subtotal"]
[5.28,"Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes producing and implementation of QA/QC plan.  Also includes Sub-consultant review, response to comments and any resolution meetings if required, assembly of plans for submittals for reviews, etc. (LS based on 5% to 10% of technical subtotal)."]
[5.29,"Supervision","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all effort required to supervise and coordinate plans production and Sub-consultant coordination. (LS based on 5% to 10% of technical subtotal.)"]

{"sheet":"6a. Drainage Analysis","index":15,"n_rows":43,"n_cols":9,"rows_kept":43,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[4,3,4,4],[5,3,5,4],[7,3,7,4],[0,0,0,8],[1,0,3,0],[1,1,3,1],[1,2,3,2],[1,3,3,4],[1,5,1,8],[2,5,2,8],[7,6,7,8],[11,0,12,0],[11,1,12,1],[11,2,12,2],[10,3,10,4],[9,6,9,8],[8,3,8,4],[9,3,9,4],[22,5,22,8],[13,3,13,4],[13,6,13,8],[14,3,14,4],[14,7,14,8],[15,3,15,4],[16,3,16,4],[17,3,17,4],[25,0,27,0],[25,1,27,1],[25,2,27,2],[28,3,28,4],[18,3,18,4],[19,3,19,4],[20,3,20,4],[21,3,21,4],[22,3,22,4],[32,3,32,4],[33,3,33,4],[33,5,33,8],[23,3,23,4],[24,3,24,4],[29,3,29,4],[30,3,30,4],[31,3,31,4],[42,3,42,4],[42,5,42,8],[38,3,38,4],[38,5,38,8],[39,3,39,4],[39,5,39,8],[40,3,40,4],[40,5,40,8],[34,3,34,4],[41,0,41,2],[41,3,41,4],[41,5,41,8],[35,0,35,4],[35,5,35,8],[36,3,36,4],[36,5,36,8],[37,3,37,4],[37,5,37,8]]}
["6a. Drainage Analysis"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range",null,"Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[null,null,null,null,null,"All Field Time and Meeting time is included in the tasks \n\"Field Reviews\" & \"Technical Meetings\" respectively. "]
[null,null,null,null,null,"General","Low-Range","Mid-Range","High-Range"]
["6a.1","Drainage Map Hydrology","Per Map","2 to 24 ",null,"Develop a working drainage map showing  drainage basin data needed to define the system hydrology and project area. ","3 miles or less","3-10 miles","10+ miles"]
["6a.2","Base Clearance\nCalculations and Report","Per Location","4 to 24",null,"Staff-hours vary with data availability which is typically driven by the type of high water condition (cross drains, lakes, wetlands, and controlled water bodies).","Controlled canals, contiguous wetlands, lakes with historical data","Cross drains, flood plains, ","Lakes with no historical data"]
["6a.3","Pond Siting Analysis and Report"]
[null,"Environmental Look Around (ELA) Meeting and Pond Siting Meetings","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range",null,"This task includes convening a meeting with DEPARTMENT staff, regulatory agencies, local governments and other stakeholders to explore watershed wide stormwater needs and alternative permitting approaches. Further engineering investigation into alternatives developed as a result of this meeting, will be negotiated separately. This task also includes meeting for discussing pond site alternatives with FDOT staff (disciplines represented dependent upon District procedures), Includes preparation of exhibits and tables in accordance with District procedures and meeting minutes. The hour estimate is as follows: number of meetings x number of staff attending x (length of meeting + travel time) + time to prepare notes. This task is for the meetings only.","This task will be negotiated on a case by case basis"]
[null,"Pond Siting Analysis and Report","Per Basin","24 to 48",null,"This task includes calculation of stormwater management requirements and estimation of stormwater management facility requirements. May include identification of practical stormwater management facility locations per basin (if ELA did not reveal regional ponds), estimating construction cost, and preparation of the pond siting report or conceptual stormwater management report.","Widening 2 lanes in Rural area, or outside floodplain, or providing pond sizing only - not pond siting, or conceptual stormwater management report when ponds are not feasible.   (24 to 28 hours)","Widening 2 lanes in a suburban area, within floodplain, providing pond siting. (28 to 36 hours)","New roadway or Interstate widening within floodplain, Urban Setting, providing pond siting (36 to 48)"]
[null,"Regional Pond Efforts","EA","See Basis for Staff Hour Range",null,"This task is includes field review and coordination for each regional pond site location.","This task will be negotiated on a case by case basis"]
[null,"Pond Site Review","EA","1 to 4",null,"Desktop review and preminary field review for each pond site alternative for suitablilty as required. Estimate 1 to 4 hours per pond site. Consider multiple consultants may be used to access pond sites."]
["6a.4","Design of Cross Drains","EA","Minor","4 to 6","All extensions and those new/replacement structures with no known scouring or flooding problems, needing minimal hydrologic effort. For example, a) where the flow is determined by multiplying a design velocity by the culvert flow area, or b) where the rational method can be used on a small easily defined basin. Basin delineation is included in this task.","Culverts extended a small amount to meet clear zone requirements where Q is estimated by Q = Area x Velocity (4 FPS)",null,"Identically replaced culverts due to structural problems, with minimal lengthening to meet clear zone requirements. Rational method is used on an easily defined basin."]
[null,null,null,"Major","8 to 24","All that are not minor.","Culvert replaced due significant lengthening for added travel lanes or culvert realignment or both.  Rational method is used. No known flooding or scour problems.  ","Analysis of several alternatives of size and configuration.  Drainage basin difficult to define because of flat terrain, drainage basin is larger than appropriate for the Rational Method, but ungaged. Flooding or scour problems are known.","Activities in the mid range complicated by the need to model basin overtopping, or model more than one culvert location draining the area.  Activities above the range may include complex modeling and routing of the drainage area."]
["6a.5","Design of Ditches","Per Ditch Mile","15 hours per ditch mile plus 1 hour per side drain; e.g. ditch miles(15) + number of side drains = total staff hours",null,"Staff hours vary with a) the drainage basin hydrologic characteristics, b) the number of side drains, c) the number of sections to be calculated.  This task includes capacity calculations, longitudinal grade adjustments, flow changes, additional adjustments for ditch convergences, selection of suitable channel lining, design of side drain pipes, and documentation.","Median, roadside and outfall ditches, not including linear stormwater management treatment facilities. "]
["6a.6","Design of Stormwater Management Facility (Offsite or Infield Pond) ","EA","40 to 80",null,"Staff hours vary with regulatory criteria and site conditions.  Includes determining pond layout (contributing drainage basin, shape, contours, slopes, volumes, tie-ins, aesthetics, etc.), routing, pollutant/nutrient loading and recovery calculations, outlet control structure design and buoyancy calculations for pond liners when necessary.  The task involves meeting with regulatory agencies, but meeting hours are not included in the range and should be tabulated in \"Technical Meetings\".   Task includes evaluation of existing condition and proposed condition.","Facilities in high upland areas, in areas with well drained sandy soils, in areas with more than adequate right of way available. Simple treatment ponds providing no attenuation in undeveloped areas may be below the range.","Things that may cause the design to be above the low range are: high groundwater, flood prone areas where freeboard is difficult to achieve, poorly defined tailwater in the receiving waterbody, limited and expensive right of way, large offsite inflows to the project, facilities discharging to sensitive water bodies, springsheds and facilities with no positive outfall."]
["6a.7","Design of Stormwater Management Facility (Roadside Treatment Swales and Linear Ponds) ","Per Cell","5 to 16",null,"A cell is defined as areas of storage separated by drainage structures, ditch blocks, natural topography, roads, driveways, etc. Staff hours vary with number of cells and detail of routing calculations.  Includes determining pond layout (contributing drainage basin, shape, contours, slopes, volumes, tie-ins, etc.),  routing, pollutant loading and recovery calculations, and outlet control structure design.  The task involves meeting with regulatory agencies, but meeting hours are not included in the range and should be tabulated in \"Technical Meetings\". Task includes evaluation of existing and proposed condition.","Projects with single independent cells not interconnected. The range also includes treatment swales and the effort needed to calculate capacity and grade adjustments.","Projects with many interconnected linear stormwater cells functioning as one facility.","Projects with multiple cells  in series or multiple control structures."]
["6a.8","Floodplain and Environmental Permit Drainage Data Collection","LS","2 to 32",null,"This tasks consists of data gathering from relevant sources including County, local agencies, WMD, etc. Obtain permits, maps, studies.","No existing ERP, FEMA Map floodplain data                               (2 to 12 hours)","Existing ERP, FEMA Map floodplain and FIS data \n(12 to 24 hours)","Existing ERP(s) and Floodplain update study     (24 to 32 hours)"]
["6a.9","Floodplain Compensation Siting and Design","Per Floodplain Basin ","34 to 80",null,"Staff hours vary with level of design and modeling necessary to determine floodplain compensation, if required. If modeling efforts exist through other areas of design, staff hours are not to be duplicated. ","Compensation based on total volume filled versus total volume excavated.","Regulatory agency requires flood plain storage volumes be compensated equally at incremental elevations.  (sometimes called \"cup for cup\").  Compensation area is adjacent to the fill area.","Regulatory agency requires cup for cup compensation and compensation area is far removed from the project requiring water surface profile computations to equate elevations and result in no rise."]
["6a.10","Design of Storm Drains","EA","2 to 3",null,"When counting structures include inlets, manholes, and end treatments.  Generally, projects with more structures will need fewer staff hours per structure and projects with less structures will need more staff hours per structure.  The task may involve attending a utility coordination meeting, but meeting hours are not included in the range and should be tabulated in \"Technical Meetings\".  This task includes deck drainage not included in Bridge Hydraulics Report, such as overpasses or land traversing bridges. Basin delineation is also included in this task.","Suburban area with minimal utilities, few existing offsite pipes to connect to, small offsite drainage areas, minimal back of sidewalk inlets to design, or a large quantity of structures (approx. 100 or more).  ","Complicated projects such as those described in the high range, but with a large quantity of structures.  Or simple projects such as those described in the low range, but with relatively few structures. ","Highly urbanized with many utilities, large offsite drainage areas, many back of sidewalk inlets to design, numerous existing offsite ponds to accept water from, or a short project with relatively few structures (< 50)."]
["6a.11","Optional Culvert Material","EA","0.10 - 0.25 per structure",null,"Provide a Culvert Service Life Estimator sheet for each structure. Additional borings are not required for each structure analyzed.","Many structures lying in areas with similar soil parameters. Acceptable to use the low end of the hour range to accommodate the savings associated with economies of scale. ",null,"Individual structures lying in areas with varying soil parameters. Acceptable to use the high end of the hour range."]
["6a.12","French Drain Systems","Per Cell","8 to 24",null,"A cell is defined as french drain systems separated by drainage structures, ditch blocks, natural topography, roads, driveways, etc. To supplement the descriptions for the Low-Mid-High Range, things that may require more hours in design are: high groundwater conditions, low lying terrain, low hydraulic permeability of soil, complicated soil strata, many utilities, and complicated system network.  The effort to develop the \"working drainage map\" and determine inlet locations and spread is included in the task \"Design of Storm Drains\".","Projects with single independent cells not interconnected.","Projects with many  interconnected linear stormwater cells functioning as one facility.","Projects with multiple cells in series or multiple control structures."]
["6a.12.1","Existing French Drain Systems","Per Cell","See Basis for Staff Hour Range",null,"Include this task if French Drains are proposed and the existing systems must be analyzed for a pre vs. post comparison of the peak stages and/or discharges. The staff hours should be estimated based on components of the existing system. Use 1 to 2 hours per existing French drain cell. If using a stormwater model, add 0.25 to 0.5 hours per storm drain structure, including inlets, manholes, and endwalls, 0.5 to 1 hour per cell of ditch providing storage. and 1 to 2 hours per drainage well. The amount of effort will depend on the available information for the existing system.","Rural widening or reconstruction projects with modifications to the existing systems","Urban widening or reconstruction projects with modifications to the existing systems","Rural or Urban reconstruction projects with a complete reconstruction of the drainage systems"]
["6a.13","Drainage Wells","EA","8 to 12",null,"This is typical of a drainage well design in District 6.  Things that may cause the design to be above the low range are: low capacity of wells in the area, limited locations to place the wells, head availability, and many utilities."]
["6a.14","Drainage Design Documentation Report","LS","4 to 100",null,"Staff-hours vary with a) length and complexity of project, b) permit requirements, and c) the number of required submittals.  This task is for writing and developing the report. Calculations are to be included in the report, however hours to perform calculations are included in the respective analysis task.","Mill and resurface, no permit documentation required.  Includes technical memorandums for smaller projects.","RRR project with numerous culvert extensions, minimal permit documentation such as water quality only.","Major reconstruction having up to 4 submittals, and all the tasks to document, substantial permit documentation such as quality, quantity, & flood plain compensation. "]
["6a.15","Location Hydraulics Report","LS","8 to 40",null,"This task includes development of the Location Hydraulic Report in accordance with Part 2, Chapter 13 of the PD&E Manual. The basis for estimating the hours needed for this task is the size of the project, number of culverts, bridges and length of the project.","0 to 1 floodplain with constant base flood elevation (BFE) (8 to 16 hours)","2 to 4 floodplains or 4 to 8 BFEs (16 to 24 hours)\n","More than 4 floodplains or more than 8 BFEs              (24 to 40 hours)"]
["6a.16","Bridge Hydraulic Report","EA","Controlled Canal/Pedestrian Bridges","30 to 80",null,"No alternatives","Two Alternatives such as Bridge vs Box.","Several alternatives such as a bridge vs. a box culvert vs. several pipe configurations."]
[null,null,null,"Main Bridge (Non-Tidal)","120 to 300","A single or dual parallel bridge with no relief structure.  Add 100 hours, if the crossing involves one or more relief bridges and can be modeled using WSPRO or HEC-RAS.  Add 80 hours if there is floodway involvement where a FEMA \"No Rise\" is expected.  Add 30 to 50 hours if the project has a history of overtopping.   If a Floodway change (redefinition) is expected, or the project requires two-dimensional modeling, staff hours need to be negotiated on a case by case basis.","Replacement in kind at a gaged site.","Single or Dual parallel bridges, with several alternative structures to evaluate. ","Activities described in the mid range that are complicated by known problems such as a migrating stream, existing frequent over-topping of the roadway for storms lower than the design storm event or scour. "]
[null,null,null,"Tidal Crossing","120 to 300","A single or dual parallel bridge with no relief structure modeled using HEC-RAS or similar one-Dimensional program.  Add 100 hours, if the crossing involves one or more relief bridges. Add 80 hours if there is floodway involvement where a FEMA \"No Rise\" is expected.  Add 30 to 50 hours if the project has a history of overtopping. If a Floodway change (redefinition) is expected, or the project requires two-dimensional modeling, staff hours need to be negotiated on a case by case basis. Add 20 to 60 hours for “critical” and “extremely critical” bridges requiring wave modeling and wave force calculations. Add 4 to 16 hours to incorporate sea level rise into modeling activities. Hours will depend on 1D versus 2D modeling. If SLR is only added to the final modeling, there is no adjustment. ","Single tributary requiring  only one reach be modeled.  ","Several parallel tributaries must be modeled.","Activities described in the mid range that are complicated by known problems such as a migrating stream, existing frequent over-topping of the roadway for storms lower than the design storm event or scour. "]
["6a.17","Temporary Drainage Analysis","LS","2 to 40 for lump sum; otherwise See Basis for Staff Hour Range ",null,"Staff- hours vary with complexity of project. It is recommended that smaller jobs remain lump sum and projects with complex phasing should be estimated by the various components.","[2 to 16] RRR, Bridge widenings.","[16 to 40] Rural widening and reconstruction.","Projects with significant temporary drainage needed for complex TTCP phasing such as interchange or urban multi-lane reconstruction will be calculated based on the complexity of the project. "]
["6a.18","Cost Estimate","LS","4 to 16",null,"Prepare cost estimates for the drainage components, except bridges and earthwork for stormwater management and flood compensation sites.  Includes updates at phase submittals.  Staff hours vary with the number of drainage components.","Resurfacing projects","Urban projects less than 1 miles long and rural projects. ","Urban projects longer than 1 mile."]
["6a.19","Technical Special Provisions/Modified Special Provisions","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range",null,"Staff hours are based on minor modifications to existing MSP/TSPs.  Based on 4-24 hours per each MSP/TSP.  Newly developed MSP/TSPs are to be negotiated based on individual basis.  (LS - based on per project)"]
["6a.20","Hydroplaning Analysis","LS","2 to 40 ",null,"Perform a hydroplaning analysis to assist in the determination of the appropriate roadway geometry for all necessary locations (both typical sections and critical cross sections) as needed. See the FDOT Hydroplaning Guidance and FDOT FDM Chapters 210 and 211 for more information. Staff hours vary based on number of locations that require an evaluation.","Consists of only a few typical sections to be evaluated.","Requires evaluation of multiple typical sections in addition to a few critical locations.","Requires evaluation of multiple typical sections and multiple critical locations."]
["6a.21","Existing Permit Analysis","LS","2 to 16",null,"Data gathering including desktop analysis of local, state and federal Drainage permits. Staff hours will vary with number of permits, number of permitting agencies and age of permits. This task is specific to permit research surrounding stormwater management systems.","Smaller projects with simple drainage systems in place.","Mid-size projects with multiple stormwater facilities and/or enhanced conveyance systems. ","Larger projects or projects with complicated designs. Factors to consider are off-site basins, comingling, regional facilities or facilities with unique features.  "]
["6a.22","Other Drainage Analysis","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range",null,"Includes all efforts for a drainage task not covered by an existing defined task.  Required work will be defined in the scope and negotiated on a case-by-case basis."]
["6a.23","Noise Barrier Evaluation","LS","16 to 80",null,"Evaluate the capacity of drainage openings in noise barriers and locate them to ensure offsite flows are accommodated.","Less than 30% of project length includes noise barriers. Minimal area adjacent to R/W discharging toward noise barrier locations; standard wall openings sufficient for conveyance.","30-67% of project length includes noise barriers. Moderate area discharging toward noise barrier piping or moderate grading at back of wall location required.","Greater than 67% of project length includes noise barriers. Sheet flow or larger channelization at back of wall location requiring analysis of upstream stage effects. Task may include designing drainage systems for openings that cannot accommodate the offsite flows. The additional drainage systems will be designed to ensure offsite stages are not increased."]
["Drainage Analysis Technical Subtotal"]
["6a.24","Field Reviews","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range",null,"Field time to obtain data necessary for design.  All the above tasks, except 6a.13, 6a.16, 6a.17 & 6a.19 require field investigation.  When in the field, designers will obtain/gather for any or all the required tasks.  Field time varies with the number of tasks involved, complexity of individual tasks and the project length.  This includes travel time."]
["6a.25","Technical Meetings","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range",null,"Meetings with DEPARTMENT staff, regulatory agencies, local governments such as meetings with District Drainage Engineer, the Water Management District, FDEP, etc."]
["6a.26","Quality Assurance/ Quality Control","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range",null,"Based on 5% to 10% of technical tasks."]
["6a.27","Independent Peer Review","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range",null,"Included where independent peer review and/or constructability/bidability reviews are utilized in addition to QC review.  Excludes Project Manager hours.  (LS based on 3% to 5% of technical tasks)."]
["6a.28","Supervision","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range",null,"Based on 5% to 10% of technical tasks."]
["Drainage Analysis Nontechnical Subtotal"]
["6a.29","Coordination","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range",null,"Includes all efforts to coordinate internally with survey, geotechnical, drainage, structures, lighting, roadway, signals, utilities, rail road, permits, schedules, specifications, bicycle/ pedestrian/ transit, landscape architecture, traffic operations, and other DEPARTMENT offices to produce a final set of construction documents. (LS based on 2% to 3% of required tasks.)"]

{"sheet":"6b. Drainage Plans","index":16,"n_rows":17,"n_cols":5,"rows_kept":17,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[14,0,14,2],[0,0,0,4]]}
["6b. Drainage Plans"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
["6b.1","Drainage Map (Including Interchanges)","Sheet","16 to 48","Includes all work required (existing structures and flood data) for production of drainage map.  Low end of range is represented by rural projects, high end by multilane urban projects. If additional sheets are needed for clarity, scope as necessary."]
["6b.2","Bridge Hydraulics Recommendation Sheets","Sheet","24 to 40","Range will vary depending on width, length and number of bridge openings. "]
["6b.3","Summary of Drainage Structures","Sheet","8 to 32","Consider 30-32 structures as an average range per sheet. If additional sheets are needed, scope as necessary. "]
["6b.4","Optional Pipe/Culvert Material","Sheet","4 to 8"]
["6b.5","Drainage Structure Sheet(s) (Per Structure)","EA","1 to 3","Includes work for developing cross section."]
["6b.6","Miscellaneous Drainage Detail Sheets","Sheet","8 to 32","Includes work for developing details and CADD work."]
["6b.7","Lateral Ditch Plan/Profile","Sheet","8 to 24","Includes work for developing sheet and CADD work."]
["6b.8","Lateral Ditch Cross Sections","EA","0.25 to 0.5","Includes minor labeling and modifications to sections."]
["6b.9","Retention/Detention Ponds Detail Sheet(s)","Sheet","12 to 40","Includes work for developing pond geometrics, typical sections, details and CADD work.  Assumes one pond per sheet.  Determination of pond volumes is included in Drainage Analysis activity.  Range varies based on complexity of topography."]
["6b.10","Retention Pond Cross Sections","EA","0.25 to 0.5","Includes minor labeling and modifications to sections."]
["6b.11","Erosion Control Plan Sheet(s)","Sheet","2 to 6","Includes work for developing details and CADD work."]
["6b.12","SWPPP Sheet(s)","Sheet","2 to 6"]
["Drainage Plans Technical Subtotal"]
["6b.13","Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes producing and implementation of QA/QC plan.  Also includes Sub-consultant review, response to comments and any resolution meetings if required, assembly of plans for submittals for reviews, etc. (LS based on 5-10% of technical subtotal)."]
["6b.14","Supervision","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all effort required to supervise and coordinate plans production and Sub-consultant coordination. (LS based on 5% to 10% of technical subtotal.)"]

{"sheet":"Utility Guidelines","index":17,"n_rows":42,"n_cols":14,"rows_kept":42,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[]}
["UTILITY GUIDELINES"]
[null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null," "]
["The staff hour ranges presented in this section represent the work effort that might be expected for individual tasks on typical roadway projects, ranging from a standard 2-lane rural resurfacing project (lower end of range) to a complicated urban reconstruction project  (upper end of range). The ranges represent neither the minimum nor maximum hours that might be negotiated on a project for individual utility tasks. Hours below or above the presented ranges may be applicable based on the constraints or requirements that are specific to the individual project. Specific aspects of each individual project should be considered in negotiating hours for each individual task.  Whenever possible, examples of individual tasks will be included to provide guidance in determining what types of effort are associated with each individual task."]
["Any Verified Vertical Elevation and Horizontal Locaiton (Vvh; SUE) information is addressed in the Survey activity."]
[]
["The following are general examples of the types of projects which would contain work effort from below the staff hour ranges contained in this handbook to above the ranges. This list is not inclusive, or always exact, but will provide the basis for beginning estimation and negotiation of staff hours for a project."]
[]
["Low Range Projects"]
[]
["·  Rural 2-lane resurfacing (with no 3R improvements)."]
["·  Sidewalk project with no utility involvement."]
["·  Minor bridge repair projects (painting or caulking) with no utility involvement."]
["·  Multi-lane limited access resurfacing (no interchange involvement)."]
["·  Rural 3R (minor safety improvements)"]
["·  Rural Signalization"]
["·  Multi-lane limited access resurfacing (safety, earthwork, and minor intersection involvement)."]
["·  Intersection improvements without lane additions or signalization"]
[]
["Middle of Range Projects"]
[]
["·  Rural 3R (major safety, minor earthwork, realigning ditches)."]
["·  Urban 3R (safety, no change to profile grade line, utility exception granted)."]
["·  Highway lighting (FDOT Installed)."]
["·  Rural widening/resurfacing (minor ROW and earthwork)."]
["·  Urban Signalization with utility impact."]
["·  Intersection improvements with lane additions and signalization."]
[]
["Upper End of Range"]
[]
["·  Urban 3R (major safety, extensive above ground feature relocation)."]
["·  Rural 2-lane new construction (new alignment, ROW, and earthwork)."]
["·  Rural 2-lane to urban multi-lane reconstruction (ROW and intersection involvement)."]
["·  Rural or urban 4-lane to 6-lane widening/resurfacing (widening in median, minor ROW, earthwork, and intersection involvement)."]
["·  Urban Multi-intersection Signalization with utility impact."]
["·  Rural multi-lane new construction (new alignment, ROW, earthwork and intersection involvement)."]
["·  Rural 2-lane to 4-lane (major ROW and earthwork)."]
["·  Multi-lane limited access reconstruction (ROW and interchange involvement)."]
["·  Multi-lane rural limited access new construction (new alignment, ROW and interchange construction)."]
["·  Urban multi-lane new construction (new alignment, ROW and intersection construction)."]
["·  Multi-lane limited access, urban reconstruction or new alignment with major interchange involvement (major ROW and interchange"]
["construction, major access management impacts)."]
["·  Multi-lane Urban limited access new construction (new alignment, major ROW and, major interchange involvement)."]

{"sheet":"7. Utilities","index":18,"n_rows":19,"n_cols":7,"rows_kept":19,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[0,0,0,4]]}
["7. Utilities"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[7.1,"Utility Kickoff Meeting","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","1 meeting x number of attendees x (pre-meeting preparation + travel time + meeting duration + preparation of meeting minutes).  Prior to any contact with the UAOs, the CONSULTANT shall meet with the DUO to receive guidance, as may be required, to assure that all necessary coordination will be accomplished in accordance with DEPARTMENT procedures.  CONSULTANT shall bring a copy of the design project work schedule reflecting utility activities.",null," "]
[7.2,"Identify Existing Utility Agency Owners (UAO(s))","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","Lump Sum based on 4 to 24 hours depending on the project length type and complexities. Includes Research Time (office and field time) and travel time if applicable.  Identify all utilities in the corridor; review prior FDOT utility permits, reports, existing plans and surveys provided.  Identification shall include type, size, capacity (transmission or distribution for gas or power), owner Contact Sunshine 811 and perform a field visit."]
[7.3,"Make Utility Contacts","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","Lump Sum based on 1 hour Per Utility Per Contact.\n(First Contact) Send letters and two sets of plans to each utility, one set for the utility office, one set each to construction and maintenance office if required.  Request type, size, location, easements, and cost for relocation if applicable.  Send UAO claims for reimbursement to the DUO to be processed as required for the FDOT Legal Office for an opinion on compensable property rights.  Include the meeting schedule (if applicable) and the design schedule.\n\n(Second Contact) At a minimum of 4 weeks prior to the meeting, the Consultant  shall transmit two complete sets of Phase II plans and the utility conflict information (if applicable) to each UAO having facilities located within the project limits, and one set to the DEPARTMENT Offices, if required\n\n(Third Contact) Identify agreements and assemble packages.  Send agreements, letters, the utility conflict information (when applicable), and two sets of plans to the UAOs including all component sets, one set for the utility office, one set to construction and maintenance if required.  Include the design schedule.  Not all projects will have all contacts as described above.  PDF packages are acceptable for all distributions, hard copies and CADD files should be made available if requested by the UAO or District Office."]
[7.4,"Exception Processing","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","Lump Sum based on number of Utilities and number of exceptions (estimate 2 to 6 hours per exception).  The CONSULTANT shall be responsible for transmitting the appropriate design reports including but not limited to the RRR report, Project Scope and / or the Concept Report (if applicable) to each UAO in order to identify any design violation that may require a Utility Exception.  The CONSULTANT shall identify and communicate to the UAO any facilities in conflict with their location or the project schedule.  The CONSULTANT shall assist with the processing of design exceptions involving utility facilities with the UAO and The Department.  Assist with processing per the UAM."]
[7.5,"Preliminary Utility Meeting","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","Lump Sum based on pre-meeting preparation time + travel time + meeting duration + preparation of minutes, per meeting.  The CONSULTANT shall schedule (time and place), notify participants, and conduct a preliminary utility meeting with all affected UAO(s) for the purpose of presenting the project, review the current design schedule, evaluate the utility information collected, provide follow-up information on compensable property rights from the FDOT Legal Office, discuss the utility work by highway contractor option with each utility, and discuss any future design issues that may impact utilities.  This is also an opportunity for the UAOs to present proposed facilities.  The CONSULTANT shall keep accurate minutes and distribute a copy to all attendees."]
[7.6,"Individual/Field Meetings","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","Includes time for trips to the field to gather data for conflict resolution/utility issues and/or meetings with UAO(s).  Lump sum based on pre-meeting preparation time + travel time + meeting duration + preparation of minutes, per meeting.  The CONSULTANT shall meet with each UAO as necessary, separately or together, throughout the project design duration to provide guidance in the interpretation of plans, review changes to the plans and schedules, optional clearing and grubbing work, and assist in the development of the UAO’s plans and work schedules. The CONSULTANT is responsible for motivating the UAO to complete and return the necessary documents after each Utility Contact or Meeting."]
[7.7,"Collect and Review Plans and Data from UAO(s)","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","Estimate 1 to 4 hours per utility depending on the complexity of the project and number of contacts made.  Review utility marked plans and data individually as they are received for content.  Ensure information from the UAO (utility type, material and size) is sent to the designer for inclusion in the plans.  Forward all requests for utility reimbursement and supporting documentation to the DUO."]
[7.8,"Subordination of Easements Coordination","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","Lump Sum based on the number of Documents and complexity of the project. Estimate 2 to 6  hours per document.  The CONSULTANT, if requested by the Department, shall transmit to and secure from the UAO the executed subordination agreements prepared by the appropriate DEPARTMENT office.  The CONSULTANT shall coordinate with the DUO the programming of the necessary work program funds to compensate the UAO."]
[7.9,"Utility Design Meeting","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","Lump sum based on pre-meeting preparation time + travel time + meeting duration + preparation of minutes.  The CONSULTANT shall schedule (time and place), notify participants, and conduct a Utility meeting with all affected UAOs.  The CONSULTANT shall be prepared to discuss impacts to existing trees/landscaping and proposed landscaping, drainage, traffic signalization,maintenance of traffic (construction phasing), review the current design schedule and letting date, evaluate the utility information collected, provide follow-up information on compensable property rights from the FDOT Legal Office, discuss with each UAO the utility work by highway contractor option, discuss any future design issues that may impact utilities with particular emphasis on drainage and maintenance of traffic with each UAO.\n\nThe intent of this meeting shall be to assist the UAOs in identifying and resolving conflicts between utilities and proposed construction prior to completion of the plans, including utility adjustment details.  Also to work with the UAOs to recommend potential resolution between known utility conflicts with proposed construction plans as may be deemed practical by the UAO. The Consultant shall keep accurate minutes of all meetings and distribute a copy to all attendees.  See Tasks 4.5 and 4.9 for responsibilities concerning the development and maintenance of the utility conflict information, i.e. their location identification and adjustments."]
[7.1,"Review Utility Markups & Work Schedules, and Processing of Schedules & Agreements    ","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","Estimate 2 to 4 hours x number of Utility documents for each UAO (for example: schedules, agreements, estimates, red-green-brown marked plans, and based on the number of UAOs, length of the project and complexity of the utility impacts).  Review utility marked-up plans and work schedules as they are received for content, and coordinate review with the designer.  Send color markups and schedules to the appropriate Department office(s) such as survey, geotechnical, drainage, structures, lighting, roadway, signals, utilities, landscape architecture, municipalities, maintaining agency, traffic operations, and other DEPARTMENT offices for review and comment if required by the District.  Coordinate with the District for execution.  Distribute Executed Final Documents.  Prepare Work Order for UAO’s if required by the District.  The Consultant shall coordinate with the DUO the programming of the necessary work program funds.  Based on documentation received from the UAO, ensure resolution between UWS conflicts and the proposed construction plans/schedule. "]
[7.11,"Utility Coordination/Follow-up ","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","Lump Sum based on complexity of the project, number of utilities and level of effort anticipated to coordinate with the Utilities (estimate 2 to 24 hours for each Utility).  This includes follow-up, interpreting plans, and assisting and the completion of the UAO’s work schedule and agreements.  Includes phone calls, face-to-face meetings, etc., to motivate and ensure the UAO(s) complete and return the required documents in accordance with the project schedule.  Ensure the resolution of all known conflicts.  This task can be applied to all phases of the project. The CONSULTANT shall keep accurate minutes of all meetings and distribute a copy to all attendees."]
[7.12,"Utility Constructability Review ","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","Lump Sum based on number of Utilities, complexity of schedules, and amount of coordination with Construction required.  Review utility schedules against construction contract time, and phasing for compatibility. Estimate 2 to 8 hours per utility.  Coordinate with and obtain written concurrence from the Construction Office."]
[7.13,"Additional Utility Services ","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","Additional services will be determined when the services are required and requested.  This item is not usually included in the scope at the time of negotiation.  It is normally added as a supplemental agreement when the need is identified. "]
[7.14,"Processing Utility Work by Highway Contractor (UWHC)","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","Per Utility based on minor UWHC utility work (adjustment of manholes and valve boxes by the contractor) to major UWHC utility work (replacement of water/sewer main, lift station, duct system, etc).  Per UWHC (8 to 60 hours per UHWC).\n\nThis includes coordination of utility design effort between the DEPARTMENT and the UAO(s).  The CONSULTANT shall conduct additional coordination meetings, prepare and process the agreements, review tabulation of quantities, perform UWHC constructability and bidability review, coordinate approval of Technical Special Provisions (TSP) and Modified Special Provisions (MSP) prepared by the UAO. This task does not include the utility design effort.  This item is not usually included in the scope at the time of negotiation.  It is normally added as a supplemental agreement when the need is identified.  Effort for the EOR is not included in this task, see Roadway Analysis Task Group 4.  "]
[7.15,"Contract Plans to UAO(s)","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","1 hour per utility.  If requested by the District, this includes transmittal of the contract plans as processed for letting.  Transmittals to UAO(s) may be by certified mail, return receipt requested.   "]
[7.16,"Certification/Close-Out","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","Lump Sum based in number of Utilities. Estimate 1 to 6 hours per utility.  This includes hours for transmitting utility files (all supporting documentation) to the DUO and preparation of the Utility Certification Letter. The CONSULTANT shall certify to the appropriate DEPARTMENT representative the following:\n\nAll utility negotiations (Full execution of each agreement, approved Utility Work Schedules, Technical Special Provisions (TSP) and Modified Special Provisions (MSP) written, etc.) have been completed with arrangements made for utility work to be undertaken and completed as required for proper coordination with the physical construction schedule.\n\nOR\n\nAn on-site inspection was made and no utility work will be involved.\n\nOR\n\nPlans were sent to the Utility Companies/Agencies and no utility work is required."]
[7.17,"Other Utilities","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","Includes all efforts for a utility task not covered by an existing defined task.  Required work will be defined in the scope and negotiated on a case-by-case basis."]

{"sheet":"Environmental Permit Guidelines","index":19,"n_rows":62,"n_cols":14,"rows_kept":62,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[]}
["ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS and ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCES GUIDELINES"]
[null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null," "]
["An effective permitting program is based on a commitment to close coordination and documentation among the CONSULTANT, the Department’s District Permit Coordinator, the Department's Environmental Management Office, the Department’s  Project Manager, and regulatory agencies.  The CONSULTANT shall meet with the District Permit Coordinator and  the Department’s  Project Manager prior to developing and submitting all permit application packages to ensure District policies regarding acquisition of environmental permits have been adequately addressed.  The CONSULTANT shall proceed with the development and submittal of permit application packages and acquisition of permits based upon the general guidelines provided by the DEPARTMENT.  The Environmental Permits Task is generally considered complete once all applicable environmental permits have been obtained."]
[]
["The CONSULTANT, the Department's Permit Coordinator and the Department's Environmental Management Office will fully review the project's PD&E documents to determine any special requirements or commitments.  The Department's staff and the CONSULTANT will also review the regulating agencies requirements for any species issues to fully understand the need for surveying updates, and permitting requirements."]
[]
["Below is a brief description of a typical low-range project, a typical mid-range project, and a typical high-range project, with examples of each.   Some projects, even typical ones, may not fall neatly into one of these categories.  Thus, the descriptions and lists below should be used only as a general guide and should never be used in lieu of close coordination among the CONSULTANT, the Department’s District Permit Coordinator, the Department's Environmental Management Office and  the Department’s  Project Manager."]
[]
["Typical Low-Range Project - A low-range project will typically not include additional travel lanes, but may include minor wetland or surface water impacts not requiring mitigation.  Low-range projects do not typically require authorization for use of Sovereign Submerged Lands and have no involvement with Threatened or Endangered Species.  Examples of typical low-range projects may include permitting for:"]
[]
["·  Minor intersection improvements"]
["·  Culvert extensions"]
["·  Bridge replacement (in-kind or rehabilitation)"]
["·  Shoulder widening"]
["·  Rehabilitation, Resurfacing, and Restoration  "]
["·  Sidewalks    "]
[]
["Permits may be issued from the following agencies:"]
["·  WMD (General Permit)"]
["·  USACE (Nationwide)"]
["·  USCG (Advanced Approval)"]
["·  EPA and/or FDEP [National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Construction General Permit]"]
["·  Local Government"]
[]
["Typical Mid-Range Project - A mid-range project will typically include additional travel lanes, may include wetland or surface water impacts of less than one half acre and may require mitigation.  Mid-range projects may require authorization for use of Sovereign Submerged Lands and may have involvement with Threatened or Endangered Species.   Examples of typical mid-range projects may include permitting for:"]
[]
["·  Multi-lane reconstruction"]
["·  Add lane and resurfacing"]
["·  Bridge widening or replacement (not in-kind)"]
["·  Minor activities waterward of the Coastal Construction Control Line (CCCL permit)"]
["·  Minor activities within Water Management District or local drainage district lands"]
["·  Trails"]
[]
["Permits may be issued from the following agencies:"]
["·  WMD (Individual Permit)"]
["·  WMD Right of Way Occupancy Permit"]
["·  USACE (Nationwide, or Letter of Permission)"]
["·  USCG (bridge permit issued by USCG District)"]
["·  EPA and/or FDEP [National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Construction General Permit]"]
["·  Department of Environmental Protection (CCCL permit)"]
["·  Local Government"]
["·  Local Water Control District Right of Way Occupancy Permit"]
["   ·  FDEP Class V deep well permit"]
["Typical High-Range Project - A high-range project will typically include additional travel lanes, wetland or surface water impacts of one half acre or greater, and require mitigation.  High-range projects may require authorization for use of Sovereign Submerged Lands and may have involvement with Threatened or Endangered Species. Examples of typical high-range projects may include permitting for:"]
[]
["·  New road construction"]
["·  New bridge construction"]
["·  Multi-lane reconstruction"]
["·  Adding lanes and resurfacing"]
["·  Bridge widening or replacement (not in-kind)"]
["·  Major activities waterward of the CCCL"]
[]
["Permits may be issued from the following agencies:"]
["·  WMD (Individual Permit)"]
["·  WMD Right of Way Occupancy Permit"]
["·  USACE (Individual Permit or Regional General Permit)"]
["·  USCG (bridge permit issued by USCG Headquarters, Washington, D.C.)"]
["·  EPA and/or FDEP [National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Construction General Permit]"]
["·  Department of Environmental Protection (CCCL permit)"]
["·  Local Government"]
["·  Local Water Control District Right of Way Occupancy Permit"]
["· FDEP Class V Deep Well Permit"]

{"sheet":"8. Environmental Permits","index":20,"n_rows":26,"n_cols":5,"rows_kept":26,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[0,0,0,4],[20,0,20,2],[24,0,24,2],[9,1,9,4]]}
["8. Environmental Permits and Environmental Clearances"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[null,"ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS AND ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCES"]
[8.1,"Preliminary Project Research","LS","4 to 32","Data gathering including desktop analysis from relevant sources including PD&E studies, county, local agencies, WMD, USACE, USCG, etc.  Research conservation easement or, title restrictions, and submit SSL determination. Review any other information available from the DEPARTMENT and verify background data.  This task includes a preliminary field review.  The Basis for Staffhours is contingent on the  number of wetlands, potential pond sites, complexity of environmental issues, etc."]
[null,"PERMITS"]
["8.2","Field Work "]
["8.2.1","Establish Wetland Jurisdictional Lines and Assessments","LS","4 to 160","Includes determination of wetland lines for alignment and preferred pond sites, Normal Pool, Seasonal High Water, and extent of epibenthic resources.  Includes completion of the involved agencies' wetland assessment program(s) and associated field forms.  Cooridnate with survey and review survey points per Scope and Staffhour Estimates Sections 27.17 (Jurisdiction Line Survey) and 27.23 (Water Boundary Survey).  "]
["8.2.2","Species Surveys","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Conduct Wildlife Field Surveys as necessary, including Threatened & Endangered Species (T&E) surveys.  For most low and mid range projects this activity can be accomplished in conjunction with the Wetland survey.  When a separate Species or Wildlife survey is require it should be fully detailed in the scope and hours will be project specific.  Close coordination with the DEPARTMENT's Environmental Management Office will be required for further guidance."]
["8.3","Agency Verification of Wetland Data","LS","4 o 24","Agency verification of wetland data, including all field work, identified in Task 8.2."]
["8.4","Complete and Submit All Required Permit Applications"]
["8.4.1","Complete and Submit All Required Wetland Permit Applications","LS","8 to 280","Includes completion of application (i.e. ERP, Section 404), relevant minor attachments (i.e. project location map, aerials, affidavit of ownership, pictures, additional technical analysis, etc.), and cover letter with project description as well as completion of applicable forms (such as the US Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) “Wetland Determination Data Form – Atlantic and Gulf Coastal Plain Region”;  the USACE “Approved Jurisdictional Determination Form”; and/or project specific data forms, Uniform Mitigation Assessment Methods (UMAMs) and field review forms as required).  Includes response to agency Requests for Additional Information (RAIs), including necessary revisions to applicable attachments.  All responses and completed applications must be approved by the District Permit Coordinator.  Includes, but is not limited to, applications submitted to WMDs and/or DEP, USACE, or local governments (those delegated ERP authority).  Geotechnical permitting should also be included."]
["8.4.2","Complete and Submit All Required Species Permit Applications","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Staffhours for this task will require close coordination with the District's Environmental Management Office and regulatory agencies to determine the types of permits required.  The work effort will be determined and includes completion of application (i.e. project location map, aerials, affidavit of ownership, pictures, additional technical analysis, etc.), and cover letter with project description as well as completion of applicable forms. Includes response to agency RAIs, including necessary revisions to applicable attachments.  All responses and completed applications must be approved by the District Permit Coordinator.  Includes wildlife and T&E permit application (including Section 7 and 10 consultation as necessary)."]
["8.5","Coordinate and Review Dredge and Fill Sketches ","LS","4 to 60","Completed as per agency criteria.  This effort includes coordination and review of dredge and fill sketches for temporary, secondary, and permanent impacts and wetland protection plans and features.  The Basis for estimate will include time for review by the natural scientist.  "]
["8.6","Prepare USCG Permit Application","LS","4 to 24","Completed as per agency criteria.  Expansion of the sketches under Task 8.5 with additional information regarding waterway clearances, removal of existing structures, fender system, navigational signage and lighting as required, and MHW/MLW.  "]
["8.7","Prepare Water Management District or Local Water Control District Right of Way Occupancy Permit Application","LS","4 to 24","A completed package which shows the staging areas, maintenance access, and all permanent items (i.e., guardrail, light posts, landscape, drainage structures, etc.) to remain in Agency R/W.  Prepared as per agency criteria."]
["8.8","Prepare Coastal Construction Control Line (CCCL) Permit Application","LS","8 to 40","Prepare as per agency criteria.  (field permit low end of range, general permit higher end of range depending on complexity)"]
["8.9","Prepare USACE Section 408  Application to Alter a Civil Works Project","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Prepare per agency criteria and District direction.  "]
["8.10","Compensatory Mitigation Plan","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Does not include CADD production.  Involves a multi-discipline team of engineers and biologists.  Includes all necessary field work and environmental research to ensure site specific success based on proposed mitigation ratios.  Must be detailed in Scope."]
["8.11","Mitigation Coordination and Meetings","LS","4 to 24","Multi-agency coordination, including meetings, will be necessary to ensure acceptance of mitigation from all involved agencies.  May include the finalization of the wetland functional assessment started under Task 3, coordination for mitigation banks credit, as required.  New alignment with wetland/species may require more hours. "]
["8.12","Other Environmental Permits","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all efforts for an environmental task not covered by an existing defined task.  Required work will be defined in the scope and negotiated on a case-by-case basis."]
["Environmental Permits Technical Subtotal"]
["8.13","Technical Meetings","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes number of attendees x number of meetings x duration of meetings, plus travel time.  Tabulate number of meetings below."]
["8.14","Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes production and implementation of QA/QC plan, including response to FDOT comments.  (Based on 2% to 10% of technical subtotal.)  Percentage may be determined by Management."]
["8.15","Supervision","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all effort required to manage and supervise tasks.  (Based on 2% to 5% of technical subtotal.)"]
["Environmental Permits Non-Technical Subtotal"]
["8.16","Coordination","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all non-field interagency and Departmental coordination during the initial (i.e., preliminary meetings prior to submittal) and final design phases.  Must provide adequate notification of all meetings and a copy of meeting minutes to District Permits Office."]

{"sheet":"Structures-Guidelines","index":21,"n_rows":60,"n_cols":14,"rows_kept":60,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[]}
["STRUCTURES GUIDELINES"]
[null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null," "]
[]
["The staff hour workbook for structural design efforts, the staff hour worksheets, and the typical ranges and descriptions of each task were developed by a committee consisting of individuals from the FDOT and the consulting industry.  "]
[]
["It is intended that individuals negotiating work efforts for both the FDOT and the Consultant be experienced structural engineers knowledgeable of the work effort to complete each task.  The worksheets are intended to guide negotiators who have hands on experience designing multiple similar projects."]
[]
["These worksheets are intended to accommodate approximately 90% of the structures being designed.  Staff hour ranges are for new, replacement and widened bridges, rural and urban grade separation, interchange bridges, typical trestle and high level water crossings, retaining walls, box culverts, overhead signs, and other miscellaneous structures. The ranges represent neither the minimum nor maximum hours that might be negotiated on a project for individual design tasks.  Hours below or above the presented ranges may be applicable based upon the constraints or requirements that are specific to the individual task.  Specific aspects of each individual project should be considered in negotiating hours for each individual task. "]
[]
["Worksheets and ranges have not been developed for rehabilitation or repair projects or exceptionally complex projects (Skyway) or tunnels.  It is anticipated that approximately 10% of structure task efforts will fall outside the ranges, either above or below the maximum and minimum values given, respectively."]
[]
["Activity worksheets have been developed for the different work elements and bridge structure types normally encountered within FDOT projects. Only the Activity worksheets required should be included in the final workbook. Where more than one bridge is included within the project, individual worksheets shall be replicated for each bridge, such as Activity 10 BDR and other bridge task sheets as required. Each of these worksheets will have to be individually linked to the Activity 9 Structures Summary worksheet. It is the Consultant's responsibility to ensure the accuracy of the formulas."]
[]
["There are many cases where individual tasks included within these activity worksheets are not required. In such cases, the number of units shall be indicated as zero. Individual line items shall not be deleted, nor inserted."]
[]
["The following Activity worksheets are provided:"]
[]
["·  Activity 9 is a summary of the General Tasks, Bridge Development Report, Bridge Design and Production, Retaining Wall Design and Production and Miscellaneous Structure Design and Production activities within the project. The general tasks address the technical tasks associated with the development of the project-based key sheet/index of drawings, general notes, cost estimates and Technical Special Provisions. This worksheet also addresses non-technical tasks such as field reviews, technical meetings and coordination. This Activity worksheet also addresses Quality Assurance/Quality Control, Independent Peer Review and Supervision activities. "]
[]
["Activity 10 addresses Bridge Development Report tasks. The staff hour ranges were developed for general geometric requirements, statical systems, superstructures alternates, substructure alternatives, foundation alternates, vessel collision, scour, precast bridge options, moveable spans, temporary traffic control, constructability requirements, bridge security, retaining wall, quantities, cost estimates and aesthetics consideration. Report preparation including conclusions and recommendations, development of exhibits and supporting documentation are to be included. The option to include Preliminary Plans is also available."]
[]
["·  Activity 11 addresses Temporary Bridge tasks. The staff hour ranges were developed for an ACROW bridge superstructure with layout of substructure and possibly special design of substructure for longer spans or taller substructures than allowed by the Standard Drawings."]
[]
["·  Activity 12 addresses Short Span Concrete bridge tasks. The staff hour ranges were developed for precast and cast-in-place slab type bridges, inverted T and other slab type bridges. Use either Cast-in-Place Bridge or Prestressed Slab Unit Bridge depending on the anticipated structure type."]
[]
["·  Activity 13 addresses Medium Span Concrete bridge tasks. The staff hour ranges were developed for precast, prestressed concrete beam bridges designed as simply supported or continuous over intermediate supports. Use either Simple Span Concrete Design or Continuous Concrete Girder Design depending on the anticipated structure type, unless both systems are used in the same bridge. "]
[]
["·  Activity 14 addresses Structural Steel bridge tasks. The staff hour ranges were developed for all steel girder superstructure types, including steel plates, standard rolled shapes, box girders, simple and continuous configurations. The forms were not intended to cover steel frames or trusses. Use either Structural Steel Plate Girder Design or Structural Steel Box Girder Design depending on the anticipated structure type."]
[]
["·  Activity 15 addresses Segmental Concrete bridge tasks. The staff hour ranges were developed for precast, cast-in-place, span-by-span, balanced cantilever, single or multi-celled box, multiple box."]
[]
["·  Activity 16 addresses Bascule bridge tasks. The staff hour ranges were developed for the bascule pier, rest pier, movable span, electrical, mechanical & control house. The worksheet does not cover approach spans. Account for approach spans by adding worksheets for Activity 12, 13, 14 or 15, as applicable. The following task clarifications are provided for Activity 16:"]
[]
["Task 16.23 Stringer Design: This task is only used if deck stringers are anticipated in the design as is typical for steel grid deck bridges where the deck spans transversely between stringers. If a deck system that spans longitudinally between floorbeams is used, this task is not used."]
[]
["Task 16.27 Sidewalk Bracket Design: This task only used on bridges with sidewalks."]
[]
["Task 16.28 Roadway Bracket Design: This task is used when cantilever brackets are used to support the deck outside of the main girders as is the most common case."]
[]
["Task 16.31 Trunnion Girder Design: This task only used for Hopkins (cantilever) trunnion arrangements."]
[]
["Task 16.39  Bascule GP&E: This task is only used if the bridge length prohibits providing a scale for the overall bridge GP&E that is appropriate for detailing of the movable span (clearances, subcable location, etc.)"]
[]
["Task 16.49 Trunnion Girder: This task only used for Hopkins (cantilever) trunnion arrangements."]
[]
["Task 16.50 Cylinder Girder: This task only used for hydraulic cylinder driven bascule bridges incorporating independent cylinder girders."]
[]
["Task 16.55 Pedestrian Rail and Support Details: Use only if bridge has a pedestrian rail."]
[]
["Task 16.56 Curb and Sidewalk Details: Use only if bridge has a raised curb or sidewalk decking that differs from the roadway deck."]
[]
["Task 16.64, 16.65, 16.66, 16.67: Mechanical Drive Design: Use tasks 16.64, 16.65, 16.66, & 16.67 for bridges utilizing an electric motor or hydraulic motor drive train with a rack and pinion. If a hydraulic motor is used use these tasks with Task 16.68, Hydraulic Drive Design."]
[]
["Task 16.68 Hydraulic Drive Design: Use if hydraulic cylinder or hydraulic motor drive is employed in the design. If a hydraulic motor drive is employed, use this task with appropriate tasks from 16.64, 16.65, 16.66, & 16.67."]
[]
["Task 16.89 PLC Logic: Use only for bridges with Programmable Logic Controllers."]
[]
["·  Activity 17 addresses Retaining Wall tasks. The staff hour ranges were developed for permanent and temporary proprietary walls, cast-in-place retaining walls and other retaining walls."]
[]
["·  Activity 18 addresses Miscellaneous structure tasks. The staff hour ranges were developed for concrete box culverts, strain poles, mast arms, overhead and cantilever sign structures, high mast light foundations, noise barrier walls and special structures."]

{"sheet":"9. Str. -Summ Misc Tasks & Dwgs","index":22,"n_rows":31,"n_cols":6,"rows_kept":31,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[0,0,0,4],[12,0,12,2],[18,0,18,2],[19,0,30,0],[19,2,30,2],[19,1,30,1]]}
["9. Structures - Summary of Miscellaneous Tasks & Drawings"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[9.1,"Key Sheet and Index of Drawings","Sheet","4 to 16","Prepare index sheet for all submittals. Low Range: single bridge. High Range: multiple bridges."," "]
[9.1999999999999993,"Project Layout","Sheet","8 to 16","Required for multiple bridge projects. Range depends on complexity."]
[9.3000000000000007,"General Notes and Bid Item Notes","Sheet","16 to 24","Includes general notes, bid item notes, surface finish details, etc. Range depends on complexity."]
[9.4,"Miscellaneous Common Details","Sheet","4 to 48","This task is only for use where it is necessary to provide for development of sheets with common details that will be applicable to multiple bridges on the same project."]
[9.5,"Incorporate Report of Core Borings","Sheet","0.5 to 1","Incorporate Report of Core Borings into project plans. Low Range: multiple bridges. High Range: single bridge."]
[9.6,"Standard Plans - Bridges","LS","1 to 2","Incorporate Standard Plans into Bridge Plans. Staff hour range is based on number of Standards included (per bridge)."]
[9.6999999999999993,"Existing Bridge Plans","LS","4 to 8","Label & incorporate existing bridge plans. Low range: single bridge, High range: multiple bridges"]
[9.8000000000000007,"Assemble Plan Summary Boxes and Quantities","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Assemble  bridge quantities into Plan Summary Boxes, summarize totals and finalize forms, create index, input to LRE and designer interface input. Low Range: multiple bridges. High Range: single bridge.  8 to 16 hours per bridge.  "]
[9.9,"Cost Estimate","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Review LRE & prepare initial cost estimate, updating as necessary.  (LS based on LRE & Engineers Estimate range of 4 to 8 hours per bridge.)  This includes for interim cost estimate updates required by some Districts."]
["9.10","Technical Special Provisions and Modified Special Provisions ","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Develop Technical Special Provisions (TSP) and Modified Special Provisions (MSP) as required to supplement the Standard Specifications. The staffhours for this task shall be shown as zero based on assuming that no TSPs or MSPs will be required, except where required TSPs and MSPs can be identified at time of negotiations as follows:  TSPs and MSPs identified by the Consultant from their initial review of the applicable FDOT Standard."]
["Structures - Technical Subtotal"]
[9.11,"Field Reviews","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes travel time for trips to field to obtain data necessary for design.  Included for all design related field reviews. (LS based on average number of people per field review x length of field review x number of field reviews.)"]
[9.1199999999999992,"Technical Meetings","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Meetings with Departmental and/or Agency staff such as  progress/phase review meetings, local governments, public involvement, etc. Excludes Project Manager hours."]
[9.1300000000000008,"Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","The amount for QA/QC shall be negotiated based on complexities of the structures on the project.  Range shall be from 5% to 10% of the sum of the total hours estimated for the Structures-Technical Subtotal (includes Activities 10 thru 18, as applicable) and the subtotal hours estimated for the Miscellaneous Tasks & Drawings (Activity 9, Tasks 9.1-9.9)."]
[9.14,"Independent Peer Review","LS",null,"To be negotiated. - Technical Subtotal - if required by scope."]
[9.15,"Supervision","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Based on 3% to 7% of the sum of the total hours estimated for the Structures - Technical Subtotal (includes Activities 10 thru 18, as applicable) and the subtotal hours estimated for the Miscellaneous Tasks & Drawings (Activity 9, Tasks 9.1-9.9).\n\nLow Range:  high-hour jobs (repetitive-type); Mid-Range:  typical jobs (roadway overpass, stream crossings, etc.); High Range: complex jobs. "]
["Structures - Non-Technical Subtotal"]
[9.16,"Coordination","LS","2 to 40","This Task is applicable for projects with Miscellaneous Structures only such as RRR Projects.  Low Range:  For projects with single structures.  High Range:  For projects with multiple structures."]
[null,null,null,"16 to 80","Roadway Coordination: Coordinate geometry, typical sections, TTCP, drainage, signing, lighting, signalization, construction schedule, submittal requirement, etc. Low range: rural, low-level bridge widening. Mid range: urban bridge replacement. High Range: interchange improvements and multiple TTCP phases."]
[null,null,null,"8 to 48","Utility Coordination: Coordinate utility conflicts and relocations, bridge mounted utilities, including meetings with utility owners. "]
[null,null,null,"12 to 64","Railroad Coordination: Coordination with the District Railroad Coordinator, including vertical and horizontal clearance and crash wall requirements. Range depends on complexity. "]
[null,null,null,"2 to 16","Coordination with District Bridge Maintenance, bearings, expansion joints, painting, inspectability, request/obtain existing bridge plans. 2 to 16 hours."]
[null,null,null,"8 to 40","Permit Coordination: Provide sketches and information for permitting with USACE, USCG, local WMDs. Direct coordination with USCG on clearance and construction requirements. Range depends on complexity. "]
[null,null,null,"8 to 40","Geotechnical Coordination: Coordination with geotechnical engineer, including boring plan, foundation loads and installation table, wall external stability requirements, pier stability requirements & temporary wall requirements. Range depends on complexity. "]
[null,null,null,"4 to 40","Bridge Hydraulics Coordination: Coordination with hydraulics engineer, including bridge opening and geometry, stabilization of waterway slopes, deck drainage, pond locations, scour and stream velocity. "]
[null,null,null,"2 to 12","Wildlife Connectivity Coordination: Coordination with the Environmental\nManagement or Permit Office to document the decision to include or exclude wildlife connectivity features into the project. Low range - single crossing,  EMO or Permit office provides summary memo. High range - multiple crossings through interchange, discussion provided in BDR."]
[null,null,null,"16 to 80","Aesthetics Coordination: Coordination of bridge and wall aesthetics, including concept sketches. Range depends on aesthetic involvement. "]
[null,null,null,"2 to 8","Provide input to the creation of the Specification package and review of final package. Range depends on complexity. "]
[null,null,null,"TBD","Optional services (may be negotiated at a later date if needed):\nMonitor Existing Structures Coordination:\n\nIncludes work required to identify existing structures in need of settlement, vibration and/or groundwater monitoring by the contractor during construction and to coordinate with and assist the EOR and Geotechnical Engineer to develop mitigation strategies.  See FDM Chapter 307 and Chapter 9 of the Soils and Foundations Handbook.\n"]

{"sheet":"10. Structures-BDR","index":23,"n_rows":49,"n_cols":5,"rows_kept":49,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[46,0,46,2],[1,0,1,4]]}
["Bridge 1:"]
["10. Structures - Bridge Development Report (BDR)"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[null,"General Requirements"]
[10.1,"Bridge Geometry"]
[null,"Vertical and horizontal geometry","LS","8 to 80","Horizontal and vertical alignment, vertical and horizontal clearances, alignment skews, baseline intersections. Low range: tangent - normal ends. Mid range: curved - normal ends, tangent - skewed ends. High range: curved - superelevation transition / skews."]
[null,"10. Typical section","EA","4 to 12","The criteria for estimating the hours needed for this task are the number of issues affecting the typical sections and whether the bridge has a constrained ROW. Low range: rural; Mid range: rural interstate/surburban; High: urban."]
[10.199999999999999,"Ship Impact Data Collection","LS","4 to 40","Gather existing channel and vessel information. Low range: from FDOT web site, High range: obtain from agencies."]
[10.3,"Ship Impact Criteria","EA","8 to 24","Develop ship impact strength requirements for each span arrangement alternative. Low range: pile deletion (bent), High range: large impact zone."]
[null,"Superstructure Alternatives",null,null,"Alternate is defined from end bent to end bent.  Evaluate Every Day Counts (EDC) using feasibility questions provided by the DEPARTMENT.  If determined to be an option, use similar staffhour ranges as shown here for each additional precast/prefabricated alternate considered.  Additional staffhours for performing cost estimates (e.g., direct and indirect costs) for the prefabricated/precast structure approach are included in Activity 10.28."]
[10.4,"Short Span Concrete","EA ALT","8 to 16","Includes analysis of flat slab (CIP) concrete, precast slab unit bridges, double tee. Low range: little configuration flexibility, High range: no constraints / multiple spans"]
[10.5,"Medium Span Concrete","EA ALT","12 to 32","Includes prestressed beams. Low range: little configuration flexibility, High range: no constraints / multiple spans."]
[10.6,"Long Span Concrete","EA ALT","32 to 80","Includes Segmental, Constant Depth CIP/Precast Box. Low range: continuous pre/post-tensioned, High range: long-term longitudinal analysis required, 3-D.  Bridges with multiple different continuous units fall outside the range."]
[10.7,"Structural Steel","EA ALT","12 to 80","Includes rolled section, plate girder and box girder bridges. Low range: rolled sections. Mid range: line-girder analysis.  High range: 3-D analysis.  Bridges with multiple different continuous units fall outside the range."]
[null,"Foundation & Substructure Alternatives"]
[10.8,"Pier/Bent","EA Type","6 to 40","Includes defining geometric configuration of piers, preliminary design and determination of foundation loads (top of footing up). Low range: pile bents, Mid-range: standard pier type, High range: with stability analysis (significant scour and/or ship impact).  The number of types negotiated should take into account the difference in geometric configuration and loading."]
[10.9,"Shallow Foundations / GRS Abutments","EA Type","8 to 16","Spread Foundations. Range based on geometric constraints.  The number of types negotiated should take into account the difference in geometric configuration and loading.  Staffhour range also applies to the evaluation of GRS Abutment alternates."]
[10.1,"Deep Foundations","EA Foundation Evaluated","4 to 24","Determine cap size and configuration for PPC piles, drilled shafts, steel H & pipe piles, concrete cylinder piles. Low range: pile bents, Mid-range: standard pier type, High range: with stability analysis (significant scour and/or ship impact)."]
[null,"Movable Span"]
[10.11,"Data Collection and Design Criteria","LS","16 to 32","Collect data (from local maintenance, bridge operations, etc.,) and establish movable bridge design criteria. Low range for rural bridge: High range for congested urban location."]
[10.119999999999999,"Movable Span Geometrics and Clearances","LS","32 to 48","Develop geometric layout, including girder and joint locations, angle of opening, navigation clearances, depth of structure. Low range: no skew, High range: skewed bridge."]
[10.130000000000001,"Deck System Evaluation","LS","16 to 32","Evaluate various deck systems. Low range: open deck only; High range: closed deck systems.  Note:  Evaluation of both open and closed decks is outside this range."]
[10.14,"Framing Plan Development","LS","12 to 24","Develop framing plan system, including bracing and counterweight concept. Low range: open deck; High range: closed deck."]
[10.15,"Main Girder Preliminary Design","LS","60 to 120","Preliminary design of main girder to establish structure depth and cost. Low range: plate girder with open deck; High range: box girder with closed deck."]
[10.16,"Conceptual Span Balance/Counterweight","LS","24 to 40","Perform conceptual level span balance to verify counterweight and pier dimensions and cost. Low range: open deck; High range: closed deck and skew."]
[10.17,"Support System Development","LS","8 to 40","Evaluate support systems and determine type of supports, including trunnion type, forward or rear load shoe. Low range: typical forward load shoe design. High range: limited clearance requiring skew or rear load shoe."]
[10.18,"Drive Power Calculations","LS","20 to 32","Calculate drive system power requirements. Low range: established drive type. High range: multiple drive types (mechanical & hydraulic)."]
[10.19,"Drive System Development","LS","32 to 48","Evaluate drive systems. Low range: established drive type. High range: multiple drive types (mechanical & hydraulic)."]
[10.199999999999999,"Power and Control Development","LS","32 to 48","Evaluate power and control systems. Low range: established drive type. High range: multiple drive types (mechanical & hydraulic)."]
[10.210000000000001,"Conceptual Pier Design","LS","40 to 80","Develop bascule pier layout / concept. Low range: rectangular pier; High range: skewed pier."]
[10.220000000000001,"Foundation Analysis (FL PIER)","LS","24 to 80","Develop bascule pier foundation alternatives. Low range: rectangular pier on land; High range: skewed pier with ship impact."]
[10.23,"Tender Visibility Study","LS","12 to 40","Prepare tender visibility study. Low range: single bridge. High range: dual bridges with skew, multiple tender house locations, visibility of sidewalk."]
[null,"Other BDR Issues"]
[10.24,"Aesthetics","LS","2 to 40","Evaluate aesthetic requirements. Low range: Level 1, High range: Level 2  (Level 3 outside range)."]
[10.25,"TTCP/Staged Construction Requirements","LS","4 to 50","Coordination with Temporary Traffic Control Plan and development of staged construction / demolition requirements. Range dependent on complexity."]
[10.26,"Constructibility Requirements","LS","2 to 16","Evaluation of construction equipment, materials delivery, site access, construction methodology."]
[10.27,"Load Rating for Damaged/Widened Structures","EA Unit","\nSee Structure Type","Develop LFR/LRFR Load Rating for existing structure or structures to be widened.  \nUse task range appropriate for structure type.\nShort Span Concrete - Task 12.28\nMedium Span Concrete - Task 13.55\nStructural Steel - Task 14.62\nRanges may be modified to account for damage or deterioration."]
[10.28,"Quantity and Cost Estimates","EA ALT","8 to 40","Establish unit prices, develop quantities and cost estimates.  \nAdditional staffhours for EDC cost estimating will be negotiated."]
[10.29,"Quantity and Cost Estimates (Movable Span)","LS","40 to 60","Develop movable span cost estimate. Low range: rectangular pier and open deck; High range: skewed pier with closed deck."]
[10.3,"Wall Type Justification","LS","8 to 80","Identify wall locations and identify viable wall systems. Develop approximate quantities and wall location plan. (Item used one time per project). Low Range: Proprietary systems/CIP comparison. High Range: numerous walls, complex wall conditions."]
[null,"Report Preparation"]
[10.31,"Exhibits","EA Sheet","12 to 32","Plan & Elevation, Typical Bridge Section, TTCP staging, aesthetics treatment, special details, Superstructure and Substructure Sections for each Alternatives. Low range: flat slab, pile bents, no TTCP, High Range: multi-level, complex geometry & staged construction."]
[10.32,"Exhibits (Movable Span)","EA Sheet","16 to 20","Prepare report figures including GP&E, Section, Clearance Diagram, Framing Plan, Drive Layout, Pier Plan Below Deck, Visibility Study, construction sequence. Low range: rectangular pier; High range: four leaf with skewed piers, phase construction."]
[10.33,"Report Preparation","LS","24 to 120","Writing and editing report.  Low range - short span rural, no construction phasing.  Mid range - Typical overpass.  High range - major/complex urban interchange, etc."]
[10.34,"Report Preparation (Movable Span)","LS","80 to 120","Prepare report text. Low range: rectangular pier and open deck; High range: skewed pier with closed deck."]
[10.35,"BDR Submittal Package","LS","4 to 16","Assemble checklist appendices to report. (Item used one time per project)"]
["10. Structures-BDR Total"]
[]
[null,"Preliminary Plans",null,null,"CLARIFICATION FOR when ONLY 30% plans are final deliverable, use Task Nos. as shown for applicable bridge types for project Activities 12 thru 16.  Staffhours to be negotiated and scaled appropriately."]

{"sheet":"11. Str.-Temporary Bridge","index":24,"n_rows":15,"n_cols":6,"rows_kept":15,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[1,0,1,4]]}
["Bridge 1:"]
["11. Structures - Temporary Bridge"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"," "]
[null,"General Layout Design and Plans",null,null,"[Tasks under Activity 11 are for pre-fabricated temporary bridges only.]"]
[11.1,"Overall Bridge Final Geometry","LS","4 to 24","Determination of final bridge geometry including calculation of vertical and horizontal clearances based on final member sizes and locations, and final project geometry. Low range: over water High Range: over roadway, curved or skewed supports ."]
[11.2,"General Plan and Elevation","Sheet","16 to 32","Develop the final general plan and elevation details. Range shown is for GP&E developed in final plans. Low range: long bridge over water. Mid range: rural, limited complexity. High range: urban, multiple crossing, high complexity."]
[11.3,"Miscellaneous Details","Sheet","4 to 32","Varies depending on project requirements (i.e. utility hanger details, slope protection, etc.) Low range: add existing sheets, change title block. High range: develop project specific details."]
[null,"End Bent Design and Plans"]
[11.4,"End Bent Structural Design","EA Design","4 to 24","Design of retaining wall and end bent and determination of pile loads.  Check for stability for wall lateral forces. Low range: check that the temporary bridge falls within the limits of the standard. High range:  span length or height outside standard."]
[11.5,"End Bent Details","Sheet","4 to 40","Modify end bent details to allow for non-standard geometry. May include a plan and elevation of bent. Low range: Slight modifications to standard Mid Range: Significant changes to standard High range:  Develop entirely new sheet and end bent configuration."]
[null,"Intermediate Bent Design and Plans"]
[11.6,"Intermediate Bent Structural Design","EA Design","4 to 24","Design of intermediate bent, determination of pile loads, and check for stability. Low range: check that the temporary bridge falls within the limits of the standard. High range:  span length or height outside standard."]
[11.7,"Intermediate Bent Details","Sheet","4 to 40","Modify intermediate bent details to allow for non-standard geometry. May include a plan and elevation of bent. Low range: Slight modifications to standard Mid Range: Significant changes to standard High range:  Develop entirely new sheet and intermediate bent configuration (Tower bents outside range)."]
[null,"Miscellaneous Substructure Design and Plans"]
[11.8,"Foundation Layout","Sheet","12 to 24","Develop foundation layout and notes. Develop installation table information with geotechnical input. Low range: rural High range: urban, scour."]

{"sheet":"12. Str.-Short Span Concrete","index":25,"n_rows":40,"n_cols":6,"rows_kept":40,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[1,0,1,4]]}
["Bridge 1:"]
["12. Structures - Short Span Concrete"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"," "]
[null,"General Layout Design and Plans"]
[12.1,"Overall Bridge Final Geometry","LS","4 to 24","Determination of final bridge geometry including calculation of vertical and horizontal clearances based on final member sizes and locations, and final project geometry. Low range: straight, no skew, constant width. High Range: curved, skewed, or tapered width."]
[12.2,"Expansion/Contraction Analysis","EA Unit","1 to 6","Determination of structure and expansion joint movements and expansion joint type.  High Range:  continuous structures."]
[12.3,"General Plan and Elevation","Sheet","24 to 56","Development of general plan and elevation sheet. Low range: rural, straight, no skew, constant width. High Range: urban, curved, skewed, or tapered width, no utilities."]
[12.4,"Construction Staging","Sheet","16 to 32","Development of the phased construction details to match the roadway Tempoary Traffic Control Plans. Low range: two stages. High Range: three or more stages."]
[12.5,"Approach Slab Plan and Details","Sheet","8 to 32","Low range is for completing the FDOT standards/data table. High range is for detailing a non standard approach slab (widenings) including bar bending details and quantities."]
[12.6,"Miscellaneous Details","Sheet","8 to 48","Varies depending on project requirements (i.e. utility hanger details, conduit details, special demolition details, unique light pilaster details, drainage details, expansion joint details, slope protection, special bearing pad design, load rating, etc.). Low range: use of standards. High range: develop project specific details.  [In the worksheet line items for miscellaneous details, the Consultants must identify what specific types of details will be developed and included in the sheets being listed.  General notes such as X nos of sheets for miscellaneous details will not be acceptable.]"]
[null,"End Bent Design and Plans"]
[12.7,"End Bent Geometry","EA End Bent","4 to 16","End bent geometry, including bearing elevations, pile/shaft layout cut-offs, and bearing pad locations. Low range: normal end condition. High range: skewed end condition."]
[12.8,"End Bent Structural Design","EA Design","12 to 32","Design of bent cap and reinforcement including bar bending details, quantities, and development of shaft/pile/cap interface. Low range: widening. High range: frame analysis shaft/pile moment development."]
[12.9,"End Bent Plan and Elevation","Sheet","16 to 24","Development of End Bent Plan and Elevation. Low range: normal end condition. High range: skewed end condition."]
[12.1,"End Bent Details","Sheet","8 to 16","Bent cap sections, pile/shaft/cap connection details, wingwall details. Low range: pile bent. High range: retaining wall interface, shaft bent."]
[null,"Intermediate Bent Design and Plans"]
[12.11,"Bent Geometry","EA Bent","4 to 12","Bent geometry, including bearing elevations, pile/shaft layout cut-offs, and bearing pad locations. Low range: normal end condition. High range: skewed end condition."]
[12.12,"Bent Stability Analysis","EA Analysis","12 to 32","Special analysis required for extreme events such as scour and ship impact (if needed). Low range: minor scour. High range: major scour and/or ship impact (pile removal)."]
[12.13,"Bent Structural Design","EA Design","16 to 48","Design of bent and cap including bar bending details, quantities, development of shaft/pile/cap interface, and stability analysis for normal loadings. Low range: widening. High range: frame analysis shaft/pile moment development."]
[12.14,"Bent Plan and Elevation","Sheet","12 to 24","Development of Bent Plan and Elevation. Low range: normal end condition. High range: skewed end condition."]
[12.15,"Bent Details","Sheet","8 to 16","Bent cap sections, pile/shaft/cap connection details. Low range: pile bent. High range: shaft bent."]
[null,"Miscellaneous Substructure Design and Plans"]
[12.16,"Foundation Layout","Sheet","12 to 32","Develop foundation layout and notes. Installation table information from geotechnical input. Low range: normal straight. High range: complex geometry w/ coordinates."]
[null,"Superstructure Design and Plans"]
[12.17,"Finish Grade Elevation Calculation","LS","8 to 32","Development of top of deck and approach slab finish grade elevations. (w/ Georgia Skew). Low range: one span, constant width. High Range: variable deck width, complex geometry."]
[12.18,"Finish Grade Elevations","Sheet","12 to 20","Provide cross sections, schematic plan, FGE table. Low range: one span, constant width. High Range: variable deck width, complex geometry."]
[null,"Cast-In-Place Slab Bridges"]
[12.19,"Bridge Deck Design","EA Unit","24 to 48","Design of deck and reinforcement including bar bending details, slab deflection diagram, quantities and barrier interface. Low range: simple span, normal ends, constant width, no curvature. High range: continuous, skewed/non-parallel ends, variable width or curvature."]
[12.2,"Superstructure Plan","Sheet","16 to 32","Development of sheet showing reinforcing layout and dimensions of cast-in-place slab. Low range: simple span, normal ends, constant width, no curvature. High range: continuous, skewed/non-parallel ends, variable width or curvature."]
[12.21,"Superstructure Sections and Details","Sheet","12 to 24","Development of sheet showing structural typical section and reinforcement, sidewalk details, barrier details, slab deflection details, etc. Low range: simple span, constant width. High range: continuous, variable width."]
[null,"Prestressed Slab Unit Bridges"]
[12.22,"Prestressed Slab Unit Design","EA Design","16 to 32","Design of each unique prestressed slab unit and reinforcement including bar bending details, slab camber/deflection diagram, post-tensioning, quantities and barrier interface. Low range: normal ends. High range: skewed/non-parallel ends."]
[12.23,"Prestressed Slab Unit Layout","Sheet","12 to 24","Plan view showing arrangement of prestress slab units and spacing for transverse post-tensioning (PT). Low range: without PT. High range: with PT."]
[12.24,"Prestressed Slab Unit Details and Schedule","Sheet","24 to 48","Details of prestressed slab units showing prestressing information, reinforcement, and post-tensioning blockout details. Low range: numerous similar sheets, normal ends. High range:  one sheet, or skewed ends."]
[12.25,"Deck Topping Reinforcing Layout","Sheet","12 to 24","Details of deck topping and reinforcement. Low range: normal ends. High range: skewed, continuous."]
[12.26,"Superstructure Sections and Details","Sheet","12 to 28","Cross sections, including keyway and diaphragm details, sidewalk details, topping and barrier details, slab deflection details, etc. Range depends on complexity."]
[null,"Reinforcing Bar Lists"]
[12.27,"Preparation of Reinforcing Bar List","Sheet","8 to 12","Develop rebar table. Range depends on complexity.  [This is only for staff hours for preparation of the Drawing-List, not for reinforcing bar bending details which are included in the design.]"]
[null,"Load Rating"]
[12.28,"Load Rating","EA Unit","8 to 40","Develop LRFR load rating for superstructure. Low range: simple span flat slab. High range: continuous flat slab."]

{"sheet":"13. Str.-Medium Span Concrete ","index":26,"n_rows":71,"n_cols":5,"rows_kept":71,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[69,0,70,0],[69,1,70,1],[69,2,70,2],[1,0,1,4]]}
["Bridge 1:"]
["13. Structures - Medium Span Concrete"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[null,"General Layout Design and Plans"]
[13.1,"Overall Bridge Final Geometry","LS","8 to 48","Determination of final bridge geometry including calculation of vertical and horizontal clearances based on final member sizes and locations, and final project geometry. Low range: straight with normal ends. High Range: curved or skewed, superelevation transition, complex cross-road geometrics."]
[13.2,"Expansion/Contraction Analysis","EA Unit","2 to 8","Determination of structure and expansion joint movements and expansion joint type. Low range: simple span. High range: continuous spans. "]
[13.3,"General Plan and Elevation","Sheet","24 to 72","Develop the final general plan and elevation details. Range shown is for GP&E developed in final plans. Low range: long bridge over water. Mid range: rural, limited complexity. High range: urban, multiple crossing, high complexity."]
[13.4,"Construction Staging","Sheet","16 to 40","Completion of the phased construction details to match the roadway Temporary Traffic Control Plans. Low range: one or two phase(s) defined by typical section. High range: multiple phases, complex framing."]
[13.5,"Approach Slab Plan and Details","Sheet","8 to 32","Low range is for completing the FDOT standards/data table. High range is for detailing a non standard approach slab (widenings) including bar bending details and quantities."]
[13.6,"Miscellaneous Details","Sheet","8 to 48","Varies depending on project requirements (i.e. utility hanger details, conduit details, special demolition details, unique light pilaster details, drainage details, expansion joint details, slope protection, load rating, etc.). Low range: use of standards. High range: develop project specific details.  [In the worksheet line items for miscellaneous details, the Consultants must identify what specific types of details will be developed and included in the sheets being listed.  General notes such as x nos of sheets for miscellaneous details will not be acceptable.]"]
[null,"End Bent Design and Plans"]
[13.7,"End Bent Geometry","EA End Bent","4 to 16","End bent geometry, including beam seat elevations, pile/shaft layout, cut-offs, and bearing pad locations. Low range: normal end condition. High range: skewed end condition or non parallel beam lines."]
[13.8,"Wingwall Design and Geometry","EA End Bent","2 to 16","Wingwall geometry, design and reinforcement including bar bending details, quantities and determination of pile/shaft loads. Low range, MSE. Mid range: normal, straight. High range: skewed or curved, cantilever wingwall."]
[13.9,"End Bent Structural Design","EA Design","12 to 60","Design of bent cap and reinforcement including bar bending details, quantities and determination of pile/shaft loads, tie-back forces. Low range: widening, beam over pile. High range: frame analysis shaft/pile moment development, multiple pile rows."]
[13.1,"End Bent Plan and Elevation","Sheet","16 to 32","Development of Plan and Elevation. Low range: normal end condition. High range: skewed end condition."]
[13.11,"End Bent Details","Sheet","12 to 24","Wingwalls, pedestal details, sections. Low range: MSE cheekwall, Mid range: similar wingwalls. High range: skewed or curved, cantilever wingwall."]
[null,"Intermediate Bent Design and Plans"]
[13.12,"Bent Geometry","EA Bent","4 to 12","Bent geometry, including beam seat elevations, pile layout, cut-offs, and bearing pad locations. Low range: normal. High range: skewed."]
[13.13,"Bent Stability Analysis","EA Design","16 to 80","Special analysis required for extreme events such as scour and ship impact (if needed). Low range: minor scour. High range: major scour and/or ship impact."]
[13.14,"Bent Structural Design","EA Design","16 to 48","Design of bent cap and reinforcement including bar bending details, quantities and determination of pile/shaft loads. Low range: widening, beam over pile (assumes frame analysis performed under 13.13). High range: frame analysis shaft/pile moment development."]
[13.15,"Bent Plan and Elevation","Sheet","12 to 24","Development of Plan and Elevation. Low range: normal end condition. High range: skewed end condition."]
[13.16,"Bent Details","Sheet","12 to 24","Pedestal details, sections, if needed. Low range: pedestal details, minor sections. High range: crash walls."]
[null,"Pier Design and Plans"]
[13.17,"Pier Geometry","EA Pier","6 to 24","Pier geometry, including beam seat elevations, pile layout, cut-offs, and bearing pad locations. Low range: simple widening. Mid range: normal pier. High range: skewed pier."]
[13.18,"Pier Stability Analysis","EA Design","24 to 120","Special analysis required for extreme events such as scour and ship impact (if needed). Low range: minor scour. High range: major scour and/or ship impact."]
[13.19,"Pier Structural Design","EA Design","24 to 120","Design of pier cap, column, footing, dimensions and reinforcement including bar bending details, quantities and determination of pile/shaft loads. Low range: widening, beam over column. Mid range: frame analysis, single or multi-column. High range: straddle pier (not integral)."]
[13.2,"Pier Plan and Elevation","Sheet","16 to 40","Development of Plan and Elevation. Low range: multi-column rectangular cap w/ drilled shafts/column. Mid range: simple hammerhead or multi-column rectangular cap with deep foundation pile cap. High range: Variable depth cap w/ tapered column, straddle pier."]
[13.21,"Pier Details","Sheet","16 to 40","Pedestal details, sections, foundation details, aesthetic details, if needed. Low range: multi-column rectangular cap w/ drilled shafts/column. Mid range: simple hammerhead or multi-column rectangular cap with deep foundation pile cap. High range: Variable depth cap w/ tapered column, straddle pier."]
[null,"Miscellanous Substructure Design and Plans"]
[13.22,"Foundation Layout","Sheet","16 to 32","Develop foundation layout and notes. Installation table information from geotechnical input. Low range: normal straight. High range: complex geometry w/ coordinates."]
[null,"Superstructure Deck Design and Plans"]
[13.23,"Finish Grade Elevation (FGE) Calculation","LS","8 to 64","Development of top of deck and approach slab finish grade elevations. Low range: one span, parallel beams. High Range: variable beam spacing, complex geometry."]
[13.24,"Finish Grade Elevations","Sheet","8 to 24","Provide cross sections, schematic plan, FGE table. Low range: one span, parallel beams. High Range: variable beam spacing, complex geometry."]
[13.25,"Bridge Deck Design","EA Section","4 to 32","Design of interior and cantilever deck reinforcement. Low range: (empirical design method) normal, parallel beams. High Range: (traditional design method) skew, variable beam spacing."]
[13.26,"Bridge Deck Reinforcing and Concrete Quantities","EA Unit","8 to 16","Development of deck reinforcement details and quantities. Low range: normal, parallel beams. High Range:  skew, variable beam spacing, curved alignment."]
[13.27,"Diaphragm Design","EA Section","12 to 32","Per FDOT policy, Florida I-beam designs do not require diaphragms.  Use this Task No. only for special designs."]
[13.28,"Superstructure Plan","Sheet","16 to 32","Includes plan view with bar layout and spacing, barrier joint, light pilaster locations, drain locations, embedded conduit layout, etc. Low range: normal ends, parallel beams. High Range:  skew, variable beam spacing, curved alignment."]
[13.29,"Superstructure Section","Sheet","16 to 24","Includes cross section showing concrete deck reinforcement and diaphragms (where necessary). Low range: parallel beams. High Range: variable beam spacing, multiple sections."]
[13.3,"Miscellaneous Superstructure Details","Sheet","12 to 40","Including concrete diaphragm sections (where necessary), reinforcement around deck appurtenances, SIP forms,  etc. Range depends on complexity."]
[null,"Reinforcing Bar Lists"]
[13.31,"Preparation of Reinforcing Bar Lists","Sheet","8 to 12","Develop rebar table. Range depends on complexity.  [This is only for staff hours for preparation of the Drawing-List, not for reinforcing bar bending details which are included in the design.]"]
[null,"Continuous Concrete Girder Design"]
[13.32,"Section Properties","LS","8 to 40","Develop section properties for each beam cross section, Low Range: Constant girder depth, High Range: Variable girder depth, variable width deck, curvature."]
[13.33,"Material Properties","LS","12 to 32","Develop material properties based on time dependency, Range varies with number of sections per unit."]
[13.34,"Construction Sequence","EA Unit","32 to 60","Includes construction sequence and casting and erection schedule. Range depends on size and complexity of project. "]
[13.35,"Tendon Layouts","EA Unit","40 to 60","Includes vertical tendon geometry and stressing data. Range depends on size and complexity of project. "]
[13.36,"Live Load Analysis","EA Unit","24 to 40","Includes vehicular live load and sidewalk loading. Low range: straight bridge. High Range: Variable width deck."]
[13.37,"Temperature Gradient","EA Unit","32 to 60","Includes temperature rise or fall, and thermal gradients. Low range: one fixed bearing. High range: multiple fixed bearings."]
[13.38,"Time Dependent Analysis","EA Unit","160 to 240","Includes iterations as required to satisfy design requirements, as well as fast and slow schedule runs. Range depends on size and complexity of project."]
[13.39,"Stress Summary","EA Unit","60 to 80","Develop flexural and principal stress checks. Range depends on size, number of sections and complexity of project. (iterative process)"]
[13.4,"Ultimate Moments","EA Unit","40 to 60","Check ultimate flexure.  Low Range: Constant Girder Depth, High Range: Variable Girder Depth, Variable width deck, Curvature."]
[13.41,"Ultimate Shear","EA Unit","40 to 60","Includes web shear reinforcement and slab interface reinforcement. Low Range: Constant Girder Depth, High Range: Variable Girder Depth, Variable width deck, Curvature."]
[13.42,"Construction Loading","EA Unit","40 to 60","Includes temporary stability and design checks due to construction loading. Low Range: Constant Girder Depth, High Range: Variable Girder Depth, Variable width deck, Curvature."]
[13.43,"Framing Plan","Sheet","16 to 24","Includes girder and diaphragm layout with dimensions. Low range: straight without intermediate continuity diaphragms. High range: curved, skewed, intermediate continuity diaphragms."]
[13.44,"Girder Elevation, Including Grouting Plan and Vent Locations","Sheet","16 to 24","Includes tendon layout, notes, dimensions and shear stirrup layout. Low range: constant depth. High range: Variable depth."]
[13.45,"Girder Details","Sheet","24 to 32","Includes cross sections, reinforcing, end anchorages, diaphragms, bearing plates and notes. Low range: constant depth. High range: Variable depth, end anchorages."]
[13.46,"Erection Sequence","Sheet","24 to 32","Includes erection sequence and notes. Range depends on complexity."]
[13.47,"Splice Details","Sheet","16 to 24","Includes elevation and cross sections, reinforcing details and  notes. Range depends on complexity."]
[13.48,"Girder Deflections and Camber","Sheet","16 to 24","Includes deflections for each phase and required build-up. Range depends on complexity of PT phasing."]
[null,"Simple Span Concrete Design"]
[13.49,"Prestressed Beam ","EA Design ","8 to 10","Hours are for completing each required prestressed beam design. Low range: multiple beam lengths, High range: single beam length."]
[13.5,"Prestressed Beam Schedules ","Sheet","8 to 40","Hours are for computing and completing the elements of the prestressed beam table of variables. Range varies with number of lines per table."]
[13.51,"Framing Plan","Sheet","16 to 24","Hours are dependent on the level of detail required and will be influenced by the roadway geometry (skews, curves, spiral curves, etc.). Simple prestress beam bridges may not require a framing plan. "]
[null,"Beam Stability"]
[13.52,"Beam/Girder Stability","EA Unit","8 to 16","Evaluate beam/girder stability for construction wind loads."]
[null,"Bearing"]
[13.53,"Bearing Pad and Bearing Plate Design","Type/\nSpan","Pad: 8 to 12/type\nPlate: 2 to 6/span","Non-standard bearing pad/plate design.  Plate Low Range:  simple geometry; Plate High Range:  compound beveled."]
[13.54,"Bearing Pad and Bearing Plate Details","Sheet","8 to 16","Non-standard bearing pad/plate details.  Hours are per pad detail."]
[null,"Load Ratings"]
[13.55,"Load Ratings","Per Beam","2 to 12","Develop LRFR load rating for superstructure.  Low range:  multiple unique beam checks (more than 10 beams).  High range:  single span bridge with two unique beam checks."]
[null,null,null,"32 to 48","Develop LRFR load rating for superstructure - continuous concrete girder design with time dependent analysis.  Unit is per continuous beam.  Range assumes three-span unit.  Low range:  constant beam depth.  High range:  variable beam depth."]

{"sheet":"14. Structures-Structural Steel","index":27,"n_rows":132,"n_cols":5,"rows_kept":132,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[113,0,115,0],[113,1,115,1],[113,2,115,2],[110,0,112,0],[110,1,112,1],[107,0,109,0],[101,1,103,1],[110,2,112,2],[104,1,106,1],[107,1,109,1],[101,2,103,2],[104,2,106,2],[107,2,109,2],[92,0,94,0],[92,1,94,1],[92,2,94,2],[101,0,103,0],[104,0,106,0],[95,0,97,0],[95,2,97,2],[95,1,97,1],[98,1,100,1],[98,0,100,0],[71,2,75,2],[61,1,65,1],[71,0,75,0],[71,1,75,1],[116,2,118,2],[98,2,100,2],[66,1,70,1],[66,2,70,2],[61,2,65,2],[66,0,70,0],[81,0,85,0],[81,1,85,1],[81,2,85,2],[76,0,80,0],[76,1,80,1],[76,2,80,2],[119,0,121,0],[119,1,121,1],[119,2,121,2],[116,0,118,0],[116,1,118,1],[1,0,1,4],[51,0,55,0],[51,1,55,1],[61,0,65,0],[51,2,55,2],[41,0,45,0],[41,1,45,1],[41,2,45,2],[46,0,50,0],[46,1,50,1],[46,2,50,2],[56,0,60,0],[56,1,60,1],[56,2,60,2]]}
["Bridge 1:"]
["14. Structures - Structural Steel Bridge"]
["Task No.","Task","Unit","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[null,"General Layout Design and Plans"]
[14.1,"Overall Bridge Final Geometry","LS","8 to 48","Determination of final bridge geometry including calculation of vertical and horizontal clearances based on final member sizes and locations, and final project geometry. Low range: straight with normal ends. High Range: curved or skewed, superelevation transition, complex cross-road geometrics."]
[14.2,"Expansion/Contraction Analysis","EA Unit","2 to 16","Determination of structure and expansion joint movements and expansion joint type. Low range: simple span. High range: continuous spans."]
[14.3,"General Plan and Elevation","Sheet","24 to 72","Develop the final general plan and elevation details. Range shown is for GP&E developed in final plans. Low range: long bridge over water. Mid range: rural, limited complexity. High range: urban, multiple crossing, high complexity."]
[14.4,"Construction Staging","Sheet","16 to 40","Completion of the phased construction details to match the roadway Temporary Traffic Control Plans. Low range: one or two phase(s) defined by typical section. High range: multiple phases, complex framing."]
[14.5,"Approach Slab Plan and Details","Sheet","8 to 32","Low range is for completing the FDOT standards/data table. High range is for detailing a non standard approach slab (widenings) including bar bending details and quantities."]
[14.6,"Miscellaneous Details","Sheet","8 to 48","Varies depending on project requirements (i.e. utility hanger details, conduit details, special demolition details, unique light pilaster details, drainage details, expansion joint details, slope protection, load rating, etc.). Low range: use of standards. High range: develop project specific  details.  [In the worksheet line items for miscellaneous details, the Consultants must identify what specific types of details will be developed and included in the sheets being listed.  General notes such as x nos of sheets for miscellaneous details will not be acceptable.]"]
[null,"End Bent Design and Plans"]
[14.7,"End Bent Geometry","EA Bent","4 to 16","End bent geometry, including beam seat elevations, pile/shaft layout, cut-offs, and bearing pad locations. Low range: normal end condition. High range: skewed end condition."]
[14.8,"Wingwall Design and Geometry","EA Bent","2 to 16","Wingwall geometry, design and reinforcement including bar bending details, quantities and determination of pile/shaft loads. Low range, MSE. Mid range: normal, straight. High range: skewed or curved, cantilever wingwall."]
[14.9,"End Bent Structural Design","EA Design","12 to 60","Design of bent cap and reinforcement including bar bending details, quantities and determination of pile/shaft loads, tie-back forces. Low range: widening, beam over pile. High range: frame analysis shaft/pile moment development, multiple pile rows."]
[14.1,"End Bent Plan and Elevation","Sheet","16 to 32","Development of Plan and Elevation. Low range: normal end condition. High range: skewed end condition."]
[14.11,"End Bent Details","Sheet","12 to 24","Wingwalls, pedestal details, sections. Low range: MSE cheekwall, Mid range: similar wingwalls. High range: skewed or curved, cantilever wingwall."]
[null,"Intermediate Bent Design and Plans"]
[14.12,"Bent Geometry","EA Bent","4 to 12","Bent geometry, including beam seat elevations, pile layout, cut-offs, and bearing pad locations. Low range: normal. High range: skewed."]
[14.13,"Bent Stability Analysis","EA Design","16 to 80","Special analysis required for extreme events such as scour and ship impact (if needed). Low range: minor scour. High range: major scour and/or ship impact."]
[14.14,"Bent Structural Design","EA Design","16 to 48","Design of bent cap and reinforcement including bar bending details, quantities and determination of pile/shaft loads. Low range: widening, beam over pile. High range: frame analysis shaft/pile moment development."]
[14.15,"Bent Plan and Elevation","Sheet","12 to 24","Development of Plan and Elevation. Low range: normal end condition. High range: skewed end condition."]
[14.16,"Bent Details","Sheet","12 to 24","Pedestal details, sections, if needed. Low range: pedestal details, minor sections. High range: crash walls."]
[null,"Pier Design and Plans"]
[14.17,"Pier Geometry","EA Pier","6 to 24","Pier geometry, including beam seat elevations, pile layout, cut-offs, and bearing pad locations. Low range: simple widening. Mid range: normal pier. High range: skewed pier."]
[14.18,"Pier Stability Analysis","EA Design","24 to 120","Special analysis required for extreme events such as scour and ship impact (if needed). Low range: minor scour. High range: major scour and/or ship impact."]
[14.19,"Pier Structural Design","EA Design","24 to 120","Design of pier cap, column, footing, dimensions and reinforcement including bar bending details, quantities and determination of pile/shaft loads. Low range: widening, beam over column. Mid range: frame analysis, single or multi-column. High range: straddle pier (not integral)."]
[14.2,"Pier Plan and Elevation","Sheet","16 to 40","Development of Plan and Elevation. Low range: multi-column rectangular cap w/ drilled shafts/column. Mid range: simple hammerhead or multi-column rectangular cap with deep foundation pile cap. High range: Variable depth cap w/ tapered column, straddle pier."]
[14.21,"Pier Details","Sheet","16 to 40","Pedestal details, sections, foundation details, aesthetic details, if needed. Low range: multi-column rectangular cap w/ drilled shafts/column. Mid range: simple hammerhead or multi-column rectangular cap with deep foundation pile cap. High range: Variable depth cap w/ tapered column, straddle pier."]
[null,"Miscellaneous Substructure Design and Plans"]
[14.22,"Foundation Layout","Sheet","16 to 32","Develop foundation layout and notes. Installation table information from geotechnical input. Low range: normal straight. High range: complex geometry w/ coordinates."]
[null,"Superstructure Deck Design and Plans"]
[14.23,"Finish Grade Elevation (FGE) Calculation","LS","8 to 64","Development of top of deck and approach slab finish grade elevations. (w/ Georgia Skew). Low range: one span, parallel beams. High Range: variable beam spacing, complex geometry."]
[14.24,"Finish Grade Elevations","Sheet","8 to 24","Provide cross sections, schematic plan, FGE table. Low range: one span, parallel beams. High Range: variable beam spacing, complex geometry."]
[14.25,"Bridge Deck Design","EA Section","6 to 32","Design of interior and cantilever deck reinforcement. Low range: normal, parallel beams. High Range: skew, variable beam spacing."]
[14.26,"Bridge Deck Reinforcing and Concrete Quantities","EA Unit","8 to 16","Development of deck and reinforcement details and quantities. Low range: normal, parallel beams. High Range:  skew, variable beam spacing, curved alignment."]
[14.27,"Superstructure Plan","Sheet","16 to 32","Includes plan view with bar layout and spacing, barrier joint, light pilaster locations, drain locations, embedded conduit layout, etc. Low range: normal, parallel beams. High Range:  skew, variable beam spacing, curved alignment."]
[14.28,"Superstructure Section","Sheet","8 to 20","Includes cross section showing concrete deck and haunch dimensions and reinforcement. Low range: parallel beams. High Range: variable beam spacing, multiple sections."]
[14.29,"Miscellaneous Bridge Deck Details","Sheet","4 to 40","Includes concrete diaphragm or edge beam sections, reinforcement around deck appurtenances, SIP forms, deck placement sequence, etc. Range depends on complexity."]
[null,"Reinforcing Bar Lists"]
[14.3,"Preparation of Reinforcing Bar Lists","Sheet","8 to 12","Develop rebar table. Range depends on complexity.  [This is only for staff hours for preparation of the Drawing-List, not for reinforcing bar bending details which are included in the design.]"]
[null,"Structural Steel Plate Girder Design",null,null,"The range indicated applies to units of five spans or less.  Additional hours may be required for longer units."]
[14.31,"Unit Modeling","EA Unit",null,"Perform trial designs, including layout with crossframe locations.  Perform Computer Modeling, Pouring Sequence Analysis, and Grid Analysis (if rqd)  Ranges depend upon repetition, geometry and complexity."]
[null,null,null,"24 to 40","Less than 15 degree skew, straight, line-girder analysis."]
[null,null,null,"40 to 80","Greater than 15 degree skew, straight, grid analysis."]
[null,null,null,"40 to 80","Less than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[null,null,null,"60 to 120","Greater than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[14.32,"Section Design","EA Unit",null,"Determine Web Sizes, Flange Sizes, Plate Cut-off Locations, Tension Flange Areas, Development of Quantities. Ranges depend upon repetition, geometry and complexity."]
[null,null,null,"16 to 48","Less than 15 degree skew, straight, line-girder analysis."]
[null,null,null,"32 to 72","Greater than 15 degree skew, straight, grid analysis."]
[null,null,null,"32 to 80","Less than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[null,null,null,"40 to 120","Greater than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[14.33,"Stiffener Design and Locations","EA Unit",null,"Size and locate Intermediate Stiffeners, Crossframe Connectors, Jacking Stiffeners. Design Bearing Stiffeners.  Ranges depend upon repetition, geometry and complexity."]
[null,null,null,"8 to 16","Less than 15 degree skew, straight, line-girder analysis."]
[null,null,null,"16 to 24","Greater than 15 degree skew, straight, grid analysis."]
[null,null,null,"16 to 24","Less than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[null,null,null,"16 to 24","Greater than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[14.34,"Cross-Frame Design","EA Unit",null,"Design Intermediate Crossframes, End Crossframes.  Ranges depend upon repetition, geometry and complexity."]
[null,null,null,"4 to 8","Less than 15 degree skew, straight, line-girder analysis."]
[null,null,null,"12 to 20","Greater than 15 degree skew, straight, grid analysis."]
[null,null,null,"8 to 16","Less than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[null,null,null,"12 to 20","Greater than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[14.35,"Connections","EA Unit",null,"Design Bolted/welded crossframe connections.  Ranges depend upon repetition, geometry and complexity."]
[null,null,null,"8 to 24","Less than 15 degree skew, straight, line-girder analysis."]
[null,null,null,"8 to 24","Greater than 15 degree skew, straight, grid analysis."]
[null,null,null,"16 to 40","Less than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[null,null,null,"16 to 40","Greater than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[14.36,"Bearing Assembly Design and Detailing (with Jacking Analysis)","EA Unit",null,"Design Bearings, Sole Plates, Anchor Bolts and perform Jacking Analysis.  Ranges depend upon repetition, geometry and complexity."]
[null,null,null,"8 to 16","Less than 15 degree skew, straight, line-girder analysis."]
[null,null,null,"8 to 16","Greater than 15 degree skew, straight, grid analysis."]
[null,null,null,"16 to 24","Less than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[null,null,null,"16 to 32","Greater than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[14.37,"Splice Design","EA Unit",null,"Design Field Splice.  Ranges depend upon repetition, geometry and complexity."]
[null,null,null,"16 to 24","Less than 15 degree skew, straight, line-girder analysis."]
[null,null,null,"16 to 24","Greater than 15 degree skew, straight, grid analysis."]
[null,null,null,"24 to 40","Less than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[null,null,null,"24 to 40","Greater than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[14.38,"Shear Stud Connectors","EA Unit",null,"Determine Size, Spacing and Total Number.  Ranges depend upon repetition, geometry and complexity."]
[null,null,null,"4 to 12","Less than 15 degree skew, straight, line-girder analysis."]
[null,null,null,"4 to 12","Greater than 15 degree skew, straight, grid analysis."]
[null,null,null,"8 to 24","Less than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[null,null,null,"8 to 24","Greater than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[14.39,"Deflection Analysis","EA Unit",null,"Determine Camber and Geometric Camber.  Ranges depend upon repetition, geometry and complexity."]
[null,null,null,"12 to 24","Less than 15 degree skew, straight, line-girder analysis."]
[null,null,null,"16 to 40","Greater than 15 degree skew, straight, grid analysis."]
[null,null,null,"24 to 60","Less than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[null,null,null,"40 to 72","Greater than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[14.4,"Framing Plan","Sheet","12 to 32","Develop detailed layout of structural steel girders with locations of cross-frames, all stiffeners and splices. Low range: straight, constant width, normal ends. High range: curved, variable width, skewed."]
[14.41,"Girder Elevation","Sheet","12 to 32","Includes elevation dimensions of all girder sections, plates, and studs, and locations of members subjected to tension, including structural steel notes. Low range: Same girder length for all girders, normal ends. High range: Variable girder and section lengths, skewed ends."]
[14.42,"Structural Steel Details","Sheet","12 to 40","Includes dimensional and welding details and notes for stiffeners, cross-frames and connectors, studs, special bearings, sole plates, slotted hole orientation details, welded shop splices, jacking requirements, etc. Range depends on complexity of details."]
[14.43,"Splice Details","Sheet","8 to 20","Dimension and detail bolted splices and splice notes. Range depends on number of splices and variability of details."]
[14.44,"Girder Deflections and Camber","Sheet","8 to 16","Provide camber diagram and tables of girder deflections and geometric camber. Low range: straight, constant width, normal ends. High range: curved, variable width, skewed."]
[null,"Structural Steel Box Girder Design",null,null,"The range indicated applies to units of five spans or less.  Additional hours may be required for longer units."]
[14.45,"Unit Modeling","EA Unit",null,"Perform trial designs, including layout with crossframe locations.  Perform Computer Modeling, Pouring Sequence Analysis, and Grid Analysis (if rqd)  Ranges depend upon repetition, geometry and complexity."]
[null,null,null,"24 to 40","Less than 15 degree skew, straight, line-girder analysis."]
[null,null,null,"40 to 80","Less than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[14.46,"Section Design","EA Unit",null,"Determine Web Sizes, Flange Sizes, Plate Cut-off Locations, Tension Flange Areas, longitudinal stiffeners size and connections. Determine quantities.  Ranges depend upon repetition, geometry and complexity."]
[null,null,null,"32 to 72","Less than 15 degree skew, straight, line-girder analysis."]
[null,null,null,"56 to 120","Less than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[14.47,"Stiffener Design and Locations","EA Unit",null,"Size and locate Intermediate Stiffeners, Crossframe Connectors, Jacking Stiffeners and Bearing Stiffeners.  Ranges depend upon repetition, geometry and complexity."]
[null,null,null,"8 to 16","Less than 15 degree skew, straight, line-girder analysis."]
[null,null,null,"16 to 24","Less than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[14.48,"Interior Cross-Frame Design","EA Unit",null,"Determine Interior Intermediate, End Diaphragm, Pier Diaphragm, and Lateral Bracing sizes.  Ranges depend upon repetition, geometry and complexity. Finite Element not included."]
[null,null,null,"16 to 24","Less than 15 degree skew, straight, line-girder analysis."]
[null,null,null,"20 to 28","Less than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[14.49,"Exterior Cross-Frame Design ","EA Unit",null,"Size Exterior Intermediate and End Crossframes.  Ranges depend upon repetition, geometry and complexity."]
[null,null,null,"8 to 16","Less than 15 degree skew, straight, line-girder analysis."]
[null,null,null,"12 to 24","Less than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[14.5,"Connections","EA Unit",null,"Design Bolted/welded crossframe connections.  Ranges depend upon repetition, geometry and complexity."]
[null,null,null,"8 to 24","Less than 15 degree skew, straight, line-girder analysis."]
[null,null,null,"16 to 40","Less than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[14.51,"Bearing Assembly Design and Detailing (with Jacking Analysis)","EA Unit",null,"Design Bearings, Sole Plates, Anchor Bolts and perform Jacking Analysis.  Ranges depend upon repetition, geometry and complexity."]
[null,null,null,"8 to 16","Less than 15 degree skew, straight, line-girder analysis."]
[null,null,null,"16 to 24","Less than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[14.52,"Splice Design","EA Unit",null,"Design Field Splice.  Ranges depend upon repetition, geometry and complexity."]
[null,null,null,"20 to 28","Less than 15 degree skew, straight, line-girder analysis."]
[null,null,null,"24 to 40","Less than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[14.53,"Shear Stud Connectors","EA Unit",null,"Determine Size, Spacing and Total Number.  Ranges depend upon repetition, geometry and complexity."]
[null,null,null,"4 to 12","Less than 15 degree skew, straight, line-girder analysis."]
[null,null,null,"8 to 24","Less than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[14.54,"Deflection Analysis","EA Unit",null,"Determine Camber, Geometric Camber.  Ranges depend upon repetition, geometry and complexity."]
[null,null,null,"12 to 24","Less than 15 degree skew, straight, line-girder analysis."]
[null,null,null,"24 to 60","Less than 15 degree skew, curved, grid analysis."]
[14.55,"Framing Plan","Sheet","16 to 32","Provide detailed layout of structural steel girders with locations of cross-frames, lateral bracing all stiffeners and splices. Low range: straight, constant width, normal ends. High range: curved, variable width, skewed."]
[14.56,"Girder Elevation","Sheet","12 to 32","Includes elevation dimensions of all girder sections, plates, and studs, and locations of members subjected to tension, including structural steel notes. Low range: Same girder length for all girders, normal ends. High range: Variable girder and section lengths, skewed ends."]
[14.57,"Structural Steel Details","Sheet","12 to 40","Includes dimensional and welding details and notes for stiffeners, cross-frames and connectors, lateral bracing, studs, special bearings, sole plates, slotted hole orientation details, welded shop splices, jacking requirements, access hatches, ventilation, lighting and electrical conduit and outlet attachment locations, etc. Range depends on complexity of details."]
[14.58,"Splice Details","Sheet","12 to 24","Includes dimensions details of bolted splices and splice notes. Range depends on number of splices and variability of details."]
[14.59,"Girder Deflections and Camber","Sheet","8 to 16","Includes camber diagram and tables of girder deflections and geometric camber. Low range: straight, constant width, normal ends. High range: curved, variable width, skewed."]
[null,"Erection Scheme"]
[14.6,"Erection Scheme Analysis","EA\nCritical\nStage","8 to 25 ","Includes all major phases of erection.  Investigate the stability of beams or girders subjected to  wind loads during construction.  Check for maximum vertical displacements of the temporary supports for fit up, alignment, and stability when required.  Low Range:  Short, straight units.  High Range:  Long units, curved superstructure and/or skewed supports and integral piers."]
[14.61,"Erection Scheme","Sheet","10 to 30","Includes phased construction scheme addressing all major phases of erection.  Show required temporary support locations and associated loads assume in design.  Coordinate temporary support locations with the Temporary Traffic Control Plans."]
[null,"Load Rating"]
[14.62,"Load Rating","EA Unit","24 to 80","Develop load rating for superstructure. Low range: straight line girder. High range: curved, skewed, grid analysis with substantial computer run post-processing analysis."]

{"sheet":"15.Str.-Segmental Concrete","index":28,"n_rows":96,"n_cols":5,"rows_kept":96,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[1,0,1,4],[91,3,95,3],[91,0,95,0],[91,1,95,1],[91,2,95,2]]}
["Bridge 1:"]
["15. Structures - Segmental Concrete"]
["Task No.","Task","Unit","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[null,"General Layout Design & Plans"]
[15.1,"Final Bridge Geometry","LS","8 to 48","Determination of final bridge geometry including calculation of vertical and horizontal clearances based on final member sizes and locations, and final project geometry. Low range: straight, SBS or BC constant depth. High range: curved, superelevation transition, variable depth, complex cross-road geometrics."]
[15.2,"Casting Geometry Calculation","LS","8 to 60","Calculation of segment geometry. Low range: straight and single span. High range: curved and multiple spans."]
[15.3,"Finish Grade Geometry Calculation","LS","8 to 40","Calculation of finish grade elevations. Low range: straight and single span. High range: curved and multiple spans."]
[15.4,"Finish Grade Elevations","Sheet","8 to 24","Provide cross sections, schematic plan, FGE table. Low range: straight and long (repetitious). High range: curved and short."]
[15.5,"Construction Schedule","LS","8 to 24","Develop number of construction days. Range depends on complexity."]
[15.6,"General Plan & Elevation","Sheet","24 to 60","Develop the final general plan and elevation details. Range shown is for GP&E developed in final plans. Low range: long bridge over water. Mid range: rural, limited complexity. High range: urban, multiple crossing, high complexity."]
[15.7,"Approach Slab Plan and Details","Sheet","8 to 32","Low range is for completing the FDOT standards/data table. High range is for detailing a non standard approach slab (due to modular joints) including bar bending details and quantities."]
[15.8,"Miscellaneous Details","Sheet","8 to 48","Varies depending on project requirements (i.e. hanger details, special conduit details, special demolition details, unique light pilaster details, drainage details, load rating, etc.). Low range: use of semi-standards. High range: develop project specific  details.  [In the worksheet line items for miscellaneous details, the Consultants must identify what specific types of details will be developed and included in the sheets being listed.  General notes such as x nos of sheets for miscellaneous details will not be acceptable.]"]
[15.9,"Existing Bridge Plans","LS","4 to 16","Label and incorporate existing bridge plans. Low range: 10 sheets, High range: 70 sheets."]
[null,"End Bent Design and Plans"]
[15.1,"End Bent Geometry","EA Bent","16 to 48","End bent geometry, including beam seat elevations, pile/shaft layout, cut-offs, and bearing locations. Low range: Short end span. High range: long end span."]
[15.11,"Wingwall Geometry and Design","EA Bent","2 to 16","Wingwall geometry, design and reinforcement including bar bending details, quantities and determination of pile/shaft loads. Low range, MSE. High range: normal, straight. "]
[15.12,"End Bent Structural Design","EA Design","24 to 60","Design of bent cap and reinforcement including bar bending details, quantities and determination of pile/shaft loads, tie-back forces. Low range: one shaft per bearing. High range: shaft/pile moment development, multiple pile rows."]
[15.13,"End Bent Plan and Elevation","Sheet","16 to 32","Development of Plan and Elevation. Low range: one row of piles/shafts. High range: multiple rows of piles/shafts."]
[15.14,"End Bent Details","Sheet","12 to 24","Wingwalls, pedestal details, sections. Low range: one row of piles/shafts. High range: multiple rows of piles/shafts."]
[null,"Pier Design and Plans"]
[15.15,"Pier Geometry","EA Pier","16 to 40","Pier geometry, including beam seat elevations, pile layout, cut-offs, PT anchorage blockouts, and bearing pad locations. Low range: single bearing. Mid range: multiple bearings w/o PT. High range: multiple bearings w/ PT."]
[15.16,"Pier Stability Analysis","EA Analysis","24 to 120","Special analysis required for extreme events such as scour and ship impact (if needed). Low range: minor scour. High range: major scour and/or ship impact."]
[15.17,"Pier Construction Loads","EA Design","24 to 40","Includes development of construction loads for SBS with gantry loading and BC. Low range: straight, short span, SBS with gantry loading. High range: curved, long span, BC."]
[15.18,"Pier Structural Design","EA Design","40 to 120","Design of pier cap, column, footing, dimensions and reinforcement including bar bending details, quantities and determination of pile/shaft loads. Includes all loading conditions with construction load case (SBS with gantry loading and BC) and post-tensioning as needed. Low range: single bearing, single column. High range: straddle pier."]
[15.19,"Pier Plan and Elevation","Sheet","24 to 40","Development of Plan and Elevation. Low range: single bearing, single column. High range: tapered column or straddle pier."]
[15.2,"Pier Details","Sheet","16 to 40","Pedestal details, sections, foundation details, aesthetic details, temporary and permanent post-tensioning, if needed.  Low range: single bearing, single column. Mid Range: tapered column or straddle pier w/o PT. High range: tapered column or straddle pier w/ PT."]
[null,"Misc. Substructure Design and Plans"]
[15.21,"Foundation Layout","Sheet","16 to 32","Develop foundation layout and notes. Installation table information from geotechnical input. Low range: normal straight. High range: complex geometry w/ coordinates."]
[null,"Longitudinal Analysis"]
[15.22,"Section Properties","LS","40 to 120","Develop section properties including shear lag effects, Low Range: Span-by-Span (SBS), Constant Depth, High Range: Balanced Cantilever (BC), Variable Depth, 2-D or 3-D properties."]
[15.23,"Material Properties","LS","24 to 48","Develop material properties based on time dependency, Low Range: SBS, few typical sections. High Range: BC, variable depth, multiple typical sections."]
[15.24,"Superimposed Dead Loads","LS","24 to 80","Includes railings, sacrificial and future wearing surface, blisters, diaphragms, utilities, as well as torsional effects. Low Range: No utilities, no curvature, constant section. High Range: Multiple utilities, scenic overlooks."]
[15.25,"Construction Sequence","EA Unit","32 to 120","Includes construction sequence and casting and erection schedule. Range depends on size and complexity of project. Low range: SBS. High Range: BC and CIP."]
[15.26,"Tendon Layouts","EA Unit","80 to 160","Includes horizontal and vertical tendon geometry, curvature effects, and stressing data. Range depends on size and complexity of project. "]
[15.27,"Live Load Analysis","EA Unit","40 to 200","Includes vehicular live load and sidewalk loading, including torsional effects. Low range: straight bridge single cell box. High Range: curvature and other torsional effects and multi-cell box."]
[15.28,"Temperature Gradient","EA Unit","32 to 100","Includes temperature rise or fall, and thermal gradients. Low range: one fixed bearing, straight. High range: multiple fixed bearings, curvature."]
[15.29,"Time Dependent Analysis","EA Unit","160 to 400","Includes iterations as required to satisfy design requirements, as well as fast and slow schedule runs. Range depends on size and complexity of project. Low range: SBS based on number of spans. High Range: BC based on number of segments."]
[15.3,"Stress Summary","EA Unit","80 to 240","Develop flexural and principal stress checks. Range depends on size, number of segments and complexity of project. (iterative process)"]
[15.31,"Ultimate Moments","EA Unit","40 to 160","Check ultimate flexure.  Range depends on size, number of segments and complexity of project. "]
[15.32,"Ultimate Shear","EA Unit","60 to 240","Includes web shear reinforcement and slab interface reinforcement."]
[15.33,"Construction Loading","EA Unit","80 to 240","Includes temporary stability and design checks due to construction loading. (Not for typical SBS, only for SBS with gantry loading and BC). Range depends on size, number of cantilevers and complexity of project.   Low Range: SBS with gantry loading; High Range: BC and curved bridges. "]
[null,"Transverse Analysis"]
[15.34,"Time Dependent Analysis","EA typ. section","40 to 100","Includes representative sections and local load effects at deviators in constant and variable depth box girders for SBS and BC. Low range: single-cell constant depth. High Range: variable depth and multi-cell box."]
[15.35,"Live Load Analysis","EA typ. section","40 to 120","Develop vehicular and sidewalk loading. Low Range: single cell box. High range: multi-cell box."]
[15.36,"Temperature Gradient","EA typ. section","24 to 60","Develop thermal gradient loading. Low range: Single cell box. High range: Multi-cell box and variable depth."]
[15.37,"Stress Summary","EA typ. section","16 to 40","Develop flexural stress checks. Low range: Single cell box. High range: Multi-cell box."]
[15.38,"Ultimate Moments","EA typ. section","16 to 40","Check ultimate flexure. Low range: Single cell box. High range: Multi-cell box."]
[15.39,"Construction Loading","EA typ. section","16 to 40","Includes design check for form removal and lifting prior to transverse post-tensioning, and lifting and stacking after post-tensioning. Low range: CIP, High range: Precast."]
[null,"Superstructure Design"]
[15.4,"Typical Segment","LS","40 to 120","Develop segment reinforcement for longitudinal, transverse, and local effects, including traffic railing impact. Develop quantities. Low range: constant depth single-cell box. High range: variable depth and multi-cell box."]
[15.41,"Pier Segment","EA Type","60 to 180","Analyze pier segments and develop reinforcement requirements and quantities. Analyze jacking locations and loads. Low range: integral pier segment (no bearing), BC, straight. High range: offset bearings, SBS or BC curved."]
[15.42,"Expansion Joint Segment","EA Type","60 to 180","Analyze expansion joint segments and develop reinforcement requirements and quantities. Low range: BC, straight. High range: SBS or BC curved."]
[15.43,"Blister Details","EA Type","40 to 60","Analyze blisters and develop reinforcement requirements and quantities. (internal tendons only, typ. BC). Low range: single anchor. High range: multiple anchors."]
[15.44,"Deviator Blocks","EA Type","60 to 80","Analyze deviators and develop reinforcement requirements and quantities. (external and future tendons). Low range: w/ribs. High range: no ribs"]
[15.45,"Bearings","LS","40 to 100","Develop bearing loads, movements, and sizes. Low range: neoprene pads, straight. Mid range: pot bearing, curved. High range: special designs (outside of published load range), curved, mutli-box section."]
[15.46,"Expansion Joints","EA design","60 to 100","Develop expansion joint and slider plate details. Low range: straight. High range: curved."]
[15.47,"Special Analysis","EA case","16 to 200","Design analysis depending on project requirements (i.e. utility hanger, special conduit, sign structures, unique light pilasters, drainage, scenic overlooks, etc.). Range depends on complexity."]
[null,"Superstructure Plans"]
[15.48,"Typical Sections","Sheet","16 to 24","Includes table of variable dimensions at segment joints. Low range: constant width sections. High range: variable width sections."]
[15.49,"Finish Grade Elevations","Sheet","16 to 24","Includes plan and section views, dimensions and elevations. Low range: constant width and skew angles. High range: variable width and skew."]
[15.5,"Segment Layout / Designations","Sheet","16 to 24","Provide unique segment designations and show graphically. Low range: constant depth segments. High range: variable depth segments."]
[15.51,"Typical Segments","Sheet","24 to 32","Provide segment geometry, reinforcement, and post-tensioning details. Low range: repetition of common elements. High range: no repetition."]
[15.52,"Variable Depth Segments ","Sheet","12 to 24","Provide segment geometry, reinforcement, and post-tensioning details. Low range: repetition of common elements. High range: no repetition."]
[15.53,"Pier Segments","Sheet","24 to 56","Provide segment geometry, reinforcement, and post-tensioning details. Low range: repetition of common elements. High range: no repetition."]
[15.54,"Expansion Joint Segments","Sheet","24 to 56","Provide segment geometry, reinforcement, and post-tensioning details. Low range: repetition of common elements. High range: no repetition."]
[15.55,"CIP Closure Joint Details","Sheet","16 to 24","Provide segment geometry, reinforcement, and post-tensioning details. Low range: repetition of common elements. High range: no repetition."]
[15.56,"Casting Geometry","Sheet","16 to 24","Develop plan sheets for casting geometry / camber.  Low range:  SBS bridge, straight bridge.  High range:  balanced cantilever, multi-span and horizontally curved."]
[15.57,"Integrated 3-D Drawings","Sheet","48 to 60","Develop 3-D plan sheets for integrated PT details, reinforcing bars and other inserts such as future PT steel pipes.  Low range:  simple shape of geometry and less congested.  High range:  complex geometry, very congested rebars as well as PT hardwares."]
[null,"Post-Tensioning Details"]
[15.58,"Bulkhead Details","Sheet","16 to 24","Includes shear keys and internal P.T. duct locations. Low range: constant width and depth. High range: variable width and depth."]
[15.59,"Transverse Tendon Layout","Sheet","16 to 24","Provide transverse tendon geometry in section and in plan view for all variable length segments. Low range: straight and constant length segments, and single-cell box. High range: curved and variable length segments and multi-cell box."]
[15.6,"Longitudinal Tendon Layout","Sheet","24 to 32","Provide plan and elevation view of longitudinal tendons with bulkhead opening locations at all segment joints. Provide dimensions for all horizontal and vertical deviations. Low range: constant width bottom slab. High range: variable width bottom slab."]
[15.61,"Temporary Post-Tensioning","Sheet","16 to 24","Provide typical Section, duct details at couplers, details for variable depth segments, stressing notes,  Low range: constant depth section, single-cell box. High range: variable depth section and multi-cell box. Does not apply for cast-in-place construction."]
[15.62,"Quantities & Stressing Schedule","Sheet","12 to 24","Provide quantities for post-tensioning, including permanent P.T. bars. Provide stressing forces and elongations. Low range: short structure and repetitious span lengths. High range: long structure and variable span lengths."]
[15.63,"Future Post-Tensioning","Sheet","16 to 24","Provide future post-tensioning layout and details. Low range: short structure and repetitious span lengths. High range: long structure and variable span lengths."]
[15.64,"Anchorage Blisters","Sheet","24 to 32","Provide blister  geometry and reinforcement for all blister types. Low range: repetition of common elements. High range: no repetition."]
[15.65,"Deviation Blocks","Sheet","24 to 32","Provide deviation block geometry and reinforcement. Provide diabolo details or specify all external post-tensioning entry and exit angles. Low range: straight bridge and constant depth segments. High range: curved and variable depth."]
[15.66,"PT Grouting Plan Details","Sheet","16 to 24","Provide grouting plan details, sequence of grouting, location of grout tubes and grout vents.  Low range:  SBS bridge and simple tendon geometry.  High range:  multi-spans, balanced cantilever construction, CIP on falsework construction and complex tendon geometry."]
[null,"Miscellaneous Details"]
[15.67,"Erection Sequence and Details","Sheet","24 to 32","Provide erection sequence and notes. Low range: precast segmental. High range, cast-in-place segmental."]
[15.68,"Access Opening Details","Sheet","24 to 32","Develop access opening details. Low range: no utility accommodations. High range: utility accommodations required."]
[15.69,"Bearings","Sheet","24 to 32","Develop bearing details, design loads, and directions of movements. Low range, straight and repetitious span lengths. High range, curved and highly variable span lengths."]
[15.7,"Expansion Joints","Sheet","24 to 32","Provide expansion joint details, design movements, and direction of movements. Include slider plates as required for railings and sidewalks. Low range: straight with no sidewalk. High range: curved with sidewalk."]
[15.71,"Vermin Screen Details","Sheet","16 to 24","Provide vermin screen at end bent segments. Low range: no access through screen. High range, access required."]
[15.72,"Railing Details","Sheet","24 to 32","Develop railing details. Low range: straight and short. High range: curved, long, scenic overlooks."]
[15.73,"Lighting & Luminaries ","Sheet","8 to 12","Provide lighting standard in accordance with standards and project requirements. Low range: standard inside box lighting and standard luminaires. High range: special inside lighting system."]
[15.74,"Architectural Details","Sheet","16 to 24","Develop plan sheets for architectural details. Low range: minor architectural treatments. High range: extensive architectural requirements."]
[15.75,"Special Systems","Sheet","24 to 32","Develop plan sheets. Low range: standard details. High range: complex details."]
[null,"Reinforcing Bar Lists"]
[15.76,"Preparation of Reinforcing Bar Lists","Sheet","16 to 24","Develop bar lists. Low range, highly repetitive bar lists. High range. Unique bar lists.  [This is only for staff hours for preparation of the Drawing-List, not for reinforcing bar bending details which are included in the design.]"]
[null,"Load Rating"]
[15.77,"Load Rating (LRFR)","EA Unit","Varies","Staff hours for LRFR load rating of the superstructure should be determined in accordance with the following guidelines.  Guidelines are for load ratings performed on new structures during the design phase and apply to bridges with 10 or less spans.  A reduction in per-span hours shall be required for bridges in excess of 10 spans.   "]
[null,null,null,null,"Cantilever Erection"]
[null,null,null,null,"36 hours per span - apply the following factors for complexity."]
[null,null,null,null,"Span-by-span Erection"]
[null,null,null,null,"25 hours per span - apply the following factors for complexity.\nSimple bridge:  0.75 (straight, uniform span length, except end spans)\nNormal bridge:  1.00 (straight, non-uniform span length)\nComplex bridge:  1.20 (curved, non-uniform span length)"]

{"sheet":"16. Structures-Movable Span","index":29,"n_rows":122,"n_cols":6,"rows_kept":122,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[1,0,1,4],[76,0,77,0],[76,1,77,1],[76,2,77,2],[86,0,87,0],[86,1,87,1],[86,2,87,2]]}
["Bridge 1:"]
["16. Structures - Movable Span"]
["Task No.","Task","Unit","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"," "]
[null,"Final Design Bascule Pier"]
[16.100000000000001,"Pier Deck","LS","40 to 80","Design of Pier Deck above counterweight and sidewalks,: Low range for concrete slab with edge beam, square pier; High range for structural steel framing support and skewed pier. Includes design of steel beams and structural supports."]
[16.2,"Leaf / Pier Clearance Diagrams","EA Diagram","12 to 24","Three units for typical bridge. Bridges with cross slope, skew or asymmetrical barriers will require additional diagrams.  Low Range: Open Steel Grid Deck High Range: Solid Deck"]
[16.3,"Load Shoe Columns","LS","8 to 32","Design of reinforcing in live load shoe columns: Low end: Typical load shoe in the front wall; High end for asymmetric layout or independent column"]
[16.399999999999999,"Trunnion Columns","LS","12 to 48","Design of inboard/outboard trunnion support columns for simple trunnions and outboard columns for Hopkins type trunnions: Low range for Hopkins trunnion; Mid range for simple trunnion with concrete columns; High range for simple trunnions with steel columns/framing."]
[16.5,"Foundations","LS","60 to 140","Design of bascule pier foundations, including calculation of pier dead load and c.g.: Low range for rectangular pier and no ship impact; High range for skewed pier with ship impact.  [This includes rest piers for single leaf bascule bridges.]"]
[16.600000000000001,"Footing","LS","20 to 48","Design of Bascule Pier footing: Low range for rectangular pier; High range for skewed pier and/or variable depth footing.  [This includes rest piers for single leaf bascule bridges.]"]
[16.7,"Seal","LS","8 to 20","Design of seals for Bascule Piers: Low range: rectangular piers; High range for skewed piers and/or phased construction."]
[16.8,"Back Wall (Approach Span Bearings) Closed piers only.","LS","16 to 40","Design of Bascule Pier Backwall for support of approach spans: Low range for Medium Length spans; High range for box girders or longer approach spans and/or skews. "]
[16.899999999999999,"Bascule Pier Deck Elevations","EA Pier","8 to 24","Bascule Pier Deck Elevations: Low range for rectangular pier, no cross slope; High range for skewed pier.  Units are based on piers that have different elevations."]
[null,"Bascule Pier Dimensions - Detailing"]
[16.100000000000001,"Pier Plan Views","Sheet","32 to 48","Plan view showing dimensions and layout of pier - Minimum views (3) - at deck level, below deck level & machinery level.  Low range for simple rectangular pier or many plan views required with lots of similarity; High range pier with skew or unique pier configurations. Total number of sheets dependent upon complexity of pier.  [This includes rest piers for single leaf bascule bridges.]"]
[16.11,"Pier Elevation Views","Sheet","24 to 48","Elevation view showing dimensions, elevations and concrete configuration - Minimum elevations (3) - at front, back and one side .  Low range for simple rectangular pier, no control house nor architectural features; High range pier with unique pier configurations, control house or architectural features. Total number of sheets dependent upon complexity of pier.   [This includes rest piers for single leaf bascule bridges.]"]
[16.12,"Pier Sections","Sheet","24 to 48","Transverse and/or longitudinal sections, when required, showing dimensions, elevations and concrete configuration at deck and machinery levels.  Low range for simple rectangular pier, no control house and fewer levels; High range pier with unique pier configurations, control house, or numerous floor levels. Total number of sheets and necessity of sheets dependent upon complexity of pier.   [This includes rest piers for single leaf bascule bridges.]"]
[null,"Bascule Pier Reinforcing Details"]
[16.13,"Pier Reinforcing","Sheet","32 to 52","Detailing and development of reinforcing in pier including development of reinforcing details, bar bends and lengths and plan, elevation, and sections views showing reinforcing layout in Bascule Pier deck, walls, platforms, footings, columns, and other miscellaneous elements.  Low range for rectangular pier; High range for skewed or complex pier with unique features or aesthetic features. "]
[null,"Bascule Pier Miscellaneous Details"]
[16.14,"Pier Barrier Details","Sheet","20 to 32","Detailing of Traffic Barrier Transitions on Bascule Pier:  Low range for Concrete Barrier; High range for steel barrier."]
[16.149999999999999,"Stair Details","Sheet","24 to 32","Depict location and horizontal placement, include elevations and verify rise/run of all stairs in pier, etc.  Design and detail concrete stairs fully including reinforcing placement and list.  (Steel stairs to be fully designed and detailed in shop drawings by fabricator.) Low range for typical steel stairs; High range for concrete stairs."]
[16.16,"Handrail Details","Sheet","24 to 32","Fully design, detail, and locate handrails within bascule pier.  Low Range: Standard pipe handrail High Range: Rail that requires a special design."]
[16.170000000000002,"Ladder & Hatch Details","Sheet","12 to 40","Fully design, detail, and locate access hatches and ladders: Low range for standard manufactured hatches and ladders; High range for custom designs."]
[16.18,"Pier Equipment","Sheet","8 to 40","Fully design, detail, and locate pier equipment (lifting eyes, louvers, gutters, storage cabinets, hoists, crane rails, etc): Low range for minimum equipment ; High range for extensive equipment."]
[16.190000000000001,"Bascule Pier Notes & Summary of Quantities","Sheet","8 to 16","Summarize quantities by pour and provide notes for pour sequence and construction sequence as required Low Range Single phase construction  High Range Multi Phase."]
[16.2,"Miscellaneous Details","Sheet","16 to 40","Detail such items as unique bumper block details and supports, walkways between piers, access bridge to control house, equipment enclosures, bascule pier architectural features, load rating, etc.  Hours dependent upon complexity.  [In the worksheet line items for miscellaneous details, the Consultants must identify what specific types of details will be developed and included in the sheets being listed.  General notes such as x nos of sheets for miscellaneous details will not be acceptable.]"]
[null,"Bascule Leaf Design"]
[16.21,"Deck Design","LS","16 to 100","Design deck, including bar bending details. Low range for steel grid; Mid range for concrete filled; High range for exodermic with no stringers."]
[16.22,"Sidewalk Design","LS","12 to 32","Design decking and immediate supports Low range for pedestrian load only; High range for occasional wheel loads."]
[16.23,"Stringer Design","LS","24 to 40","Design roadway stringers that support decking including connections to floor beams. Low Range: Stringers with steel grid deck  High Range: Stringers with composite deck."]
[16.239999999999998,"Typical Floorbeam Design","LS","16 to 32","Design roadway floorbeams that support stringers/decking including connections to main girders and knee braces. Low Range: Typical floorbeam with steel grid deck and no knee braces High Range: Composite deck or with knee braces."]
[16.25,"End Floorbeam Design","LS","16 to 32","Design roadway floorbeams that support stringers/decking including connections to main girders and knee braces. Low Range: Typical floorbeam with steel grid deck  High Range: Composite deck with knee braces or span locks on/thru floorbeam."]
[16.260000000000002,"Deep Floorbeam Design","LS","16 to 40","Design roadway floorbeams that support stringers/decking including connections to main girders. Low Range: Floorbeam with steel grid deck  High Range: Composite deck with trunnion or cylinder girder framed in. "]
[16.27,"Sidewalk Bracket Design","LS","16 to 32","Design of cantilever brackets supporting sidewalk and connection to supporting element. Low range for pedestrian load only; High range for occasional wheel loads and composite deck or intermediate brackets."]
[16.28,"Roadway Bracket Design","LS","16 to 32","Design of roadway cantilever brackets and connection Low range for steel grid deck and no tie plates; High range for composite deck or intermediate bracket."]
[16.29,"Main Girder Influence Lines","LS","24 to 60","Compute influence lines for moment and shear at floor beam connection points. Low range for Plate Girders with line girder analysis; Mid range for Box Girders with grid 3D analysis. High Range Box that are asymmetric."]
[16.3,"Main Girder Design","LS","72 to 160","Design of Web Sizes, Flange Sizes, Plate Cut-off Locations, Girder geometrics. Low range for Plate Girders, line girder analysis; High range:  Box Girders, girders that are not identical, loads are asymmetric, grid analysis modeling needed."]
[16.309999999999999,"Trunnion Girder Design","LS","32 to 80","Design of Web Sizes, Flange Sizes, Plate Cut-off Locations, and connections to the floor beam and counterweight girder Range depends on complexity."]
[16.32,"Main Girder Camber Data","LS","16 to 48","Compute deflections and camber due to dead loads and geometry. Low range  Plate Girders; High range for Composite Box Girders with asymmetric loads."]
[16.329999999999998,"Leaf Lateral Bracing Design","LS","32 to 56","Design and analysis of bracing elements, sizes, geometry and connections. Low range: short leaf (4 floor beams per leaf); High range:  Long leaf (8 floor beams).  Not applicable for exodermic deck with steel boxes."]
[16.34,"Counterweight Design","LS","160 to 240","Preliminary sizing of counterweight and design of support framing, development of reinforcing steel requirements. Low range: Concrete counterweight with steel framing; High range: Steel counterweight box."]
[16.350000000000001,"Live Load Shoe Design","LS","4 to 12","Design of masonry plate for bearing loads and curvature for bending. Low range for Plate Girders; High range for Box Girders.  Tail locks not included."]
[16.36,"Barrier Design","LS","24 to 48","Design of Traffic Railing and Pedestrian Railing Barrier including connections.  Low range: Single Railing; High range Multiple Railings."]
[16.37,"Deck Elevations","LS","12 to 24","Development of top of deck  finish grade elevations. (w/ Georgia Skew). Low range: one leaf, no cross slope. High Range: asymmetric."]
[16.38,"Balance Calculations","LS","80 to 100","Development of final balance calculations to determine horizontal and vertical location of center of gravity and making minor adjustments to counterweight. Low range: Exodermic deck with steel boxes ; High range: plate girders."]
[null,"Bascule Leaf Detailing"]
[16.39,"Bascule GP&E","Sheet","16 to 24","Detail of bascule span showing channel clearances, dimensions etc., enlarged from overall GP&E (if required); Low range no skew; High range with skew."]
[16.399999999999999,"Bascule Leaf Notes","Sheet","12 to 32","Notes addressing steel requirements, counterweight, decking, erection, etc. Range depends upon complexity."]
[16.41,"Framing Plan","Sheet","24 to 40","Structural framing layout depicting the location and plan dimensions of the main girders, bracing, and floor beams.  Low range: Exodermic deck with steel boxes ; High range: plate girders."]
[16.420000000000002,"Flooring Plan & Details","Sheet","16 to 32","Layout depicting the location and plan dimensions of the decking and centerline of support elements. Details of reinforcing placement, grating support, edge support, panel connection, etc. Low range: Plan layout only; High range: multiple special details required."]
[16.43,"Typical Section & Finish Grade Elevations","Sheet","16 to 24","Section view depicting the primary structural elements and overall cross section dimensions. Low range: Open Deck with typical section only; High range: Concrete Deck with finish grade elevations."]
[16.440000000000001,"Girder Elevation","Sheet","24 to 36","Elevation view detailing the web and flange geometry, sections sizes, and stiffener, splice, and floor beam locations, etc.  Low range: short leaf; High range: long leafs."]
[16.45,"Girder Details","Sheet","28 to 36","Details of main girders, including sections, stiffeners, welds, trunnion hub connection, lateral bracing internal to boxes, and splices. Low range: plate girder. High Range: box girders."]
[16.46,"Camber Layout","Sheet","16 to 24","Fully detail table and schematic diagram of camber for main girders and floor beams. Range based on number of unique girders."]
[16.47,"Floor Beams","Sheet","24 to 32","Details of floor beam webs, flanges, stiffeners and connections. Low range: floor beam is constant depth. High range: floor beam is variable depth."]
[16.48,"Counterweight Girder/Box","Sheet","24 to 48","Details of counterweight girder/box webs, flanges, stiffeners and connections. Low range: plate girders. High range: box girders."]
[16.489999999999998,"Trunnion Girder","Sheet","24 to 32","Details of trunnion girder webs, flanges, stiffeners and connections. (For use with Hopkins frame). Range depends on complexity."]
[16.5,"Cylinder Girder","Sheet","24 to 32","Details of cylinder girder webs, flanges, stiffeners and connections. (For hydraulic cylinder drive only). Range depends on complexity."]
[16.510000000000002,"Lateral Bracing Details","Sheet","24 to 36","Details of bracing connections, including bracing layout over trunnion. (Not required for exodermic decks on box girders). Range depends on complexity."]
[16.52,"Counterweight Bracing Details","Sheet","24 to 36","Details of counterweight bracing layout and connections. (Not required for counterweight boxes). Range depends on duplication of details."]
[16.53,"Joint Details","Sheet","24 to 40","Details of tip joint and bascule pier leaf joints, including connection to girders. Low range: open joints. High range: sealed joints or finger joints."]
[16.54,"Traffic Barrier Details","Sheet","24 to 32","Details of traffic railing barrier and connections to brackets and girders. Low range: open rail. High range: closed shape."]
[16.55,"Pedestrian Rail and Support Details","Sheet","16 to 32","Details of pedestrian rail, support and connections to brackets and floor beams. Low range: standard plans railing. High range: custom railing."]
[16.559999999999999,"Curb and Sidewalk Details","Sheet","8 to 32","Details of curb and sidewalk plates and supports. Low range: sidewalk with traffic barrier. High range: without traffic barrier."]
[16.57,"Barrier & Sidewalk Bracket Details","Sheet","8 to 12","Details of floor beam and intermediate brackets and connections at barrier and sidewalk. Range depends on complexity."]
[16.579999999999998,"Counterweight Details","Sheet","16 to 24","Includes plan view, pocket locations, sections and elevations, reinforcement, counterweight blocks and bar bending details. Low range: box girder. High range: plate girder."]
[16.59,"Stress Table or Influence Lines","Sheet","12 to 16","Drafting of tables or influence lines for shear and moment in main girder. Low range: influence lines. High Range: stress tables."]
[null,"Mechanical Design"]
[16.600000000000001,"Final Power Requirements","LS","16 to 32","Calculation of required torque. Low range w/o single motor operation; High range with single motor operation and/or manual emergency drive."]
[16.61,"Trunnion Assembly","LS","160 to 200","Design and sizing of trunnion shaft, bearings, hub and support weldments. Low range for roller bearings; High range for bushings. Spatial constraints might require additional hours."]
[16.62,"Span Locks","LS","60 to 160","Design and sizing of span locks, including connection to girders. Low range for proprietary unit: High range for custom design."]
[16.63,"Sump Pumps","LS","16 to 20","Sizing (determination of flow rate) of sump pumps, including design of required piping. Low range for steel grid deck; High range for closed deck."]
[null,"Mechanical Drive Design "]
[16.64,"Drive Shafts, Couplings, Keys, Bearings and Supports","LS","48 to 60","Design and sizing of external shafts, couplings, keys and drive shaft bearings. Low range for leaf less than 80 feet trunnion to tip; High range for more than 80 feet."]
[16.649999999999999,"Rack & Pinion, Bearings and Supports","LS","160 to 240","Design and sizing of rack frame, rack, connection to the girder, pinion support, pinion and pinion bearings. Low range for leaf less than 80 feet trunnion to tip; High range for more than 80 feet."]
[16.66,"Drive Train","LS","80 to 120","Enclosed gearing: Design and sizing of base plates or support weldments, main drive motor mounts and sizing of primary and secondary reducers. Low range for grout supported; High range for weldment supported."]
[null,null,null,"120 to 200","Open gearing: Design and sizing of base plates or support weldments, main drive motor mounts and sizing of primary reducers and secondary open gears, including design of all gearing and bearings. Low range for leaf less than 80 feet trunnion to tip; High range for more than 80 feet."]
[16.670000000000002,"Motor Brakes & Machinery Brakes","LS","60 to 100","Determination of braking requirements and location of application, including sizing of brakes and design of brake support. Low range for leaf less than 80 feet trunnion to tip; High range for more than 80 feet."]
[null,"Hydraulic Drive Design"]
[16.68,"Hydraulic Drive","LS","300 to 460","Design and sizing of pumps, cylinders, reservoirs, valving, piping, controls and cylinder connections. Low range for leaf less than 80 feet trunnion to tip; High range for more than 80 feet."]
[null,"Machinery Detailing"]
[16.690000000000001,"Machinery Layout","Sheet","32 to 40","Schematic plan view of drive train, motors, brakes, speed reducers, bearing shafts, trunnions, couplers, including notes and dimensions. Low range for enclosed gearing: High range for open gearing."]
[16.7,"Machinery Elevation","Sheet","24 to 32","Elevation view of Machinery Layout, including dimensions. Low range for enclosed gearing: High range for open gearing."]
[16.71,"Machinery Section","Sheet","24 to 32","Sections of Machinery Layout, including dimensions, component labels and machinery schedules. Low range for enclosed gearing: High range for open gearing."]
[16.72,"Trunnion Assembly","Sheet","32 to 40","Details of trunnion shaft, bearings, hub, support weldments, including notes. Low range for simple trunnion: High range for Hopkins."]
[16.73,"Drive Details","Sheet","32 to 40","Mechanical Drive: Details of rack, rack frame, pinion support, pinion, pinion bearings, shafting, couplings, coupling covers and open gears if applicable, including notes. Low range for enclosed gearing: High range for open gearing."]
[null,null,null,"40 to 48","Hydraulic Drive: Layout of cylinders, hydraulic piping, hydraulic schematics, and details of connections, including notes. Low range for leaf less than 80 feet trunnion to tip; High range for more than 80 feet."]
[16.739999999999998,"Span Locks","Sheet","32 to 40","Details of span locks, including connection to girders and notes. Low range for proprietary unit: High range for custom design."]
[null,"Electrical Design"]
[16.75,"Load Analysis","LS","32 to 40","Calculation of total loads for bridge electrical system, including voltage drop and short circuit calculations. Low range for 2 leafs; High range for 4 leafs."]
[16.760000000000002,"Power Distribution","LS","120 to 160","Sizing of electrical service, generator and all feeders, submarine cable, design of distribution panels and Motor Control Center, including protective device coordination. Low range: 2 leafs. High range: 4 leafs."]
[16.77,"Drive Equipment","LS","40 to 80","Sizing of motor and drive. Low range: 2 leafs. High range: 4 leafs."]
[16.78,"Bridge Controls","LS","200 to 300","Design of all controls, including safety interlocks, sequenced operation and alarms. Range depends on complexity."]
[16.79,"Grounding","LS","36 to 36","Design of grounding system for all bridge electrical components."]
[16.8,"Lightning & Surge Suppression","LS","40 to 64","Design of lightning and surge protection system for electrical and control systems. Low range: relay. High range: PLC."]
[16.809999999999999,"Pier Lighting","LS","24 to 40","Design of interior pier lighting for maintenance, including battery backup system. Low range: single level/small area. High range: multi-level/high area."]
[null,"Electrical Detailing"]
[16.82,"Electrical Plan & Elevation","Sheet","16 to 24","Plan of power supply to the bridge and equipment layout for all electrical components, including lightning protection, grounding and location of service. Low range: dual bridge. High range: single bridge."]
[16.829999999999998,"Electrical Symbols and Abbreviations","Sheet","12 to 12","Show all symbols and abbreviations used in design. "]
[16.84,"Single/Three Line Diagram","Sheet","24 to 40","Single line diagram of incoming service, including main disconnect switch, automatic transfer switch, generator and motor control center.  Low range: 4 leafs. High range: 2 leafs."]
[16.850000000000001,"Panel Board and Light Fixture Schedules","Sheet","12 to 16","Schedules showing light fixtures used and itemized electric circuits. Low range: 2 leafs. High range: 4 leafs."]
[16.86,"Wire and Conduit Schedules and Diagrams","Sheet","32 to 32","Schedules showing conduits, wire sizes, conduit numbers, and number of conductors in each conduit. "]
[16.87,"Control Desk/Panel Layout","Sheet","24 to 40","Layout of control console and control panel, including material list. Low range: 2 leafs. High range: 4 leafs."]
[16.88,"Control Schematics","Sheet","24 to 32","Schematics showing control logic for all bridge components. Range depends on complexity."]
[16.89,"PLC Logic","Sheet","24 to 32","Schematics showing PLC program logic. Range depends on complexity."]
[16.899999999999999,"Communication System","Sheet","24 to 40","Details of communication systems including public announcement and intercom. Low range: 2 leafs. High range: 4 leafs."]
[16.91,"Navigation Lighting Details","Sheet","8 to 12","Details of fender, channel and clearance gauge lights. Low range w/o transfer relays; High range with transfer relays."]
[16.920000000000002,"Pedestrian Gate, Traffic Gate and Barrier Details","Sheet","8 to 12","Details of conduit layout at pedestrian gates, traffic gates, and traffic barriers. Range depends on complexity."]
[16.93,"Submarine Cable","Sheet","16 to 24","Details of submarine cable, support and termination cabinets. Low range: 2 leafs. High range: 4 leafs."]
[16.940000000000001,"Miscellaneous Details","Sheet","24 to 32","Details of CCTV system, and other miscellaneous details. Range depends on complexity."]
[null,"Control House"]
[16.95,"Architectural Design","LS","80 to 120","Development of elevation and floor plan concepts, materials and architectural features in and around the control house. Range depends on complexity."]
[16.96,"Architectural Details","Sheet","24 to 40","Includes floor plans, elevations, architectural sections, window and door schedules, reflected ceiling plans, special details and finish schedule. Range depends on complexity."]
[16.97,"Structural Design","LS","100 to 200","Development of structural design of floors, walls, frames, roof, stairs, handrails and connections, including bar bending details. Range covers a two-story rectilinear structure and depends on complexity."]
[16.98,"Structural Details","Sheet","24 to 40","Includes sections and details of structural framing, floor slabs, handrails, roof, stairs, walls and connections. Range depends on complexity. "]
[16.989999999999998,"HVAC/Plumbing Design","LS","40 to 64","Design and sizing of HVAC and all plumbing except for sump pump piping, including utility connection coordination. Range depends on complexity."]
[16.100000000000001,"HVAC/Plumbing/Electrical Cables","Sheet","16 to 32","Includes details for HVAC, floor plans with lighting and receptacle layouts, fire alarm, plumbing and sump pumps. Range depends on complexity."]
[null,"Reinforcing Bar Lists"]
[16.100999999999999,"Preparation of Reinforcing Bar List","Sheet","8 to 12","Develop rebar table for bascule pier, control house, concrete deck and counterweight. Range depends on complexity.  [This is only for staff hours for preparation of the Drawing-List, not for reinforcing bar bending details which are included in the design.]"]
[null,"Load Rating"]
[16.102,"Load Rating","LS","100 to 140","Develop LRFR load rating of deck, stringers, floor beams and girders.  Staff hour range assumes a symmetric double-leaf bascule bridge.  Low range:  steel grid deck.  High range:  composite deck system."]

{"sheet":"17. Structures-Retaining Walls","index":30,"n_rows":39,"n_cols":5,"rows_kept":39,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[1,0,1,4],[16,0,18,0],[16,1,18,1],[16,2,18,2],[5,0,7,0],[5,1,7,1],[5,2,7,2],[9,0,11,0],[9,1,11,1],[9,2,11,2],[33,0,35,0],[33,1,35,1],[33,2,35,2],[24,0,25,0],[24,1,25,1],[24,2,25,2],[28,0,29,0],[28,1,29,1],[28,2,29,2]]}
["Bridge 1:"]
["17. Structures - Retaining Walls"]
["Task No.","Task","Unit","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[null,"General Requirements"]
[17.100000000000001,"Key Sheet","Sheet","16 to 32","Prepare plan of all wall locations in relation to the overall project (required for larger projects). [NOTE:  Each Wall Task for specific wall types includes for quantities-computation of retaining wall areas, volume of concrete, and weight of rebar.  Low range:  temporary and permanent walls with simple geometry.  High Range:  CIP and anchored walls or blisters for light poles, etc.]"]
[17.2,"Horizontal Wall Geometry","EA Wall","2 to 6","Determine begin and end wall stations and offsets, and stations and offsets of all horizontal changes. Straight walls and alignment."]
[null,null,null,"6 to 12","Determine begin and end wall stations and offsets, and stations and offsets of all horizontal changes.  Some curvature and taper."]
[null,null,null,"12 to 20","Determine begin and end wall stations and offsets, and stations and offsets of all horizontal changes. Highly curved with tapers."]
[null,"Permanent Proprietary Walls"]
[17.3,"Vertical Wall Geometry","EA Wall","2 to 16","Walls in front of end bent. Calculate elevations of top of wall, proposed and existing ground lines, and maximum leveling pad elevations.   Range dependent upon complexity of geometry.  [The higher ranges are for walls that are not parallel to the baseline, that turn back and step up past the end bent.]"]
[null,null,null,"12 to 24","Constant offset from roadway alignment and constant cross slope. Range dependent upon number of vertical controls.  "]
[null,null,null,"16 to 40","Variable horizontal deviations from roadway alignment, varying cross slopes. Range dependent upon number of vertical and horizontal controls.  "]
[17.399999999999999,"Semi-Standard Drawings","Sheet","4 to 12","Complete semi-standard to include settlement, allowable bearing pressure, minimum soil reinforcement length tables and embedment details. Range varies with number of walls."]
[17.5,"Wall Plan and Elevations (Control Drawings)","Sheet","16 to 28","Prepare wall plan and elevation sheets. Show all features including horizontal curve data, roadway profiles and superelevation transitions, utilities, light pilaster locations, drainage structures, sign structures, etc. Based upon approx. 500 feet of wall per sheet. Low Range: Constant offset  High Range: Complex geometry, numerous drainage structures, signs, etc.  [This includes for Quantities - computation of retaining wall areas, volume of concrete, and weight of rebar.]"]
[17.600000000000001,"Details","Sheet","16 to 24","Includes details for barrier transitions, specific drainage details, special aesthetic details, and other project specific details, if applicable. Range Depends on number of utilities, drainage structures, other site features and complexity."]
[null,"Temporary Proprietary Walls"]
[17.7,"Vertical Wall Geometry","EA Wall","2 to 4","Walls in front of end bent. Calculate elevations of top of wall, proposed and existing ground lines, and bottom of wall elevation.   Range dependent upon complexity of geometry."]
[null,null,null,"12 to 24","Constant offset from roadway alignment and constant cross slope. Range dependent upon number of vertical controls.  "]
[null,null,null,"28 to 40","Variable horizontal deviations from roadway alignment, varying cross slopes. Range dependent upon number of vertical and horizontal controls.  "]
[17.8,"Semi-Standard Drawings","Sheet","4 to 12","Complete semi-standard to include settlement, allowable bearing pressure, minimum soil reinforcement length tables and embedment details. Range varies with number of walls. Low Range:  temporary and permanent walls, High Range: temporary walls only."]
[17.899999999999999,"Wall Plan and Elevations (Control Drawings)","Sheet","12 to 24","Prepare wall plan and elevation sheets. Show all features including horizontal curve data, roadway profiles and superelevation transitions, utilities, drainage structures, etc. Based upon approx. 500 feet of wall per sheet. Low Range: Constant offset  High Range: Complex geometry, numerous drainage structures, signs, etc.  [This includes for Quantities - computation of retaining wall areas, volume of concrete, and weight of rebar.]"]
[17.100000000000001,"Details","Sheet","8 to 16","Includes specific drainage details,  and other project specific details, if applicable. Range Depends on number of utilities, drainage structures, other site features and complexity."]
[null,"Cast-in-Place Retaining Walls",null,null,"Includes Cantilevered retaining walls on spread footings, standard plans walls and CIP portion of MSE walls for Overhead sign supports."]
[17.11,"Design","EA Design","12 to 32","Design of wall to determine size, reinforcing of elements, and rebar bending diagrams for each different wall design. Low range: standard plans walls, multiple custom designs,  High range: custom designs."]
[17.12,"Vertical Wall Geometry","EA Wall","12 to 20","Constant offset from roadway alignment and constant cross slope. Calculate elevations of top of wall, proposed and existing ground lines, and bottom of wall elevations.  Range dependent upon number of vertical controls.    "]
[null,null,null,"28 to 40","Variable horizontal deviations from roadway alignment, varying cross slopes. Range dependent upon number of vertical and horizontal controls. "]
[17.13,"General Notes ","Sheet","2 to 4","Implementation of standard general notes sheet."]
[17.14,"Wall Plan and Elevations (Control Drawings)","Sheet","16 to 28","Prepare wall plan and elevation sheets. Show all features including horizontal curve data, roadway profiles and superelevation transitions, utilities, light pilaster locations, drainage structures, sign structures, etc. Based upon approx. 500 feet of wall per sheet. Low Range: Constant offset  High Range: Complex geometry, numerous drainage structures, signs, etc."]
[17.149999999999999,"Sections and Details","Sheet","2 to 4","Implementation of standards. "]
[null,null,null,"16 to 32","Develop custom details. Includes details for barrier transitions, specific drainage details, special aesthetic details, and other project specific details, if applicable. Range depends on number of utilities, drainage structures, and other site features.  "]
[17.16,"Reinforcing Bar List","Sheet","4 to 12","Develop rebar table for custom designs. Range depends on complexity and size of wall."]
[null,"Other Retaining Walls and Bulkheads",null,null,"Critical Temporary or Permanent Sheet Pile (steel or concrete), steel pipe piles,  including tie-backs, soldier pile walls. "]
[17.170000000000002,"Design","EA Design","8 to 40","Design of wall to determine member sizes and reinforcing of elements, embedment depths, tie back forces, etc. Low range: cantilevered sheet pile wall, High range: tie-back systems, special systems.  [This includes for Quantities - computation of retaining wall areas, volume of concrete, and weight of rebar.]"]
[17.18,"Vertical Wall Geometry","EA Wall","2 to 8","Level temporary walls.  Calculate elevations of top of wall, proposed and existing ground lines, and bottom of wall elevations.  Range dependent upon complexity of geometry."]
[null,null,null,"12 to 24","Permanent walls, constant offset from roadway alignment and constant cross slope. Range depends upon number of vertical controls."]
[null,null,null,"28 to 40","Permanent walls, variable horizontal deviations from roadway alignment, varying cross slopes. Range dependent upon number of vertical and horizontal controls. "]
[17.190000000000001,"General Notes, Tables, and Miscellaneous Details ","Sheet","4 to 24","Prepare general notes. Low range: standard drawings, High range: development of specific notes and details."]
[17.2,"Wall Plan and Elevations ","Sheet","8 to 28","Prepare wall plan and elevation sheets. Show all features including horizontal curve data, roadway profiles and superelevation transitions, utilities, drainage structures, waler layout, tie-back locations, etc. Based upon approx. 500 feet of wall per sheet. Low range: level temporary sheet pile wall, High range: tie-back wall systems, "]
[17.21,"Details","Sheet","16 to 32","Sections thru wall, tie-back details, coping details, aesthetic treatments, post and panel details, bar lists, etc. Range dependent upon complexity."]

{"sheet":"18. Structures-Miscellaneous","index":31,"n_rows":56,"n_cols":6,"rows_kept":56,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[49,0,53,0],[49,1,53,1],[49,2,53,2],[1,0,1,4],[34,0,36,0],[34,1,36,1],[34,2,36,2],[31,0,33,0],[31,1,33,1],[31,2,33,2],[9,4,10,4],[11,0,12,0],[11,1,12,1],[11,4,12,4],[9,0,10,0],[9,1,10,1]]}
["Bridge 1:"]
["18. Structures - Miscellaneous"]
["Task No.","Task","Unit","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"," "]
[null,"Concrete Box Culverts"]
[18.100000000000001,"Concrete Box Culverts","EA","8 to 120","Design and load rating. Design and detail special wingwalls, pipe openings, handrail attachments and construction phasing. Low range: Standard box culverts using FDOT program and details without load rating. High range: Special design with details, load rating, phased construction, intermediate pipe penetrations, bends, non standard wingwalls/headwalls."]
[18.2,"Concrete Box Culverts Extensions","EA Extension","12 to 160","Inspection and evaluation of existing culvert.  Design, load rating and preparation of construction plans. Design and detail special wingwalls, pipe openings, handrail attachments and construction phasing. Low range: Using FDOT program and details without load rating, with field inspection. High range: Special design with details, load rating, phased construction, intermediate pipe penetrations, bends, non standard wingwalls/headwalls, with field inspection."]
[18.3,"Concrete Box Culvert Data Table Plan Sheets","Sheet","4 to 8","Includes production of data table plan sheets.\n2 box culverts or box culvert extensions per sheet."]
[18.399999999999999,"Concrete Box Culvert Special Details Plan Sheets","Sheet","16 to 24","Includes production of special details plan sheets - only as required."]
[null,"Strain Poles"]
[18.5,"Steel Strain Poles","Initial Config","16 to 40","Gather and analyze information. Run ATLAS program. Design steel pole, cables and foundation. Check Clearances. Prepare construction plans.  Low range: 2-pole system using FDOT programs and details. High range: Special configuration (suspended box) with custom details (pole, footing, etc.). "]
[null,null,"EA Add'l Config","8 to 24"]
[18.600000000000001,"Concrete Strain Poles","Initial Config","8 to 24","Gather and analyze information. Run ATLAS program. Design cable and foundation. Check Clearances. Prepare construction plans. Low range: 2-pole system using FDOT programs and details. High range: Special configuration (suspended box) with custom details (pole, footing, etc.)."]
[null,null,"EA Add'l Config","4 to 16"]
[18.7,"Strain Pole Data Table Plan Sheets","Sheet","4 to 8","Includes production of data table plan sheets.\n6 spans per sheet."]
[18.8,"Strain Pole Special Details Plan Sheets","Sheet","16 to 24","Includes production of special details plan sheets - only as required."]
[null,"Mast Arms"]
[18.899999999999999,"Mast Arms","EA Design","4 to 24","Gather and analyze information.  Run Mathcad program. Check Clearances. Prepare construction plans. Low range: Using latest FDOT standard pole configurations with a load center check comparison against the standard poles. High range: Special pole configurations and designs with non standard single shaft foundations, multiple arms, luminaires, etc."]
[18.100000000000001,"Mast Arms Data Table Plan Sheets","Sheet","4 to 8","Includes production of data table plan sheets.\n6 mast arms per sheet."]
[18.11,"Mast Arm Special Details Plan Sheets","Sheet","16 to 24","Includes production of special details plan sheets - only as required."]
[null,"Overhead/Cantilever Sign Structures"]
[18.12,"Cantilever Sign Structures","EA Design","12 to 24","Gather and analyze information. Run program. Check Clearances. Prepare construction plans. Design foundations. Low range: Using latest FDOT standard programs and details. High range: Using FDOT standard details with a special drilled shaft design and details."]
[18.13,"Overhead Span Sign Structures","EA Design","12 to 24","Gather and analyze information. Run program. Check Clearances. Prepare construction plans. Design foundations. Low range: Using latest FDOT standard programs and details. High range: Using FDOT standard details with additional special analysis."]
[18.14,"Special (Long Span) Overhead Span Sign Structures","EA Design","100 to 240","Gather and analyze information. Create 3D model. Check Clearances. Prepare construction plans. Design foundations. Low Range: Multiple similar designs, High Range: One Design with new drawings required."]
[18.149999999999999,"Monotube Overhead Sign Structure","EA Design","40 to 80","Gather and analyze information. Foundation design. Structural design. Check Clearances. Prepare construction plans."]
[18.16,"Bridge Mounted Signs (Attached to Superstructure)","EA Design","24 to 100","Gather and analyze information. Structural design. Prepare construction plans. Low range: Using standards as available. High range: Required special analysis and detailing, due to large sign panels, skews, etc."]
[18.170000000000002,"Overhead and Cantilever Sign Structures Data Table Plan Sheets","Sheet","4 to 8","Includes production of data table plan sheets.\n5 structures per sheet."]
[18.18,"Overhead and Cantilever Sign Structures Special Details Plan Sheets","Sheet","16 to 24","Includes production of special details plan sheets - only as required."]
[null,"High Mast Lighting  "]
[18.190000000000001,"Non-Standard High Mast Lighting Structures","EA Design","12 to 24","Gather and analyze information. Review and coordinate with fabricator. Foundation design only. Prepare foundation plans. Low Range: Multiple similar designs, foundation only.  High Range: One Design, foundation and pole design."]
[18.2,"High Mast Lighting Special Details Plan Sheets","Sheet","4 to 8","Includes production of special details plan sheets - only as required"]
[null,"Noise Barrier Walls (Ground Mount)"]
[18.21,"Horizontal Wall Geometry","EA Wall","2 to 6","Determine begin and end wall stations and offsets, and stations and offsets of all horizontal changes.  Straight walls and alignment."]
[null,null,null,"6 to 12","Determine begin and end wall stations and offsets, and stations and offsets of all horizontal changes.  Some curvature and taper."]
[null,null,null,"2 to 20","Determine begin and end wall stations and offsets, and stations and offsets of all horizontal changes. Highly curved with tapers."]
[18.22,"Vertical Wall Geometry","EA Wall","8 to 16","Calculate elevations of finished ground lines, top of collar & top of pile. Low range - Relatively uniform ground line. High range: Irregular ground line. Limited number of vertical controls."]
[null,null,null,"16 to 32","Calculate elevations of finished ground lines, top of collar & top of pile. Low range - Relatively uniform ground line. High range: Irregular ground line. Increased complexity and number of vertical controls."]
[null,null,null,"32 to 40","Calculate elevations of finished ground lines, top of collar & top of pile. Low range - Relatively uniform ground line. High range: Irregular ground line. Large number of vertical controls.    "]
[18.23,"Summary of Quantities - Aesthetic Requirements","Sheet","12 to 24","Development of wall data and completion of table of variables.  Range depends upon variability of wall height."]
[18.239999999999998,"Control Drawings","Sheet","12 to 24","Plan and Elevation showing location, horizontal and vertical geometry of walls.  Low range: simple geometry.  High range: curves and tapers. Based on 500' per sheet."]
[18.25,"Design of Noise Barrier Walls Covered by Standards","EA Design","8 to 16","Design of Foundation and posts.  Low Range: Multiple similar designs, High Range: One Design."]
[18.260000000000002,"Design of Noise Barrier Walls not Covered by Standards","EA Design","20 to 40","Design of wall panel, post and connection design for higher wind pressures than assumed in the Structures Standards, foundation design, special utility accommodation. Low range: minimally exceeds standards, no utility conflict, multiple designs. High Range: Major modifications to standards, utility conflicts, little repetition."]
[18.27,"Aesthetic Details","LS","4 to 16","Development of aesthetic details. Range depends on complexity."]
[null,"Special Structures"]
[18.28,"Fender System","LS","24 to 80","Low range:  incorporate standard details.  High range: unique design."]
[18.29,"Fender System Access","LS","24 to 60","Staff hours include design, quantities and sheet preparation.  Low range:  access platform only.  High range:  access ladder and platform."]
[18.3,"Special Structures","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Based on project specific items, includes all special structures."]
[18.309999999999999,"Other Structures","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all efforts for a structures task not covered by an existing defined task.  Required work will be defined in the scope and negotiated on a case-by-case basis."]
[null,"Ancillary Structures Report"]
[18.32,"Condition Evaluation of Signal and Sign Structures, and High Mast Light Poles","EA Structure","2 to 4","Includes span wire, mast arm and overhead signal structures. Includes overhead and bridge mounted sign structures. Perform a physical assessment based on review of existing plans, shop drawings, inspection reports and field observations that includes damage, deterioration, or other potential defects that may cause a reduction in service life or design capacity. Low Range: 20 or more structures. High Range: less than 7 structures."]
[18.329999999999998,"Condition Evaluation of Signal and Sign Structures, and High Mast Light Poles (No As Built or Design Plans Available)","EA Structure","2 to 4","Concrete Strain Poles: Perform a physical assessment based on field measurement that includes damage, deterioration, or other potential defects that may cause a reduction in service life or design capacity. Low Range: 20 or more structures. High Range: less than 7 structures."]
[null,null,null,"2 to 6","Mast Arms: Perform a physical assessment based on field measurements that includes damage, deterioration, or other potential defects that may cause a reduction in service life or design capacity. Low Range: 20 or more structures. High Range: less than 7 structures."]
[null,null,null,"2 to 8","Bridge Mounted and Cantilever Sign Structures: Perform a physical assessment based on field measurements that includes damage, deterioration, or other potential defects that may cause a reduction in service life or design capacity. Low Range: 20 or more structures. High Range: less than 7 structures."]
[null,null,null,"4 to 16","Overhead Sign Structures. Perform a physical assessment based on field measurements that includes damage, deterioration, or other potential defects that may cause a reduction in service life or design capacity. Low Range: 20 or more structures. High Range: less than 7 structures."]
[null,null,null,"2 to 6","High Mast Lights: Perform a physical assessment based on field measurements that includes damage, deterioration, or other potential defects that may cause a reduction in service life or design capacity. Low Range: 20 or more structures. High Range: less than 7 structures."]
[18.34,"Analytical Evaluation of Signal and Sign Structures, and High Mast Light Poles","EA Structure","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes span wire, mast arm and overhead signal structures. Includes overhead and bridge mounted sign structures. A structural capacity analysis ranging from an estimate based on the Condition Evaluation to a detailed structural analysis. The effort required for the numerical analysis of an existing structure in good condition with no damage or deterioration should be similar to the design effort required for a new structure."]
[18.350000000000001,"Ancillary Structures Report","LS","10 to 30","Low Range: less than 5 structures. High Range: 20 or more structures."]

{"sheet":"Signing & Marking Guidelines","index":32,"n_rows":29,"n_cols":14,"rows_kept":29,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[]}
["SIGNING AND PAVEMENT MARKING GUIDELINES"]
[null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null," "]
["The staff hour ranges presented in this section represent the work effort that might be expected for individual design tasks on typical traffic projects.  The ranges represent neither the minimum nor maximum hours that might be negotiated on a project for individual design tasks.  Hours below or above the presented ranges may be applicable based upon the constraints or requirements that are specific to the individual project.  Specific aspects of each individual project should be considered in negotiation hours for each individual task.  Whenever possible, examples of individual tasks will be included to provide guidance in determining what types of effort are associated with each individual task.  "]
[]
["A \"Lower Range\" roadway project may fall in the \"Middle Range\" for Signing and Pavement Marking projects and vice versa.  See the project ranges below.  The project ranges should be used only for Reference & Master Design Files and Quantities from Analysis.  All other tasks should be defined on task by task basis and should not necessarily use the Project Ranges."]
[]
["Lower Range"]
[]
["1. Rural projects (minimal intersection involvement)"]
["2.  Limited Access with interchange spacing greater than  3 miles"]
["3.  Intersection Improvements (up to two auxiliary lanes) or minor roadway improvements"]
["4.  Limited Access resurfacing - Striping and minor signing"]
[]
["Middle Range"]
[]
["1.  Limited Access with interchange spacing between 2 and 3 miles"]
["2.  Intersection Improvements (three to six auxiliary lanes)"]
["3.  Interchange Improvements (rural diamond)"]
["4.  Multi-Lane with less than three signals per mile"]
[]
["Upper Range"]
[]
["1.  Multi-Lane with three signals or more per mile"]
["2.  Limited Access with interchange spacing less than two miles"]
["3.  Major Intersection Improvements (seven or more auxiliary lanes)"]
["4.  Interchange Improvements (loop ramps or urban diamond)"]
[]
["(\"Limited Access with Interchange Spacing\" applies to Widening, New Construction and /or Major Signing)"]
["(\"Auxiliary lanes\" applies to the total exclusive turn lanes for the entire intersection.)"]

{"sheet":"19. Signing & Marking Analysis","index":33,"n_rows":20,"n_cols":6,"rows_kept":20,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[12,0,12,2],[18,0,18,2],[0,0,0,4]]}
["19. Signing and Pavement Marking Analysis"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[19.100000000000001,"Traffic Data Analysis","LS","2 to 6","Review approved preliminary engineering report, typical section package and proposed geometric design alignment, and queue analysis. This does not include hours for analysis."," "]
[19.2,"No Passing Zone Study","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all efforts required to obtain data and prepare report in accordance with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Studies.\n\nHours may be estimated as follows:\nField Work: 2 to 6 hours per mile, depending on complexity.\nAnalysis and Report: 24 hours + 8 hours per mile"]
[19.3,"Reference and Master Design File","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","All efforts required for establishing the signing and marking master design file to include reference files of topo, r/w, roadway, utility files etc.  Includes design and layout of signs, lane lines, gores, pavement markings, rpm's, loop replacement (4 to 20 additional hours per intersection if included in S & PM plans), etc. and efforts required for drafting, clean up and clipping files in accordance with the departments CADD manual and  FDOT Design Manual.   (LS - Lower Range: 30 hours for set up, and 40 hours per mile including cross roads; Middle Range: 45 hours for set up, and 90 hours per mile including ramps and cross roads, Upper Range:  60 hours for set up and 140 hours per mile including ramps and cross roads.)  (Add  8 to 16 hours per signalized intersection.) Ranges based on project classifications shown in the guidelines for this section."]
[19.399999999999999,"Multi-Post Sign Support Calculations","EA","2 to 4","Design post sizes for each proposed ground mount sign.  May include developing cross section at each sign location.  (Based on the number of proposed signs.)"]
[19.5,"Sign Panel Design Analysis","EA","2 to 4 per Panel","Establish sign layout, text sizes and run sign design software.  (Based on number of proposed signs.)"]
[19.600000000000001,"Sign Lighting/Electrical Calculations","EA","1 to 2","Includes efforts to verify photometrics on the lighted sign, determine load center requirements and perform voltage drop calculations.  (Based on the number of proposed signs.)   "]
[19.7,"Quantities","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all work required to determine the quantities for each plan sheet.  (Based on 1 to 4 hours per plan sheet) Range based on project classifications shown in the guidelines for this section."]
[19.8,"Cost Estimate","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Reviewing DEPARTMENT's LRE, preparing an initial cost estimate, and updating as necessary. (LS based on LRE develop/review range of 2 to 6 hours and a range of 2 to 8 hours per Engineers Estimate  per submittal.)"]
[19.899999999999999,"Technical Special Provisions and Modified Special Provisions","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Staff hours shown are based on minor modifications to existing Technical Special Provisions (TSP) and Modified Special Provisions (MSP).  Based on 4-12 hours per each modified TSP and MSP.  Newly developed TSPs and MSPs are to be negotiated based on individual basis.  (LS - based on per project.)"]
[19.100000000000001,"Other Signing and Pavement Marking Analysis","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all efforts for a signing and pavement marking task not covered by an existing defined task.  Required work will be defined in the scope and negotiated on a case-by-case basis."]
["Signing & Pavement Marking Analysis \nTechnical Subtotal"]
[19.11,"Field Reviews","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes travel time for trips to field to obtain data necessary for design. (Based on average number of people per trip x length of trip x number of trips.) "]
[19.12,"Technical Meetings ","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Meetings with Departmental and/or Agency staff such as meetings with traffic operations, traffic design, access management, progress review, phase review, etc. (Based on average number of people per meetings x length of meetings x number of meetings.)"]
[19.13,"Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes producing and implementation of QA/QC plan.  Includes review of sub-consultant work, verify comments are addressed, assembly of plans for submittals, etc.  (Based on 5-10% of technical subtotal.)"]
[19.14,"Independent Peer Review","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Included where independent peer review and/or constructability / bidability reviews are utilized in addition to QC review. (Based on 3% to 5% of technical subtotal.)"]
[19.149999999999999,"Supervision","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes effort to supervise all technical design analysis. (Based on 5% to 10% of technical subtotal.)"]
["Signing & Pavement Marking Analysis Nontechnical Subtotal"]
[19.16,"Coordination","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes internal coordination with survey, geotechnical, drainage, structures, lighting, roadway, signals, utilities, rail road, permits, schedules, specifications, bicycle/ pedestrian/ transit, landscape architecture, municipalities, maintaining agency,traffic operations, and other DEPARTMENT offices incorporating sheets and/or preferences.  Does not include formal meetings. (Based on 2% to 5% of all the above tasks). The higher range may be necessary if  most elements listed above are involved and 4 or more agencies are actively involved."]

{"sheet":"20. Signing & Marking Plans","index":34,"n_rows":18,"n_cols":5,"rows_kept":18,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[15,0,15,2],[0,0,0,4]]}
["20. Signing and Pavement Marking Plans"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[20.100000000000001,"Key Sheet","Sheet","4 to 8","Includes time to develop key sheet (Dependent on whether a key map is needed or not)."]
[20.2,"Summary of Pay Items Including Designer Interface Quantity Input","LS","6 to 12","Includes input into designer interface and Creating the CADD generated Summary of Pay Item Sheet for stand alone projects. (This item N/A if quantities are given to roadway for input.)"]
[20.3,"Tabulation of Quantities","Sheet","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes time to place pay item numbers, descriptions, quantities and totals on tabulation sheet(s).  (Based on 12 hours for the 1st tabulation sheet and 6 hours for each additional tabulation sheet. "]
[20.399999999999999,"General Notes/Pay Item Notes","Sheet","4 to 8","Includes developing general and pay item note sheet(s), using and modifying specific District and Municipal Agency notes and developing specific notes for special design considerations."]
[20.5,"Project Layout","Sheet","4 to 8","Includes plan sheet(s) with overview of entire project may include stations, project limits, intersection locations, and plan sheet coverage. "]
[20.6,"Plan Sheet","Sheet","3 to 5","All efforts required to create the signing and marking sheets (If double panel plan sheets are utilized, each panel is considered a plan sheet.) "]
[20.7,"Typical Details","EA","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes developing typical detail(s) for the placement of pavement markings and signs.  (Based on 2-6 hours per detail plus 2 hours per sheet.) "]
[20.8,"Guide Sign Worksheet (s)","EA","1 to 2","Develop guide sign work sheet. (Based on the number of guide signs)"]
[20.9,"Traffic Monitoring Site","EA","4 to 12","Includes incorporating a traffic monitoring site plan sheet  (Based on each traffic monitoring site).  The lower range the should be used if a sheet is provided by the District.  If no sheet is provided, the higher range should be used."]
[20.100000000000001,"Cross Sections","EA","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes developing plan sheet (s)  showing each sign structure with the cross section including dimensions, slopes, stationing, utilities, and lane utilization of the overhead sign panel.  (Based on each cross section - 2 to 4 hours for ground signs and/or 6 to 12 hours for overhead signs.)"]
[20.11,"Special Service Point Details","EA","4 to 8","Develop a detail showing the sign lighting load center, pull boxes, conduit, circuits, notes, and connection to the power service.  (Based on each load center detail.)"]
[20.12,"Special Details","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Develop details not included on plan sheet such as gore markings, cross walk markings, pedestrian and bicycle markings sign placement details, etc. (Based on 2-6 hours per detail plus 2 hours per sheet.)"]
[20.13,"Interim Standards ","LS",4,"For downloading and inserting appropriate standards in plans set.  "]
["Signing & Pavement Marking Plans\nTechnical Subtotal"]
[20.14,"Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Perform QC review, verify comments are addressed, resolution meetings and documentation, assembly of plans for phase submittals, etc. Three way check list (quantity sheets, designer interface (Trns•port), and plans comparison). (Based on 5% to 10% of technical subtotal)."]
[20.149999999999999,"Supervision","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all effort required to supervise and coordinate plans production and Sub Consultant coordination. (Based on 5-10% of technical subtotal)"]

{"sheet":"Signalization Guidelines","index":35,"n_rows":23,"n_cols":14,"rows_kept":23,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[]}
["SIGNALIZATION GUIDELINES"]
[null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null," "]
["The staff hour ranges presented in this section represent the work effort that might be expected for individual design tasks on typical traffic projects.  The ranges represent neither the minimum nor maximum hours that might be negotiated on a project for individual design tasks.  Hours below or above the presented ranges may be applicable based upon the constraints or requirements that are specific to the individual project.  Specific aspects of each individual project should be considered in negotiation hours for each individual task.  Whenever possible, examples of individual tasks will be included to provide guidance in determining what types of effort are associated with each individual task.  "]
[]
["A \"Lower Range\" roadway project may fall in the \"Middle Range\" for Lighting projects and vice versa.  See the project ranges below.  The project ranges should be used only for Reference & Master Design Files and Quantities from Analysis.  All other tasks should be defined on task by task basis and should not necessarily use the Project Ranges."]
[]
["Lower Range"]
[]
["1.  Rural 2-Lane Project"]
["2.  Vehicular Loop Replacement"]
["3.  Flashing Beacon"]
["4.  Mid Block Traffic Signal"]
[]
["Middle Range"]
[]
["1.  Rural Multi-Lane Highway"]
["2.  Urban Multi-Lane with minor R/W issues or Utility impacts"]
["3.  Urban 2-Lane with major R/W issues or Utility impacts."]
[]
[" Upper Range"]
[]
["1.  Urban Multi-Lane with major R/W issues or Utility impacts"]
["2.  Single Point Urban Interchange"]

{"sheet":"21. Signalization Analysis","index":36,"n_rows":23,"n_cols":6,"rows_kept":23,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[21,0,21,2],[15,0,15,2],[0,0,0,4]]}
["21. Signalization Analysis"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[21.1,"Traffic Data Collection","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all efforts required for traffic data collection, crash reports (3 to 6 hours/intersection), 24 hour machine counts (1 to 6 hours/approach), 8 hour turning movement counts (12 to 16 hours/intersection, plus 11 hours per additional person), 7 day machine counts (6 to 10 hours/approach), speed and delay studies (24 to 30 hours /system assumes two people).  Travel time is not included in these ranges."," "]
[21.2,"Traffic Data Analysis","PI","3 to 10","Includes determining signal operation plan, intersection geometry, local signal timings, pre-emption phasing and timings, forecasting traffic, intersection analysis run, etc. per intersection. Range based on project classifications shown in the guidelines for this section."]
[21.3,"Signal Warrant Study","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes using counts and accident history to conduct a signal warrant study using current MUTS / MUTCD standards (8 to 40 hours/intersection). Range based on complexity of study."]
[21.4,"System Timings","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes analyzing counts to determine proper coordination timing plans including splits, force offs, offsets and preparation of Time Space Diagrams (4 to 6 hours for the first two intersections and 1 to 2 hours for each additional intersection).  Report not included."]
[21.5,"Reference and Master Signalization Design File","PI","22 to 54","All efforts required per intersection for establishing the signal master design file to include reference files of topo, r/w, roadway, pavement markings, utilities files, etc.  Includes the design and layout of proposed signal poles, signal heads, loops, pedestrian signals, conduit, pull boxes, service points, traffic monitoring sites (not including separate detail sheets), etc.  Also includes proposed call outs, pay item numbers, loop detector chart, controller timing chart, signal/ pedestrian head details, sign details, controller notes, signal operating plan, etc. Range based on project classifications shown in the guidelines for this section."]
[21.6,"Reference and Master Interconnection Communication Design File","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","All efforts required for establishing the signal interconnect master design file to include reference files of topo, r/w, roadway, utilities files etc.  Includes design and layout of proposed signal interconnect conduit, signal cabinet, pull boxes, etc.  (Middle range: 8 hours for setup and up to 24 hours per mile; Upper Range: 8 hours for setup and up to 32 hours per mile). Range based on project classifications shown in the guidelines for this section."]
[21.7,"Overhead Street Name Sign Design","EA","2 to 3","Includes effort to evaluate overhead street name sign, lettering,  description, street block numbers, and information to develop the layout of a sign (based on hours for each sign)."]
[21.8,"Pole Elevation Analysis","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes effort to determine pole elevations at proposed pole locations (2 hours for the first intersection and 1 hour for each additional intersection)."]
[21.9,"Traffic Signal Operation Report","LS","20 to 40","All effort to develop full traffic signal report."]
[21.1,"Quantities","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all work required to determine the quantities for each signalized intersection, traffic monitoring  site and interconnect run (4 to 10 hours for the first signalized intersection and 3 to 6 hours for each additional signalized intersection).  Providing quantities for an engineer's estimate is included if required by the District.  Range based on project classifications shown in the guidelines for this section."]
[21.11,"Cost Estimate","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes reviewing the DEPARTMENT's LRE, preparing an Engineers Estimate and updating as necessary (1 to 3 hours per LRE review and 2 to 8 hours per Engineer's Estimate per submittal)."]
[21.12,"Technical Special Provisions and Modified Special Provisions ","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Development or incorporation of a Technical Special Provision (TSP) or Modified Special Provision (MSP) for the project  (4 to 12 hours for each modified TSP or MSP.  Newly developed TSPs or MSPs are to be negotiated individually).  "]
[21.13,"Other Signalization Analysis","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all efforts for a signalization task not covered by an existing defined task.  Required work will be defined in the scope and negotiated on a case-by-case basis."]
["Signalization Analysis Technical Subtotal"]
[21.14,"Field Reviews","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes time for field reviews to obtain data necessary for design (Based on the average number of people, the length of the trip and the number of trips). "]
[21.15,"Technical Meetings ","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Meetings with Local or Departmental staff such as meetings with Traffic Operations, Design, Access Management, progress review, phase review, etc. (Based on the average number of people, the length of the trip and the number of trips)."]
[21.16,"Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes development and implementation of a QA/QC plan including sub-consultant work. (Based on 5% to 10% of technical subtotal)."]
[21.17,"Independent Peer Review","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Included when independent peer reviews are utilized in addition to the QA/QC review. (Based on 3% to 5% of technical subtotal)."]
[21.18,"Supervision","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes effort to supervise all design analysis. (Based on 5% to 10% of technical subtotal)."]
["Signalization Analysis Nontechnical Subtotal"]
[21.19,"Coordination","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes internal coordination with survey, geotechnical, drainage, structures, lighting, roadway, utilities, rail road, permits, schedules, specifications, bicycle/ pedestrian/ transit, landscape architecture, municipalities, maintaining agencies, traffic operations, and other Department offices.  (Based on 2-5% of all the above tasks). The higher range may be necessary if  most elements listed above are involved and/or 3 or more agencies are actively involved).  Incorporation of other discipline's plan sheets into the plan set is included.  Does not include formal meetings."]

{"sheet":"22. Signalization Plans","index":37,"n_rows":21,"n_cols":5,"rows_kept":21,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[18,0,18,2],[0,0,0,4]]}
["22. Signalization Plans"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[22.1,"Key Sheet","Sheet","4 to 8","Includes time to develop key sheet.  (Hours dependent on if a key map is needed or not)"]
[22.2,"Summary of Pay Items Including Designer Interface Quantity Input","Sheet","6 to 12","Includes input into designer interface and creating the CADD generated Summary of Pay Items sheet for stand-alone projects."]
[22.3,"Tabulation of Quantities","Sheet","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes time to place pay item numbers, descriptions, quantities and totals on the tabulation sheet(s) (8 hours for the first tabulation sheet and 4 hours for each additional tabulation sheet)."]
[22.4,"General Notes/Pay Item Notes","Sheet","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","4 to 8 hours to modify the existing general notes and pay item notes as provided by the District and Local Agency.  8 to 16 hours if the majority of notes are created.   "]
[22.5,"Plan Sheet","Sheet","2 to 6","Based on the number of plan sheets required."]
[22.6,"Interconnect Plans","Sheet","2 to 4","Based on the number of interconnect plan sheets required."]
[22.7,"Traffic Monitoring Site","EA","4 to 12","Includes incorporating a traffic monitoring site plan sheet  (Based on each traffic monitoring site).  The lower range the should be used if a sheet is provided by the District.  If no sheet is provided, the higher range should be used."]
[22.8,"Guide Sign Worksheet","EA","1 to 2","Includes developing the guide sign worksheet for street name signs and/or importing the guide sign from a program to a plan sheet (Based on the number of guide signs, maximum 4 per sheet)."]
[22.9,"Special Details","Sheet","4 to 12","Includes Ped Pole details, Signal/Sign Attachment details, etc.  Lower Range for Standard Details provided by District, Upper Range for project specific details generated by the CONSULTANT. "]
[22.1,"Special Service Point Details","EA","4 to 8","Develop a special detail showing the load center, pull boxes, conduit, circuits, notes, and connection to the power service if the standard plans are not applicable (Based on number of load center details within project limits)."]
[22.11,"Mast Arm/Monotube Tabulation Sheet","PI","2 to 4","Includes incorporating the schedule detail chart for steel mast arms and mono tubes in the plan set."]
[22.12,"Strain Pole Schedule","PI","1 to 2","Includes incorporating the schedule detail chart for concrete poles in the plan set."]
[22.13,"TTCP Signal (Temporary)","EA","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Hours based on independent negotiations for each project."]
[22.14,"Temporary Detection Sheet","PI",4,"Includes modifying the District standard temporary detection sheet for the plan sheet."]
[22.15,"Utility Conflict Sheet","Sheet","6 to 12","Shows soft-dig utility vertical and horizontal location, Mast arms, poles, etc."]
[22.16,"Interim Standards ","LS",4,"For downloading and inserting appropriate standards in plans set.  "]
["Signalization Plans Technical Subtotal"]
[22.17,"Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes development and implementation of a QA/QC plan including sub-consultant work (Based on 5% to 10% of technical subtotal)."]
[22.18,"Supervision","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes effort to supervise and coordinate all design analysis (Based on 5% to 10% of technical subtotal)."]

{"sheet":"Lighting Guidelines","index":38,"n_rows":21,"n_cols":14,"rows_kept":21,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[]}
["LIGHTING GUIDELINES"]
[null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null," "]
["The staff hour ranges presented in this section represent the work effort that might be expected for individual design tasks on typical traffic projects.  The ranges represent neither the minimum nor maximum hours that might be negotiated on a project for individual design tasks.  Hours below or above the presented ranges may be applicable based upon the constraints or requirements that are specific to the individual project.  Specific aspects of each individual project should be considered in negotiation hours for each individual task.  Whenever possible, examples of individual tasks will be included to provide guidance in determining what types of effort are associated with each individual task.  "]
[]
["A \"Lower Range\" roadway project may fall in the \"Middle Range\" for Lighting projects and vice versa.  See the project ranges below.  The project ranges should be used only for Reference & Master Design Files and Quantities from Analysis.  All other tasks should be defined on task by task basis and should not necessarily use the Project Ranges."]
[]
["Lower Range"]
[]
["1.  Rural Multi-Lane"]
["2.  Limited Access "]
[]
["Middle Range"]
[]
["1.  Urban Multi-Lane "]
["2.  Complex Limited Access"]
["3.  Interchange Projects"]
[]
[" Upper Range"]
[]
["1.  Complex Interchange Projects"]
["2.  Stand-alone Corridor Lighting Projects"]

{"sheet":"23. Lighting Analysis","index":39,"n_rows":21,"n_cols":6,"rows_kept":21,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[13,0,13,2],[19,0,19,2],[0,0,0,4]]}
["23. Lighting Analysis"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[23.1,"Lighting Justification Report","LS","24 to 40","Collect and review crash history, run photo metrics and develop a report per FDOT MUTS, AASHTO & FHWA warrants and FDOT benefit-cost analysis.  Includes report preparation and exhibits. Based on complexity of report."," "]
[23.2,"Lighting Design Analysis Report","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes analysis and point-by-point photo metrics of typical section, poles, luminaire, wind loading, underdeck, pedestrian, rest area, sign, highmast or conventional and hardware criteria.  The lighting design analysis report includes a description of the applicable FDOT Lighting Design Criteria that will be used for the project, including the pole nominal height, luminaire photometric distribution type, arm length, pole arrangement and location. It includes the cost comparison between conventional and high mast (if necessary).  The report shall include the evaluation of lighting design alternatives and a recommendation on the alternative to use. The alternatives shall consider different pole heights, spacing, lamp wattage, Includes the lighting calculations for each lighted sign to comply with AASHTO criteria.  Corridor Lighting: LS - 40 to 80 hours (based on complexity of project).  Add 4 to 12 hours for each signalized intersection lighting design."]
[23.3,"Voltage Drop Calculations","EA","1 to 4","Voltage drop calculation for each circuit (typical service point has four branch circuits) to verify that conductors are sized properly."]
[23.4,"FDEP Coordination and Report","LS","16 to 20","Includes effort to coordinate Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) review and submit report to include provisions for preventing disorientation of sea turtles as required per FDEP. "]
[23.5,"Reference and Master Design Files","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Establishing the lighting master design file to include all applicable  reference files.  This includes all work to create elements showing the alignment in plan view.  Includes design and layout of proposed light poles, conductors and conduit runs, load center locations, pull box, service points, electrical service feed, and efforts required for drafting and clean up of reference files.   Corridor Lighting (LS - Lower Range: 15 hours for set up, and 40 hours per mile including cross roads; Middle Range: 25 hours for set up, and 90 hours per mile including ramps and cross roads, Upper Range:  35 hours for set up and 140 hours per mile including ramps and cross roads (ranges based on project classifications shown in the guidelines for this section).  Per Mile - based on the length of the lighting required to be shown in plan view per the scope of services. Add 8 to 20 hours for each signalized intersection lighting design."]
[23.6,"Temporary Lighting","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Evaluate existing lighting conditions, conduct a field review, review the existing circuitry, pole placement and TTCP phasing, quantities, and lighting calculations, in order to maintain roadway lighting during construction.  Includes time to develop general notes.  (Hours are negotiated on a per project basis)"]
[23.7,"Design Documentation","LS","8 to 24","Includes compiling all design documentation on a CD ROM and providing with all Cad files for final submittal package.  (Based on negotiations)"]
[23.8,"Quantities","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Determine the quantities for each plan sheet included on the various quantity sheets. (Based on 1 to 4 hours per plan sheet)  Range based on project classifications shown in the guidelines for this section."]
[23.9,"Cost Estimate","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Reviewing Departments LRE, preparing an Engineers Estimate, and updating as necessary. (LS - LRE review 1 to 3 hours and Engineers Estimate, if required 2 to 8 hours per submittal)."]
[23.1,"Technical Special Provisions and Modified Special Provisions ","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Based on modifications to each existing Technical Special Provisions (TSP) and Modified Special Provisions (MSP).  Based on 4 to 12 hours per each modified TSP or MSP.  Newly developed TSPs or MSPs are to be negotiated based on individual basis.  "]
[23.11,"Other Lighting Analysis","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all efforts for a lighting task not covered by an existing defined task.  Required work will be defined in the scope and negotiated on a case-by-case basis."]
["Lighting Analysis Technical Subtotal"]
[23.12,"Field Reviews","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes travel time for trips to obtain data necessary for design. (EA based on average number of people per trip x length of trip x number of trips.)"]
[23.13,"Technical Meetings ","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Meetings with Departmental and/or Agency staff such as meetings with traffic operations, traffic design, progress review, phase review, etc. (EA based on average number of people per meetings x length of meetings x number of meetings)."]
[23.14,"Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Produce and implement a QA/QC plan.  Includes review of sub-consultant work, response to comments and any resolution meetings if required, assembly of plans for submittals, etc. Perform three way check list (quantity sheets, designer interface, and plans comparison). (Based on 5% to 10% of technical subtotal)."]
[23.15,"Independent Peer Review","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Included where independent peer review and/or constructability / bidability reviews are utilized in addition to QC review. (Based on 3% to 5% of technical subtotal).  (As directed by FDOT)"]
[23.16,"Supervision","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Supervise and coordinate all technical design analysis. (Based on 5% to 10% of technical subtotal)."]
["Lighting Analysis Nontechnical Subtotal"]
[23.17,"Coordination","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes internal coordination with survey, geotechnical, drainage, structures, lighting, roadway, signing and marking, utilities, rail road, permits, schedules, specifications, bicycle/ pedestrian/ transit, landscape architecture, municipalities, maintaining agency, traffic operations, and other DEPARTMENT offices for incorporating sheets and/or preferences. (Based on 2% to 5% of all the above tasks) Does not include formal meetings."]

{"sheet":"24. Lighting Plans","index":40,"n_rows":17,"n_cols":6,"rows_kept":17,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[14,0,14,2],[0,0,0,4]]}
["24. Lighting Plans"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[24.1,"Key Sheet","Sheet","4 to 8","Develop key sheet. (Hours dependent on if a key map is needed or not.)"," "]
[24.2,"Summary of Pay Items Including Designer Interface Quantity Input","Sheet","6 to 12","Input quantities into designer interface and create the CADD generated Summary of Pay Items sheet for stand-alone projects."]
[24.3,"Tabulation of Quantities","Sheet","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Place pay item numbers, descriptions, quantities and totals on tabulation sheet(s).  Includes 12 hours based on the 1st tabulation sheet and 6 hours for each additional tabulation sheet. "]
[24.4,"General Notes/Pay Item Notes","Sheet","2 to 4","Includes developing general and pay item note sheet(s), using and modifying specific notes and developing specific notes for special design considerations."]
[24.5,"Pole Data, Legend and Criteria","Sheet","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Modify general legend description, wind speed, uniformity ratios, develop pole data, pull station and offset of each pole and update pole descriptions. 10 to 20 hours for the first sheet, and 10 hours for each additional 50 pole schedule."]
[24.6,"Service Point Details","Sheet","4 to 16","Provide notes directing the type of service point feed, (underground /overhead) length of conductor and disconnect location for load center, and pay item numbers. Special details if required. Provide description and notes."]
[24.7,"Project Layout","Sheet","4 to 8","Develop Plan Sheet(s) with overview of the entire project may include stations, intersection locations, project limits and plan sheet coverage."]
[24.8,"Plan Sheet","Sheet","2 to 4","Establish lighting design files including border, scale, proposed call outs, and required text and information per the FDOT Design Manual. If double panel plan sheets are utilized, each panel is considered a plan sheet."]
[24.9,"Special Details","Sheet","12 to 24","Includes decorative lighting, under deck, bridge cross section, plan view, tags, labels, call out identifications, special notes and reference to bridge plans.  (Based on complexity of project.)"]
[24.1,"Temporary Lighting Data and Details","Sheet","16 to 20","Develop pole & quantity tabulations, sheets, notes, pay item descriptions, details"]
[24.11,"Temporary Traffic Control Plan Sheets","Sheet","8 to 20","Develop details and notes to add or modify the standard plans and provide additional notes.  (Stand Alone Project Only) "]
[24.12,"Interim Standards ","LS",4,"For downloading and inserting appropriate standards in plans set.  "]
["Lighting Plans Technical Subtotal"]
[24.13,"Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Perform QC review, respond to comments, resolution meetings and documentation, assembly of plans for phase submittals, etc. (Based on 5% to 10% of technical subtotal)."]
[24.14,"Supervision","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Supervise and coordinate plans production and Sub-Consultant coordination, (Based on 5% to 10% of technical subtotal)"]

{"sheet":"Landscape Guidelines","index":41,"n_rows":60,"n_cols":7,"rows_kept":60,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[40,2,40,3],[41,2,41,3],[0,0,0,6],[30,0,30,6],[2,0,2,6],[4,0,4,6],[12,0,12,6],[28,0,28,6],[8,0,8,1],[8,4,8,6],[16,0,16,1],[16,4,16,6],[24,0,24,1],[24,4,24,6],[51,2,51,3],[48,2,48,3],[32,2,32,3],[20,0,20,6],[41,0,42,0],[33,0,34,0],[35,0,36,0],[37,0,38,0],[39,0,40,0],[33,2,33,3],[34,2,34,3],[35,2,35,3],[36,2,36,3],[37,2,37,3],[38,2,38,3],[39,2,39,3],[53,5,54,5],[47,0,48,0],[49,0,50,0],[53,0,54,4],[42,2,42,3],[43,2,43,3],[44,2,44,3],[45,2,45,3],[46,2,46,3],[43,0,44,0],[47,2,47,3],[45,0,46,0],[51,0,52,0],[50,2,50,3],[52,2,52,3],[49,2,49,3]]}
["LANDSCAPE GUIDELINES"]
[]
["The staff hour ranges presented in this section represent the work effort that might be expected for individual design tasks on landscaping projects.  The ranges represent neither the minimum nor maximum hours that might be negotiated on a project for individual design tasks.  Hours below or above the presented ranges may be applicable based upon the constraints or requirements that are specific to the individual project.  Specific aspects of each individual project should be considered in negotiation hours for each individual task.  Whenever possible, examples of individual tasks will be included to provide guidance in determining what types of effort are associated with each individual task.  "]
[]
["Lower Range"]
[]
["1.  Complexity of Landscape Design: Minimum Quantities",null,null,null,"6.  Outdoor Advertising:  1 to 3 Sign Faces"]
["2.  Roadway Type:  Existing roadway.",null,null,null,"7.  Stakeholder Participation:  1 to 3 stakeholder meetings"]
["3.  Roadway Elements:  Minor intersections.",null,null,null,"8.  Irrigation System: Simple System, potable supply. Existing water/power source"]
["4.  Roadway Location:  Rural.",null,null,null,"9.  Hardscape Development:  Simple surfaces, catalog items."]
["5.  Utility Coordination:  Minimum.",null,null,null,"10. Base Files: Complete and current CADD files available"]
[]
["Middle Range"]
[]
["1.  Complexity of Landscape Design: Moderate Quantities",null,null,null,"6.  Outdoor Advertising:  4 to 6 Sign Faces"]
["2.  Roadway Type:  Roadway widening.",null,null,null,"7.  Stakeholder Participation:  4 to 6 stakeholder meetings"]
["3.  Roadway Elements:  Standard interchanges.",null,null,null,"8.  Irrigation System:  Moderate complexity, wells, multiple mainlines. Proposed water/power source"]
["4.  Roadway Location:  Suburban.",null,null,null,"9.  Hardscape Development:  Moderate patterns, special elements."]
["5.  Utility Coordination:  Moderate (Suburban).",null,null,null,"10. Base Files: Partial CADD files available"]
[]
[" Upper Range"]
[]
["1.  Complexity of Landscape Design:  Large Quantities",null,null,null,"6.  Outdoor Advertising:  7+ Sign Faces"]
["2.  Roadway Type:  New roadway alignment.",null,null,null,"7.  Stakeholder Participation:  Public workshops"]
["3.  Roadway Elements:  Multiple-level interchanges.",null,null,null,"8.  Irrigation System: Complex system. multiple water/power sources, system types"]
["4.  Roadway Location:  Urban.",null,null,null,"9.  Hardscape Development:  Custom vertical elements, walls, structures."]
["5.  Utility Coordination:  Extensive (urban).",null,null,null,"10. Base Files: No useable CADD files"]
[]
["The following matrix for the Task 25, Landscape Architecture Analysis, work activities was developed as part of the Staff Hour Basis to help Consultant and FDOT landscape architects determine the overall level of complexity of a project with respect to the landscape component.  The Consultants and the Department will use the matrix (see below) to determine the appropriate level of complexity, based on the project scope, for each Task element.  The Consulants and the Department will then use the negotiated level of complexity (Lower, Middle, or Upper) results to determine where, in each defined staff hour range, the level of design effort should fall."]
[]
["STAFF-HOUR RANGE FOR LANDSCAPE  ANALYSIS"]
[]
["PROJECT SCOPE","LOWER","MIDDLE",null,"UPPER","RATING","COMMENTS"]
["Complexity of Landscape Design"," Minimum Qtys"," Moderate Qtys",null," Large Qtys"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Roadway Type","Existing Roadway","Roadway Widening",null,"New Roadway Alignment"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Roadway Elements","Minor Intersections","Standard Interchanges",null,"Multiple-Level Interchanges"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Roadway Location","Rural","Suburban",null,"Urban"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Utility Coordination","Minimum (Rural)","Moderate (Suburban)",null,"Extensive (Urban)"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Outdoor Advertising","1-3 Sign Faces","4-6  Sign Faces",null,"7+ Sign Faces"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Stakeholder Participation","1-3 Stakeholder Meetings","4-6 Stakeholder Meetings",null,"Public Workshops"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Irrigation System","Simple System, potable supply Existing water/power source","Moderate complexity, wells,  multiple mainlines, proposed water/power source",null,"Complex System, Multiple water/power source and system types"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Hardscape Development","Simple surfaces, catalog items","Moderate patterns, special elements",null,"Custom vertical elements, walls, structures"]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Base Files","Complete and current CADD files available","Partial CADD files available",null,"No Usable CADD Files "]
[null,"j   k   l","m   n   o",null,"p   q   r"]
["Total Points",null,null,null,null,{"$f":"SUM(F34:F53)","v":0}]
[]
[]
[null,null,null,null,null,"STAFF-HOUR RANGES"]
[null,null,null,null,null,"Lower Range - Total Points <30"]
[null,null,null,null,null,"Middle Range - Total Points 30-50"]
[null,null,null,null,null,"Upper Range - Total Points >50"]

{"sheet":"25. Landscape Analysis ","index":42,"n_rows":48,"n_cols":5,"rows_kept":48,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[26,1,26,4],[30,1,30,4],[45,0,45,2],[39,0,39,2],[0,0,0,4],[3,1,3,4],[6,1,6,4],[9,1,9,4],[10,1,10,4],[15,1,15,4],[20,1,20,4],[21,1,21,4]]}
["25. Landscape Analysis"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[25.1,"Data Collection","LS","8 to 40","All research required to collect data necessary to complete initial design analysis for standalone landscape projects.  Includes identifying local ordinances and collection of data which may include, but not be limited to acquiring additional information (lighting, utilities, ITS, signage/pavement markings, drainage maintenance, etc.).  LS. 8 to 40 hours."]
[25.2,"Site Inventory and Analysis for Proposed Landscape"]
["25.2a","Selective Clearing and Grubbing Site Inventory \n","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Conduct site inventory and analysis of existing vegetation to be removed, protected or relocated. \nRefer to the Selective Clearing and Grubbing Guidelines to determine range.  12-40 hours per project. Do not use if Activities 4 and 5 are used. "]
["25.2b","Inventory and Analysis","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes identification of opportunities and constraints for the proposed project based on existing site conditions.  Summary of analysis, if required, is included in conceptual design. This task does not include field reviews. Field reviews should be identified in task 25.12. LS. 8-56 hours per mile."]
["25.2c","Vegetation Disposition Plan"]
["25.2c1","Mainline Vegetation Disposition","Per mainline mile","8-12 hours ","Includes preparation of the design plan outlining the requirements for the removal, relocation, and protection of remaining trees located within the project boundaries.  Will utilize the information collected under task 4.12 Selective Clearing and Grubbing and 4.13 Tree Disposition. If standalone project, utilize Activity 27 Survey. \nRefer to the Selective Clearing and Grubbing Guidelines to determine range.  "]
["25.2c2","Interchange Vegetation Disposition","Per interchange","2-24 hours ","Includes preparation of the design plan outlining the requirements for the removal, relocation, and protection of remaining trees located within the project boundaries.  Will utilize the information collected under task 4.12 Selective Clearing and Grubbing and 4.13 Tree Disposition. If standalone project, utilize Activity 27 Survey. \nRefer to the Selective Clearing and Grubbing Guidelines to determine range.  "]
[25.3,"Planting Design "]
["25.3a","Conceptual Planting Design"]
["25.3a1","Report Preparation","LS","12-48 hrs","Conceptual design - May include a Landscape Opportunity Plan,  an Illustrative/Conceptual Master Plan & preliminary costs.  Typically not done in master design file.  Includes delineation of all proposed planting types and areas and reports.  Phase 1 design level. "]
["25.3a2","Mainline ","Per mainline mile","16-64 hrs","Conceptual design -Typically not done in master design file.  Includes delineation of all proposed planting types and areas and reports.  Phase 1 design level. 16-64 hours per mainline mile.  "]
["25.3a3","Interchanges, Intersections, and Rest Areas","EA","8-40 hrs","Conceptual design - Typically not done in master design file.  Includes delineation of all proposed planting types and areas and reports.  Phase 1 design level.Interchanges/Intersections/Rest Areas (includes ramps, gore to gore, and cross streets to limits of L/A fencing) add 8-40 hours per each.  Includes ramps, gore to gore, and cross street to limits of L/A fencing."]
["25.3a4","Toll Plazas","EA","8-40 hrs","Conceptual design - Typically not done in master design file.  Includes delineation of all proposed planting types and areas and reports.  Phase 1 design level.  Toll plazas add 8-40 hours per each. "]
["25.3b","Final Planting Design"]
["25.3b1","Master Design File Creation","LS","16-64 hrs","This task is only for Stand Alone Landscape Design Projects.  Create master design file which may include but not be limited to the following: acquiring CADD files from outside sources if no survey is performed as part of the stand alone proejct; may include converting drawing files from Microstation to AutoCAD or vice versa; and creating base CADD files from a variety of sources; and acquiring additional information (lighting, utilities, ITS, signage/pavement markings, drainage, maintenance, etc.)"]
["25.3b2","Mainline","Per mainline mile","24-144 hrs","Includes all work in master design files.  Planting design includes the species/type, size, location, spacing, and quality of all plants.  Assume master design file is provided by another discipline."]
["25.3b3","Interchanges, Intersections, and Rest Areas","EA","24-140 hrs","Includes all work in master design files.  Planting design includes the species/type, size, location, spacing, and quality of all plants.  Assume master design file is provided by another discipline.  Includes ramps, gore to gore, and cross street to limits of L/A fencing.  "]
["25.3b4","Toll Plazas","EA","16-120 hrs","Includes all work in master design files.  Planting design includes the species/type, size, location, spacing, and quality of all plants.  Assume master design file is provided by another discipline. "]
["25.4","Irrigation Design"]
["25.4a","Conceptual Irrigation Design"]
["25.4a1","Feasibility Report","LS","16-40 hrs","Conceptual design - scheme development & preliminary costs.  Typically not done in master design file.  Includes determination of water & power sources.  Phase 1 design level. Includes analysis of methods, materials and operation costs associated with irrigation system design. "]
["25.4a2","Mainline","Per mainline mile","24-56 hrs","Conceptual design - scheme development & preliminary costs.  Typically not done in master design file.  Includes determination of water & power sources.  Phase 1 design level."]
["25.4a3","Interchanges, Intersections, and Rest Areas","EA","4-12 hrs","Conceptual design - scheme development & preliminary costs.  Typically not done in master design file.  Includes determination of water & power sources.  Phase 1 design level.  Includes ramps, gore to gore, and cross street to limits of L/A fencing. "]
["25.4a4","Toll Plazas","EA","4-12 hrs","Conceptual design - scheme development & preliminary costs.  Typically not done in master design file.  Includes determination of water & power sources.  Phase 1 design level."]
["25.4b","Final Irrigation Design"]
["25.4b1","Mainline","Per mainline mile","24-56 hrs","includes all work in master design files.  Irrigation design includes, but is not limited to, meter installation, tapping of main,  locating and and sizing pumps, pump stations, mainlines, lateral lines, irrigation heads, valves, backflow and control devices.  "]
["25.4b2","Interchanges, Intersections, and Rest Areas","EA","4-12 hrs","includes all work in master design files.  Irrigation design includes, but is not limited to, meter installation, tapping of main,  locating and and sizing pumps, pump stations, mainlines, lateral lines, irrigation heads, valves, backflow and control devices.  "]
["25.4b3","Toll Plazas","EA","4 to 12 ","includes all work in master design files.  Irrigation design includes, but is not limited to, meter installation, tapping of main,  locating and and sizing pumps, pump stations, mainlines, lateral lines, irrigation heads, valves, backflow and control devices.  "]
["25.5","Hardscape Design"]
["25.5a","Conceptual Hardscape Design ","Per mainline mile","12 to 60","Conceptual design - scheme development & preliminary costs.  Typically not done in master design file.  Delineation of areas and elements to be included in design.  Select cut sheets, prepare image boards.  Includes report, if required.  "]
["25.5b","Final Hardscape Design ","Per mainline mile","80 to 200 ","Final design: includes all work in master design files.  Hardscape Design includes, but is not limited to landscape accent lighting, sidewalks, plazas, steps, fountains, walls, pedestrian bridges, non-regulatory signs or project graphics, site furnishings, and specialty surfacing; concrete pavers, stamped concrete and stamped asphalt. Create master design file, if for stand alone design, add 16-40 hours."]
["25.6","Roll Plots","EA","8-40 hrs","Roll plots required prior to final plans production. Includes landscape opportunity, disposition, site inventory and analysis, etc.. Roll plots will be utilized in the preparation of the final plan sheets. "]
[25.7,"Cost Estimates","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Reviewing Department's LRE, prepare an initial cost estimate and updating as necessary.  LS based on LRE develop/review range of 2-6 hours per update, Engineers Estimate range of 2-8 hours per update."]
[25.8,"Technical Special Provisions and Modified Special Provisions ","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","4-10 hours for each minor modification to existing Technical Special Provisions (TSP) and Modified Special Provisions (MSP).  Newly developed TSPs or MSPs are to be negotiated based on an individual basis."]
["25.9","Inspection Services ","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","4-80 hours per project. Services may include: on-site inspection, construction observation, monitoring, supervision, establishment inspection, and any reporting requirements to be negotiated on an individual basis. "]
["25.10","Other Landscape Services","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all efforts for a landscape task not covered by an existing defined task.  This may include preparation of agreements with local agencies.  Required work will be defined in the scope and negotiated on a case-by-case basis."]
["25.11","Outdoor Advertising","EA","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all work required to determine locations of all outdoor advertising (ODA) permitted within the roadway project limits. Includes all work required to determine the proposed view zones and the supporting documentation including ODA Summary Box. Coordination/Meetings/Negotiations with ODA permittees. ( 2-16 hours per sign face)"]
["Landscape Analysis Technical Subtotal"]
["25.12","Field Reviews","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes travel time for trips to field to obtain data necessary for design.  Included for planting, irrigation, and hardscape design.  LS based on average number of people per field review X length of field review X number of field reviews."]
["25.13","Technical Meetings / Public Meetings","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Meetings with departmental and/or governmental agency or private party regarding design objectives, utilities (electrical, ITS, Gas, sewer, etc.) and other coordination issues.  Also includes coordination meetings with other disciplines (Permit preparation and application; Utilities; Traffic Control; Architecture; Roadway; Structures; Drainage; Lighting; ITS) Includes travel time.  LS based on average number of people per meeting X Length of Meeting X number of meetings per month X Contract Duration."]
["25.14","Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes producing and implementation of QA/QC plan.  Includes response to comments and resolution meetings if required, assembly of plans for submittals for reviews, etc.  LS based on 5-10% of technical tasks."]
["25.15","Independent Peer Review","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Included where independent peer review and/or constructability/ bidability reviews are utilized in addition to QC review.  LS based on 3-5% of technical tasks."]
["25.16","Supervision","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all effort required to supervise all technical design analysis.  LS based on 5-10% of technical tasks."]
["  Landscape Analysis Nontechnical Subtotal"]
["25.17","Project Coordination","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all efforts to coordinate internally with survey, geotechnical, drainage, structures, lighting, roadway, signals, utilities, rail road, permits, schedules, specifications, bicycle/ pedestrian/ transit, landscape architecture, traffic operations, and other Department offices to produce a final set of construction documents.  LS based on 2-3% of required tasks."]
["25.18","Interdisciplinary Coordination","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes time necessary to coordinate Landscape Opportunities and Issues during PD&E Studies, Roadway RFP Criteria Packages, and Early Planning/Design Coordination with other disciplines such as (Roadway, Lighting, Utilities, ITS, Signage/Pavement Markings, Drainage, Maintenance etc.) LS based on 2-3% of required tasks."]

{"sheet":"26. Landscape Plans","index":43,"n_rows":18,"n_cols":5,"rows_kept":18,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[15,0,15,2],[0,0,0,4]]}
["26. Landscape Plans"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[26.1,"Key Sheet","Sheet","4 to 8"]
[26.2,"Tabulation of Quantities and Plant Schedule","Sheet","8 to 24"]
[26.3,"General Notes","Sheet","8 to 16"]
[26.4,"Tree and Vegetation Protection and Relocation Plans and Tree Disposition Plans","Sheet","8 to 32","Provide Plans, Details, and Notes with information necessary to remove, protect and/or relocate existing vegetation from damage during project construction.  Range based on number of sheets based on CADD standards. Do not use if Activities 4 and 5 are used."]
[26.5,"Planting Plans for Linear Roadway Projects","Sheet","8 to 20","Planting Plans refers to the production of planting plan sheets as part of a landscape architecture component plans set.  Scale 1\" = 40' or 50'.  This task transfers the planting design to construction drawing format.  This task includes all work necessary to prepare planting plan sheets in accordance with the FDOT Design Manual and FDOT Standard Plans.  "]
[26.6,"Planting Plans for Interchanges and Toll Plazas","Sheet","8 to 40","Range based on number of sheets based on CADD standards.  Scale 1\" = 40' or 50' for interchanges, and 1\" = 20' or 40' for toll plazas."]
[26.7,"Planting Details and Notes","Sheet","4 to 16","This task includes production of planting details and note sheets as part of a landscape architectural component plans set.  The planting details and notes shall be relevant to the specific project, and shall be coordinated with any technical special provisions.  Sheets for planting details and notes shall be prepared in accordance with the FDOT Design Manual. "]
[26.8,"Irrigation Plans for Linear Roadway Project","Sheet","8 to 20","Irrigation Plans refers to the production of irrigation plan sheets as part of a landscape architecture component plans set.  This task transfers the irrigation design to construction drawing format.  This task includes all work necessary to prepare irrigation plan sheets in accordance with the FDOT Design Manual.  Scale 1\" = 40' or 50'."]
[26.9,"Irrigation Plans for Interchange and Toll Plazas","Sheet","8 to 40","Scale 1\" = 40' or 50' for interchanges, and 1\" = 20' or 40' for toll plazas."]
[26.1,"Irrigation Details and Notes","Sheet","4 to 16","This task includes production of irrigation detail and note sheets as part of a landscape architectural component plans set.  The irrigation details and notes shall be relevant to the specific project, and shall be coordinated with applicable technical special provisions.  Sheets for irrigation details and notes shall be prepared in accordance with the FDOT Design Manual.  Included Elements:  Equipment installation details; Nozzle designations; Warranty Requirements; System requirements; Limits of irrigation; Power supply details; Water source details; References to other disciplines (to avoid potential conflicts)."]
[26.11,"Hardscape Plans","Sheet","8 to 16","Hardscape Plans refers to the production of construction plan sheets as part of a landscape architecture component plans set.  Through this task, the hardscape design is transferred to construction drawing format.  It includes all work necessary to prepare hardscape plan sheets in accordance with the FDOT Design Manual.  Show in Landscape Plans when simple."]
[26.12,"Hardscape Details and Notes","Sheet","12 to 48","This task includes production of hardscape detail and note sheets as part of a landscape architectural component plans set.  The hardscape details and notes shall be relevant to the specific project, and shall be coordinated with applicable technical special provisions.  Sheets for hardscape details and notes shall be prepared in accordance with the FDOT Design Manual.  Included Elements:  Hardscape schedules; Installation details; Warranty Requirements; References to other disciplines (to avoid potential conflicts)."]
[26.13,"Landscape Maintenance Plan","Sheet","4 to 16","Written or graphic guide for the design intent including mature form and size.  Describe the agency’s responsibilities for the care and maintenance of the landscape improvements following the establishment  period.  May include cost estimate, quantities, and materials. "]
["Landscape Plans Technical Subtotal"]
[26.15,"Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes production and implementation of QA/QC Plan. Also includes subconsultant review, response to ERC Phase Review Comments and other Department comments, any required resolution meetings, assembly of plans for review, etc. (LS based on 5-10% of technical subtotal)."]
[26.16,"Supervision","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all effort required to supervise and coordinate plans production and subconsultants.  (LS based on 5% to 10% of technical subtotal)."]

{"sheet":"Survey Guidelines","index":44,"n_rows":47,"n_cols":14,"rows_kept":47,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[]}
["GUIDELINES FOR SURVEY, PHOTOGRAMMETRY, MAPPING, AND TERESTRIAL MOBIL LIDAR\n(Work Activities 27 – 30)"]
[null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null," "]
["These four work activities are interrelated.  Not all projects will require photogrammetry, mapping or terrestrial mobile LiDAR: the need or extent of any of these will have a direct relationship on the tasks included in the survey work activity."]
[]
["All ranges shown in the conventional Survey tasks (TAB 27) are for 4-person crew days based on an 8 hour day.  The ranges presented in the photogrammetry and terrestrail mobile LiDAR sections represent the work effort that might be expected for individual tasks on typical mapping projects, including topographics, planimetrics, image processing, and fixed and rotary wing flight operations."]
[]
["The staff hour ranges presented in this section represent the work effort that might be expected for individual tasks on typical roadway projects, ranging from a standard 2-lane resurfacing project (lower end of range) to a complicated reconstruction project  (upper end of range). The ranges represent neither the minimum nor maximum hours that might be negotiated on a project for individual survey tasks. Hours below or above the presented ranges may be applicable based on the constraints or requirements that are specific to the individual project. Whenever possible, examples of individual tasks will be included to provide guidance in determining what types of effort are associated with each individual task."]
[]
["The following are general examples of the types of projects which would contain work effort from below the staff hour ranges contained in this handbook to above the ranges. This list is not inclusive, or always exact, but will provide the basis for beginning estimation and negotiation of staff hours for a project."]
[]
["Survey Levels 1 through 4 are defined in FDOT Design Manual (FDM), Chapters 114, 210, 211, and 260."]
[]
["Below to Lower End of Range Projects"]
[]
["·  Urban and rural 2-lane resurfacing Level 1 survey."]
["·  Rural 2-lane 3R (minor safety, earthwork, and utility involvement) Level 1 or 2."]
["·  Rural 4-lane 3R (minor safety, earthwork, and utility involvement) Level 1 or 2"]
["·  Urban 3R (minor safety, earthwork, and utility involvement, primarily only milling and resurfacing) Level 1 or 2"]
["·  Multi-lane limited access resurfacing (minimal interchange involvement) Level 1 or 2"]
[]
[" Lower End of Range Projects"]
[]
["·  Rural 2-lane 3R (major safety, earthwork, and utility involvement) Level 2 or 3"]
["·  Rural 4-lane 3R (major safety, earthwork, and utility involvement) Level 2 or 3"]
["·  Urban 3R (major safety, earthwork, and utility involvement) Level 2 or 3"]
["·  Rural 2-lane to multi-lane widening/resurfacing (minor ROW, earthwork and utility impacts) Level 2 or 3"]
["·  Rural 2-lane new construction (new alignment, ROW, earthwork and utility impacts) (This is for full design survey and ROW) Level 4"]
["·  Rural 2-lane to urban multi-lane reconstruction (minor ROW and utility impacts, minimal intersection involvement) (This is for full design survey and ROW)  Level 4"]
["·  Rural or urban 4-lane to 6-lane widening/resurfacing (widening in median, minor ROW, earthwork, and utility impacts, minimal intersection improvement)  Level 3 or 4"]
["·  Rural 2-lane to 4-lane widening/resurfacing (major ROW, earthwork and utility impacts) Level 3 or 4 for full design model"]
["·  Multi-lane limited access resurfacing (minor safety, earthwork, and utility involvement, minimal intersection involvement)  Level 2 or 3"]
["·  Rural 2-lane to urban multi-lane widening/resurfacing (utilizing existing pavement, minor cross slope correction, major ROW and utility impacts, intersection involvement)  Level 3 or 4 for full design model"]
[]
["Middle of Range Projects"]
[]
["·  Rural 2-lane to urban multi-lane reconstruction (major ROW and utility impacts, intersection involvement) (This is for full design survey and ROW)  Level 4"]
["·  Rural multi-lane new construction (new alignment, ROW, earthwork and utility impacts, minimal intersection involvement) (This is for full design survey and ROW)  Level 4"]
["·  Urban multi-lane new construction (new alignment, major ROW and utility impacts, intersection involvement) (This is for full design survey and ROW)  Level 4"]
["·  Multi-lane limited access widening/resurfacing (minor ROW and utility impacts, interchange involvement) Level 3 or 4 for full design model (This is for full design survey and ROW)"]
["·  Multi-lane limited access reconstruction (minor ROW and utility impacts, interchange involvement)  (This is for full design survey and ROW)  Level 4"]
["·  Multi-lane limited access new construction (new alignment, minor ROW and utility impacts, minimal interchange involvement)  (This is for full design survey and ROW)  Level 4"]
[]
["Upper End to Above Range Projects"]
[]
["·  Multi-lane widening, reconstruction or new alignment with major interchange involvement (major ROW and utility impacts,urban interchange involvement, major access management impacts)  (This is for full design survey and ROW)  Level 4"]
["·  Urban limited access (widening or reconstruction with multi-level interchanges)  (This is for full design survey and ROW)  Level 4"]
["·  Multi-lane limited access new construction (new alignment, major ROW and utility impacts, major interchange involvement)  (This is for full design survey and ROW)  Level 4"]

{"sheet":"27. Survey","index":45,"n_rows":106,"n_cols":5,"rows_kept":106,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[0,0,0,4],[13,0,16,0],[6,0,9,0],[2,0,5,0],[17,0,27,0],[2,4,5,4],[6,4,9,4],[10,4,12,4],[13,4,16,4],[17,4,21,4],[38,0,47,0],[98,0,98,2],[43,4,47,4],[31,4,33,4],[81,4,83,4],[69,4,71,4],[72,4,74,4],[75,4,77,4],[78,4,80,4],[84,4,86,4],[87,4,89,4],[90,4,92,4],[63,4,65,4],[66,4,68,4],[72,2,74,2],[60,0,62,0],[28,4,30,4],[38,4,42,4],[10,0,12,0],[10,1,12,1],[10,2,12,2],[28,0,30,0],[28,1,30,1],[28,2,30,2],[34,0,36,0],[34,1,36,1],[31,0,33,0],[31,1,33,1],[31,2,33,2],[23,4,27,4],[34,2,36,2],[34,4,36,4],[60,1,62,1],[60,2,62,2],[63,2,65,2],[63,1,65,1],[63,0,65,0],[54,0,56,0],[54,1,56,1],[54,2,56,2],[57,0,59,0],[57,1,59,1],[57,2,59,2],[48,0,50,0],[48,1,50,1],[48,2,50,2],[51,0,53,0],[51,1,53,1],[51,2,53,2],[78,0,80,0],[66,0,68,0],[66,1,68,1],[66,2,68,2],[69,2,71,2],[69,1,71,1],[69,0,71,0],[72,1,74,1],[72,0,74,0],[75,0,77,0],[75,1,77,1],[78,2,80,2],[78,1,80,1],[75,2,77,2],[48,4,50,4],[51,4,53,4],[54,4,56,4],[57,4,59,4],[60,4,62,4],[87,0,89,0],[87,1,89,1],[87,2,89,2],[90,0,92,0],[90,1,92,1],[90,2,92,2],[81,2,83,2],[81,1,83,1],[81,0,83,0],[84,0,86,0],[84,1,86,1],[84,2,86,2]]}
["27. Survey"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[27.1,"Horizontal Project Control (HPC)","Mile","Crew: See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes establishing or recovering project network control (PC) for the purpose of establishing horizontal control on the Florida state plane coordinate system, or approved datum; may include primary or secondary control points. Includes analysis and processing of all field collected data and preparation of forms. (Primary Points: 3 to 5 points per mile; at a range of 1 to 4 crew days) (Secondary Points: 5 to 30 points per mile; at a range of 1 to 4 crew days) The low end of the range is for rural 2-lane; the high end of the range is for urban multi-lane / interstate. Includes delivery of all appropriate electronic files."]
[null,"2-Lane Roadway",null,"Field: 0.25 to 3"]
[null,"Multi-lane Roadway",null,"Office: 1 to 6"]
[null,"Interstate"]
[27.2,"Vertical Project Control (VPC)/Bench Line ","Mile","Crew: See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes establishing or recovering project control (PC) for the purpose of establishing vertical control on approved datum; may include primary or secondary vertical control points. Includes analysis and processing of all field collected data and preparation of forms. (Primary Points: 5 to 8 points per mile; at a range of 1 to 3 crew days) (Secondary Points: 5 to 8 points per mile; at a range of 1 to 2 crew days) The low end of the range is for rural 2-lane; the high end of the range is for urban multi-lane / interstate. Staff hours are based on actual distance covered, including level run to and from existing control."]
[null,"2-Lane Roadway",null,"Field: 0.25 to 1"]
[null,"Multi-lane Roadway",null,"Office: 0.25 to 5"]
[null,"Interstate"]
[27.3,"Alignment and/or Existing Right of Way (R/W) Lines","Mile","Crew: 1 to 7/mile","Basis for Staff Hour Ranges: Includes establishing, recovering/re-establishing, stationing project alignment. Also includes analysis and processing of all field collected data, existing maps, and/or reports for identifying mainline, ramp, offset, or secondary alignments.  Depict alignment and/or existing R/W lines (in required format) per DEPARTMENT R/W Maps, platted or dedicated rights of way."]
[null,null,null,"Field: 0.5 to 4"]
[null,null,null,"Office: 1 to 6"]
[27.4,"Aerial Targets",null,"Crew: See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes placement and location (XYZ) of targets and photo identifiable points and maintenance of targets. Includes analysis and processing of all field collected data, existing maps, and / or reports. "]
[null,"2-Lane Roadway","EA","8 to 30 targets/day"]
[null,"Multi-lane Roadway","EA","Field Support 0.25 to 2 hours"]
[null,"Interstate","EA","Office 1 to 5"]
[27.5,"Reference Points",null,"4 to 12 points/day","Includes project alignment points."]
[null,"“A”  (Project alignment points)"]
[null,"2-Lane Roadway","EA","Field: 0.25 to 2"]
[null,"Multi-lane Roadway","EA","Office: 2 to 3"]
[null,"Interstate","EA"]
[]
[null,"Reference Points",null,"8 to 24 points/day","Includes PC points and vertical control points."]
[null,"“B”  (HPC & VPC points)"]
[null,"2-Lane Roadway","EA","Field: 0.25 to 2"]
[null,"Multi-lane Roadway","EA","Office: 2 to 3"]
[null,"Interstate","EA"]
[27.6,"Topography/Digital Terrain Model (DTM) (3D)","Mile","Crew: 3 to 20","Locate all above ground features and improvements for the limits of the project by collecting the required data with sufficient density for the purpose of a digital terrain model (DTM) survey.  Collect all break lines, high and low points.  Includes field edits, analysis and processing of all field collected data, existing maps, and/or reports.  Delivery of all appropriate electronic files.  ADD-ONS:  Increase tasks office support range by 0.3 to 1 hour per crew day for preparing required Microstation.dgn CADD and/or Geopak files."]
[null,null,null,"Field: 0.25 to 2"]
[null,null,null,"Office: 1 to 6"]
[27.7,"Planimetric (2D)","Mile","Crew: 1 to 10","Locate all above ground features and improvements.  Includes field edits, analysis and processing of all field collected data, existing maps, and/or reports.  Includes delivery of all appropriate electronics files. "]
[null,null,null,"Field: 0.25 to 2"]
[null,null,null,"Office: 1 to 3"]
[27.8,"Roadway Cross Sections/Profiles","Mile","Crew: 1 to 4","Perform field survey check sections or profiles to verify the required accuracy of the digital terrain model and / or to determine existing cross slope. Includes analysis and processing of all field collected data for comparison with DTM. Includes delivery of all appropriate electronic files.  "]
[null,null,null,"Field: 0.25 to 2"]
[null,null,null,"Office: 1 to 5"]
[27.9,"Side Street Surveys","Mile",null,"Refer to tasks of this document as applicable."]
[27.1,"Underground Utilities",null,null,"Location (Level A as described in FDOT Design Manual and Utility Accommodations Manual) includes non-destructive excavation to determine size, type and location of existing utility, as necessary for final 3-dimensional verification. Designation (Level B as described in FDOT Plans Preparation Manual and Utility Accommodations Manual) includes 2-dimensional collection of existing utilities and selected 3-dimensional verification as needed for designation. "]
[null,"Designates","Mile/Site","Crew: 1 to 2"]
[null,null,null,"Field: 0.25 to 2"]
[null,null,null,"Office: 1 to 3"]
[null,"Locates","Point","Crew: See Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[null,null,null,"Field: 0.25 to 1","(Units are based on per linear mile of utility.) (Range is based on 2 to 15 locates per day.) Survey includes collection of data on points as needed for designates and locates. (LS is based on 10% to 40% of designation and location crew days.) Includes analysis and processing of all field collected data, and delivery of all appropriate electronic files. (Survey activities to support level C as described in FDOT Design Manual and Utility Accommodations Manual are described in Task 6, Topography, and Task 7, DTM.)"]
[null,null,null,"Office: 1 to 2"]
[null,"Survey","LS","Crew: See Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[null,null,null,"Field: 0.25 to 2"]
[null,null,null,"Office: 1 to 4"]
[27.11,"Outfall Survey","Mile","Crew: 1 to 15","Locate all above ground features and improvements for the limits of the project by collecting the required data with sufficient density for the purpose of a DTM survey. Collect all break lines, high and low points. Includes field edits, analysis and processing of all field collected data, existing maps, and / or reports. Delivery of all appropriate electronic files. Includes necessary control (for definitions, see tasks 1 through 5)."]
[null,null,null,"Field: 0.25 to 2"]
[null,null,null,"Office: 1 to 4"]
[27.12,"Drainage Survey","EA","Crew: See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Locate underground improvements (XYZ, pipe size, type and condition) that relates to above ground structures. Includes field edits, analysis and processing of all field collected data, existing maps, and / or reports. Delivery of all appropriate electronic files. Includes necessary control. (Range is based on 4 to 16 drainage structures per crew day, dependent on accessibility.)"]
[null,null,null,"Field: 0.25 to 2"]
[null,null,null,"Office 1 to 4"]
[27.13,"Bridge Survey (Minor/Major)","EA","Crew: 1 to 4","Major - Locate all above ground features and improvements for the limits of the bridge. Includes field edits, analysis and processing of all field collected data, existing maps, and / or reports. Delivery of all appropriate electronic files, and / or field notes.  Minor - Locate selective above ground features and improvements for the limits of the bridge. Includes field edits, analysis and processing of all field collected data, existing maps, and/or reports. Delivery of all appropriate electronic files, and/or field notes."]
[null,null,null,"Field: 0.25 to 2"]
[null,null,null,"Office 1 to 4"]
[27.14,"Channel Survey","EA","Crew: 1 to 12","Locate all topographic features and improvements for the limits of the project by collecting the required data with sufficient density of data for the purpose of a digital elevation model (DEM) survey. Includes field edits, analysis and processing of all field collected data, existing maps, and / or reports. Delivery of all appropriate electronic files. Includes necessary control (for definitions, see tasks 1 through 3)."]
[null,null,null,"Field: 0.25 to 2"]
[null,null,null,"Office: 1 to 4"]
[27.15,"Pond Site Survey","EA","Crew: 1 to 16","Refer to tasks of this document as applicable. Range is based on sites or acres."]
[null,null,null,"Field: 0.25 to 2"]
[null,null,null,"Office 1 to 5"]
[27.16,"Mitigation Survey","Mile","Crew: 1 to 4","Refer to tasks of this document as applicable. Range is based on average of one site per mile."]
[null,null,null,"Field: 0.25 to 2"]
[null,null,null,"Office: 1 to 4"]
[27.17,"Jurisdiction Line Survey","Mile","Crew: 1 to 4","Includes field location (2–dimensional) of jurisdiction limits as defined by respective authorities, also includes field edits, analysis and processing of all field collected data, preparation of reports. Delivery of all appropriate electronic files, and / or field notes."]
[null,null,null,"Field: 1 to 2"]
[null,null,null,"Office: 1 to 6"]
[27.18,"Geotechnical Support","EA","Crew: See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes 3-dimensional (X, Y, Z) field location, or stakeout, of boring locations established by geotechnical engineer.  Includes field edits, analysis and processing of all field collected data and / or reports. Delivery of all appropriate electronic files, and / or field notes. (Range is 8 to 30 borings located per crew day.)"]
[null,null,null,"Field: 0.25 to 1"]
[null,null,null,"Office: 1 to 3"]
[27.19,"Sectional/Grant Survey","Corner/Mile","Crew: 1 to 2","Includes field location / placement and referencing of section corners, ¼ section corners, center of section corners and fractional corners where pertinent.  Includes analysis and processing of all field collected data and/or reports. Delivery of all appropriate electronic files, forms, and/or field notes.  Prepare and submit to appropriate agencies. (Sectional / Grant line mile is defined as one mile of section line or grant line.)"]
[null,null,null,"Field: 0.5 to 4"]
[null,null,null,"Office: 1 to 6"]
[27.2,"Subdivision Location","Block","Crew: 0.125 to 2 per block","Survey all existing recorded subdivision / condominium boundaries, tracts, units, phases, blocks, street R/W lines, and common areas. Includes analysis and processing of all field collected data and / or reports. Delivery of all appropriate electronic files, forms, and / or field notes. ADD-ONS - If unrecorded subdivision is on file in the public records of the subject county, survey the beginning and end of unrecorded subdivision. (For staff hour negotiations, each unrecorded subdivision is equivalent to one block of a recorded subdivision.)"]
[null,null,null,"Field: 0.5 to 4"]
[null,null,null,"Office: 2 to 4"]
[27.21,"Maintained R/W","Mile","Crew: 0.25 to 4","Includes field location (2–dimensional) of maintained right of way limits as defined by respective authorities. Also includes field edits, analysis and processing of all field collected data, preparation of reports. Delivery of all appropriate electronic files, and / or field notes."]
[null,null,null,"Field: 0.5 to 4"]
[null,null,null,"Office: 1 to 4"]
[27.22,"Boundary Survey","EA","Crew: 1 to 15","Perform a boundary survey in accordance with Standards of Practice for Professional Surveyors and Mappers (Rule 5J-17, F.A.C.) and Chapter 472, F.S. Includes analysis and processing of all field collected data, preparation of reports. Delivery of all appropriate electronic files, and / or field notes."]
[null,null,null,"Field: 0.5 to 4"]
[null,null,null,"Office: 2 to 4"]
[27.23,"Water Boundary Survey","EA","Crew: 1 to 15","Includes Mean High Water, Ordinary High Water, and Safe Upland Line surveys performed in accordance with Florida Department of Environmental Protection, Bureau of Surveying and Mapping procedures, Standards of Practice for Professional Surveyors and Mappers (Rule 5J17, F.A.C.) and Chapter 177, Part II, F.S. Includes analysis and processing of all field collected data, preparation of reports.  Delivery of all appropriate electronic files, and/or field notes."]
[null,null,null,"Field: 0.5 to 4"]
[null,null,null,"Office: 2 to 4"]
[27.24,"Right of Way Staking, Parcel/Right of Way Line","EA/Mile","Crew: 1 to 4","Parcel-Range is based on per parcel. R/W Line is based on per mile. (Hours vary with length / complexity of parcel and staking interval.) Staff hours are to be negotiated on a case by case basis. Includes field staking and calculations of existing / proposed R/W lines for on-site review purposes. Delivery of all appropriate / required field notes."]
[null,null,null,"Field: See Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[null,null,null,"Office: See Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[27.25,"Right of Way Monumentation","Point","Crew: See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes setting R/W monumentation as depicted on final R/W maps for corridor and water retention areas. Deliverables will include appropriate electronic files and required field notes. (Range is 8 to 20 points set per crew day.)"]
[null,null,null,"Field: 1 to 3"]
[null,null,null,"Office: 1 to 4"]
[27.26,"Line Cutting","Mile","Crew: 1 to 4/mile","Includes all efforts required to clear underbrush from the line of sight. All efforts shall be in compliance with all applicable Florida statutes, laws and ordinances pertaining to right of entry."]
[27.27,"Work Zone Safety",null,"Crew: See Basis for Staff Hour Range","*Note: refer to Part Six of Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and Index 102-600 of the FDOT Standards Plans for basis of safety requirements. Range is based on 1 hour (0.125 day), 2 hours (0.25 day) or 3 hours (0.375 day) per crew day where applicable."]
[27.28,"Vegetation Survey ","LS","Crew: See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Locate of the horizontal boundary of an area occupied by a species or category of species. 6 to 20 points per hour. "]
[27.29,"Tree Survey","LS","Crew: See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Locate individual trees or palms within the project limits, The CONSULTANT shall coordinate with the surveyor to identify the individual horizontal location of trees within an identified boundary meeting the specified requirements of size and species.  Size may include trunk diameter at the specified height above grade (usually at breast height- DBH) and the perimeter of its drip line or horizontal extent of its branch/limb structure.  Located trees should be labeled by common name and trunk diameter.  4-20 trees per hour.  "]
[27.3,"Miscellaneous Surveys",null,"Crew / Field / Office: See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Limiting Amount.  Unit of measure and ranges: refer to tasks of this document as applicable."]
["Survey Subtotal"]
[27.31,"Supplemental Surveys",null,"Crew / Field / Office: See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Unit of measure is a % of survey crew days to be decided at negotiations', field support and office support hours from tasks 1 through 28, where applicable. Supplemental survey days and hours are to be approved in advance by the District Surveyor or the District Location Surveyor.  Limiting Amount."]
[27.32,"Document Research","Units","Office: See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Normal document research time for field survey is included in office support hours, where applicable, in this document. Situations may necessitate the use of this task which will be in addition to the normal document research. Hours are project specific.  Limiting Amount."]
[27.33,"Field Reviews","Units","Office: See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Verify the field conditions as related to the collected survey data. LS based on average number of people per meeting x length of meeting x number of meetings. This includes field reconnaissance, recovery of existing control points, and other efforts necessary for approval of proposed PNC points and centerline points."]
[27.34,"Technical Meetings","LS","Office: See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Based on average number of people per meeting x length of meeting x number of meetings. "]
[27.35,"Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC)","LS","Office: See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes implementation of QA/QC plan. Also includes subconsultant review, response to comments and any resolution meetings if required, preparation of submittals for review, etc.  (LS based on 5% of office support hours from tasks 1 through 28, where applicable.)"]
[27.36,"Supervision","LS","Office: See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all effort required to supervise all survey activities. (LS based on 5% of field support and office support hours from tasks 1 through 32, where applicable.) These activities must be performed by the project supervisor, a Florida P.S.M. or their delegate as approved by the District Surveying Office."]
[27.37,"Coordination","LS","Office: See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all effort required to coordinate survey activities with other disciplines. (LS based on 3% of office support hours from tasks 1 through 28, where applicable.) These activities must be performed by the project supervisor, a Florida P.S.M. or their delegate as approved by the District Surveying Office."]

{"sheet":"28. Photogrammetry","index":46,"n_rows":38,"n_cols":6,"rows_kept":38,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[36,0,36,2],[31,0,31,2],[15,2,17,2],[18,2,20,2],[0,0,0,4],[3,0,4,0],[5,0,7,0],[18,0,20,0],[15,0,17,0],[8,0,10,0],[3,3,4,3],[3,4,4,4],[15,4,17,4],[5,4,7,4],[8,4,10,4],[19,3,20,3],[18,4,20,4],[3,2,4,2]]}
["28. Photogrammetry"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[28.1,"Flight Preparation","Frame","0.0 to 0.10","Includes research, target diagrams, and mission planning. The low end of the range is for uncontrolled airspace with available planning images. The high end of the range is for controlled airspace with no planning images."," "]
[28.2,"Control Point Coordination","Point","0.0 to 0.083","Includes photo identifiable control point determination and marking prints. The low end of the range is for urban areas. The high end of the range is for rural areas."]
[null,"Post ID"]
[28.3,"Mobilization",null,null,"Includes performing aircraft pre- and post flight inspection, loading and unloading aerial film, installing and removing aerial camera in aircraft."]
[null,"     Fixed Wing","Hour","2 to 2 hours each"]
[null,"     Rotary Wing","Hour","4 to 4 hours each"]
["28.4","Flight Operations",null,null,"Includes the operation of the aircraft, aerial camera, and other instruments for the purpose of obtaining aerial photography or remotely sensed data.  (Fixed wing:  Includes transit flight time based on a range of airspeeds from 110 mph to 200 mph, and onsite flight time based on a range of airspeeds from 80 mph to 200 mph.)  (Rotary wing:  Includes transit flight time based on a range of airspeeds from 70 mph to 100 mph, and onsite flight time based on a range of airspeeds from 30 mph to 60 mph.)"]
[null,"     Fixed Wing","Mile","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges"]
[null,"     Rotary Wing","Mile","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges"]
[28.5,"Film Processing","Frame","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","Includes processing, checking, and annotating aerial film. Staff hours are based on a standard of 20 frames per hour."]
[28.6,"Photo Products","Sheet","0.05 to 1.0","Includes contact prints, diapositives, and photo enlargements. The low end of the range is for black and white contact prints. The high end of the range is for color photo enlargements."]
[28.7,"Scanning","Frame","0.25 to 1.0","The low end of the range is for black and white 28-micron scans. The high end of the range is for color 14-micron scans."]
[28.8,"LiDAR","Mile","0.05 to 4.0","Includes post processing of lidar data to XYZ coordinates. Staff hours are inversely proportional to the length of the project in flight line miles."]
["28.9","Aerial Triangulation","Frame",null,"Includes preparation, pugging, mensuration, and adjustment. May include merging airborne GPS control data with conventional control to derive a solution."]
[null,"Field Control",null,"1 to 1"]
[null,"With Aerial GPS Control",null,"1 to 2"]
[28.1,"Surfaces","Model",null,"Includes collection of spot elevations and break lines. "]
[null,"Digital Elevation Model",null,"1 to 30"]
[null,"Digital Terrain Model"]
[28.11,"Ortho Generation","Image","2 to 4","Includes creation of the final image. (Work that is performed before creation of the final image is covered under other tasks.)"]
["28.12","Rectified Digital Imagery\n(Georeferenced)","Image","1 to 3","Includes creation of the final image. (Work that is performed before creation of the final image is covered under other tasks.)"]
["28.13","Mosaicking","Image","0.5 to 4","Includes the creation of a mosiac from multiple images. Units refer to the number of images that exist before the mosiac is created."]
["28.14","Sheet Clipping","Sheet","1 to 4","Includes clipping sheets from the database into final product."]
[28.15,"Topographics (3D)","Model","3 to 40","Includes preparation of 3D topographic maps and all tasks associated with the creation of surfaces. Photogrammetrist will not propose hours for Task 10 (Surfaces) and Task 15 (Topographics)."]
["28.16","Planimetrics (2D)","Model","3 to 30","Includes preparation of models and compilation of 2D maps from stereo models."]
[28.17,"Drainage Basin","Sheet","1 to 4","Includes preparation of drainage basin maps. Includes final deliverable."]
["28.18","CADD Edit","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","Includes final edit of graphics for delivery of required electronic files. (Microstation .dgn, CADD and Geopak files.) Unit of measure is 25% of selected office hours from tasks 28.1 through 28.12, where CADD system use is applicable.\n"]
["28.19","Data Merging","Model","1 to 40","Includes merging files from photogrammetry, field survey and data from other sources to develop a complete project database. For projects involving photogrammetry and ground survey, the department expects photogrammetrist and ground surveyor to coordinate data exchange to create deliverables."]
[28.2,"Miscellaneous","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","Includes any other task not identified by numbered tasks."]
["Photogrammetry Technical Subtotal"]
["28.21","Field Reviews","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","Includes review of field conditions to verify completeness and accuracy of the compiled data. Identify and measure obscured or omitted features. LS based on average number of people per field review x length of review x number of field reviews. "]
["28.22","Technical Meetings","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","LS based on average number of people per meeting x length of meeting x number of meetings.  Length of meeting includes travel time for scheduled meetings."]
["28.23","Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","Includes implementation of QA / QC plan. Also includes subconsultant review, response to comments and any resolution meetings if required, preparation of submittals for review, etc.  (LS based on 5% of technical tasks.)"]
["28.24","Supervision","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","Includes all effort required to supervise all photogrammetric activities. (LS based on 5% of technical tasks.) These activities must be performed by the project supervisor, a Florida P.S.M. Includes all effort required to supervise all survey activities. (LS based on 5% from tasks 5 through 23, where applicable.) These activities must be performed by the project supervisor, a Florida P.S.M."]
["Photogrammetry Nontechnical Subtotal"]
["28.25","Coordination","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Ranges","For projects involving photogrammetry and ground survey, the department expects photogrammetrist and ground surveyor to review existing photography, inspect the corridor, obtain scope / objective from the project manager, in order to coordinate each party's responsibility and to estimate amount of data merging to be performed. (LS based on 2% to 3% of all the above tasks.)"]

{"sheet":"29. Mapping","index":47,"n_rows":43,"n_cols":5,"rows_kept":43,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[40,0,40,2],[35,0,35,2],[25,1,25,2],[0,0,0,4]]}
["29. Mapping"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[null,"Master CADD File"]
[29.1,"Alignment","Mile","1 to 4","The alignment analysis will be determined in the survey task.  The line work along with all required data will be plotted into the Master CADD file. The range of hours is based on a per mile unit (project length) with the low range applying to simple configurations (i.e. tangents) and the high range applying to complex configurations (i.e. multiple curves). "]
[29.2,"Section and 1/4 Section Lines","Section","1 to 4","The sectional analysis will be determined in the survey task.  The line work along with all required data will be plotted into the Master CADD file. This task includes preparation of closure reports, if required. The range of hours is based on a per Section unit with the low range applying to standard Sections and the high range applying to complex Sections containing government lots, meander lines, grants, etc."]
[29.3,"Subdivision/Property Lines","Block/ EA","1 to 16","Subdivision and/or Property Line analysis will be determined in the survey task.  The line work along with all required data will be plotted into the Master CADD  file. Computations for elements not field tied are included in this task. This task includes preparation of closure reports for each block, if required. The range of hours is based on a per subdivision unit (block) with the low range applying to simple rectangular configurations and the high range applying to complex curvilinear configurations. Property lines may be counted as \"blocks\" for purposes of this task."]
[29.4,"Existing Right of Way","Mile","1 to 32","This task includes the determination and/or verification of deeded, maintained and dedicated rights of way and/or easements previously acquired or used for appurtenant roadway facilities for all projects (with or without a right of way phase) including main line corridor and/or side streets.  The line work along with all required data will be plotted into the Master CADD  file.  Computations for elements not field tied are included in this task. The range of hours is based on a per mile unit (project length including side streets) with the low range applying to simple right of way configurations with minimal research/verification and the high range applying to complex right of way configurations with extensive research/verification. Availability of District and/or local entity right of way information may also be used in the determination of low to high range of hours."]
[29.5,"Topography","Mile","1 to 6","Import graphic elements into the Master CADD  file at the desired scale. Includes adjusting and modifying elements as necessary. The range of hours is based on a per mile unit (project length) with the low range applying to rural (minimal) topographic elements and the high range applying to urban (extensive) topographic elements."]
[29.6,"Parent Tract Properties and Existing Easements","Parcel","1 to 10","This task is used in the preparation of a Right of Way map. This will include the title search analysis and determination of parent tracts and existing easements for properties determined to be impacted by proposed right of way acquisition.  The line work along with all required data will be plotted into the Master CADD  file. The range of hours is based on a per parcel unit with the low range applying to simple boundary configurations with minimal title search analysis and the high range applying to complex boundary configurations with extensive title search analysis. "]
[29.7,"Proposed Right of Way Requirements","Parcel","1 to 6","This task is used in the preparation of a Right of Way map.  This includes coordination with the Roadway Designer, evaluation and calculations of the required right of way and remainder areas with minimal adjustments due to appraisal/design coordination. The line work along with all required data including  takes and remainders will be plotted into the Master CADD  file. This task includes preparation of closure reports for each parcel and/or parent tract, if required. The range of hours is based on a per parcel unit with the low range applying to rural projects and the high range applying to urban projects and/or multiple takes."]
[29.8,"Limits of Construction","Mile","1 to 4","This task is used in the preparation of a Right of Way map. A comparison of the limits of construction with the right of way will be made. Coordination with the Roadway Designer will be required to resolve problem areas, if any. The line work will be provided by the designer and imported into the Master CADD  file (includes minor labeling). The range of hours is based on a per mile unit (project length) with the low range applying to rural projects and the high range applying to urban projects."]
[29.9,"Jurisdictional/Agency Lines","Linear Mile","1 to 6","This task may include but is not limited to the mapping of jurisdictional, wetland, water boundaries, and city/county limit lines. The range of hours is based on a per linear mile unit (linear mile being defined as the actual lines being plotted, not the project length) with the low range applying to minimal requirements for the different lines and the high range applying to extensive requirements for the different lines."]
[null,"Sheet Files"]
[29.1,"Control Survey Cover Sheet","Sheet","1 to 12","The DEPARTMENT’s approved sheet cell will be used in preparation of the cover sheet.  The legend, general notes, location map and certifications will be placed on this sheet. The range of hours is based on a per sheet unit by the complexity of the project and extent of District specific required modifications."]
[29.11,"Control Survey Key Sheet","Sheet","1 to 16","This sheet(s) is derived from the Master CADD  file at an appropriate scale to show alignment(s), section ties, subdivisions, other elements as required and relationship of the detail sheets if necessary. The line work, text, etc. will be added/modified to fit the key sheet scale. The range of hours is based on a per sheet unit with the low range applying to rural projects and the high range applying to urban projects."]
[29.12,"Control Survey Detail Sheet","Sheet","1 to 24","This sheet(s) is derived from the Master CADD  file at an appropriate scale to depict the field right of way survey data.  The line work, text, etc. will be added/modified to fit the detail sheet scale. The range of hours is based on a per sheet unit with the low range applying to rural projects with a minimal number of subdivisions and the high range applying to urban projects with extensive or complex subdivisions. "]
[29.13,"Right of Way Map Cover Sheet","Sheet","1 to 12","The DEPARTMENT’s approved sheet cell will be used in preparation of the cover sheet.  The legend, references, general notes and location map will be placed on this sheet. The range of hours is based on a per sheet unit with the low range applying to copying from an existing cover sheet with minimal adjustment to details and the high range applying to the creation of an original file."]
[29.14,"Right of Way Map Key Sheet","Sheet","1 to 24","This sheet(s) is derived from the Master CADD  file at an appropriate scale to show alignment(s), section ties, subdivisions, large parent tracts, other elements as required and relationship of the detail sheets if necessary.  The line work, text, etc. will be added/modified to fit the key sheet scale. The range of hours is based on a per sheet unit with the low range applying to copying from an existing key sheet with minimal adjustment to details and the high range applying to creation from the Master CADD file with the depiction of large parent tracts."]
[29.15,"Right of Way Map Detail Sheet","Sheet","1 to 32","This sheet(s) is derived from the Master CADD  file at an appropriate scale.  The line work, text, etc. will be added/modified to fit the detail sheet scale. The range of hours is based on a per sheet unit with the low range applying to copying from an existing detail sheet with minimal adjustment to details (i.e. no or minimal parcels) and the high range applying to creation from the Master CADD file with an extensive number of parcels."]
[29.16,"Maintenance Map Cover Sheet","Sheet","1 to 12","The DEPARTMENT’s approved sheet cell will be used in preparation of the cover sheet.  The legend, general notes, location map and certifications will be placed on this sheet. The range of hours is based on a per sheet unit with the low range applying to copying from an existing cover sheet with minimal adjustment to details and the high range applying to the creation of an original file."]
[29.17,"Maintenance Map Key Sheet","Sheet","1 to 16","This sheet(s) is derived from the Master CADD file at an appropriate scale to show alignment(s), section ties, subdivisions, other elements as required and relationship of the detail sheets if necessary. The line work, text, etc. will be added/modified to fit the key sheet scale. The range of hours is based on a per sheet unit with the low range applying to copying from an existing key sheet with minimal adjustment to details and the high range applying to creation from the Master CADD file."]
[29.18,"Maintenance Map Detail Sheet","Sheet","1 to 24","This sheet(s) is derived from the Master CADD file at an appropriate scale.  The line work, text, etc. will be added/modified to fit the detail sheet scale. The range of hours is based on a per sheet unit with the low range applying to copying from an existing detail sheet with minimal adjustments and the high range applying to creation from the Master CADD file and conforming to local governmental agency requirements. "]
[29.19,"Reference Point Sheet","Sheet","1 to 16","The information as derived from field book data or electronic files will be plotted into a CADD file. The line work, text, etc. will be added/modified to fit the sheet scale (if applicable). Number of sheets will be based on 15 reference ties per sheet. The range of hours is based on a per sheet unit and on the number of reference points required."]
[29.2,"Project Control Sheet","Sheet","1 to 32","The information as derived from field book data or electronic files will be plotted into a CADD file. The line work, text, etc. will be added/modified to fit the sheet scale (if applicable). The range of hours is based on a per sheet unit and on the number of control points and data required."]
[29.21,"Table of Ownership Sheet","Sheet","1 to 16","The DEPARTMENT’s approved sheet cell will be used in preparation of the ownership sheet.  Calculations for the area of the takes and remainders are included in task “Plot Proposed R/W Requirements”. The range of hours is based on a per sheet unit and on the number of parcels."]
[null,"Miscellaneous Surveys and Sketches"]
[29.22,"Parcel Sketches","Parcel","1 to 16","Parcel sketches may be prepared for various purposes. This task will be as needed. The range of hours is based on the complexity and/or size of each parcel and number of sheets required for each parcel sketch."]
[29.23,"TIITF Sketches","Parcel","1 to 32","Sketches will be prepared for the Department to obtain rights over sovereign/submerged lands or state owned uplands. This task will be as needed. The range of hours is based on the complexity of each parcel."]
[29.24,"Other Specific Purpose Survey(s)","EA","1 to 80","This task will be as needed. This may include the preparation of maps for mitigation surveys or jurisdiction line surveys. The range of hours is based on the complexity of each drawing."]
[29.25,"Boundary Survey(s) Map","EA","1 to 80","This task will be as needed. The range of hours is based on the complexity of each drawing."]
[29.26,"Right of Way Monumentation Map","Sheet","1 to 32","This task is for the mapping of the field-monumented right of way. The right of way map will be the basis for this map, with minimal effort to revise the cover sheet and add the recording data to the ownership sheet.  This includes verifying that acquisition documents are in agreement with the Right of Way Map prior to monumentation. The range of hours is based on a per sheet unit, the number of individual points and the number of parcels."]
[29.27,"Title Search Map","LS","1 to 5","A title search map (i.e. marked property appraiser map or preliminary right of way map) will be provided for the purpose of depicting the parcels that will be affected by the proposed requirements. The map will be used to obtain Title Search Reports necessary to develop the right of way maps. The range of hours is based on a lump sum per project with the range applying to length and number of parcels on the project. "]
[29.28,"Title Search Report","LS","1 to 2","This task is for the coordination effort to acquire a Title Search Report for each parcel where right of way is required. The range of hours is based on a lump sum per project with the range applying to the complexity of the project."]
[29.29,"Legal Descriptions","Parcel","1 to 4","This task is for the composition of the legal descriptions. The range of hours is based on a per parcel unit with the low range applying to simple take configurations and the high range applying to complex take configurations or multiple takes."]
[29.3,"Final Maps/Plans Comparison","Sheet","1 to 16","This task is a comparison of the final right of way map with the construction plans to include the correctness of the type of parcel to be acquired, stations/offsets to the required right of way and documentation of any conflicts. The range of hours is based on a per sheet unit of the right of way maps and the complexity of the project."]
["Mapping Technical Subtotal"]
[29.31,"Field Reviews","EA","1 to 16","The range of hours is based on the complexity and length of the project, travel time and documentation of the findings for each field review."]
[29.32,"Technical Meetings ","EA","1 to 8","The range of hours is based on the complexity of the project, travel time and documentation for each meeting."]
[29.33,"Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","See Basis for Staff Hours","Includes producing and implementation of QA/QC plan, response to review comments and resolution meetings, if required. Based on 5% to 10% of the technical tasks and the complexity of the project. "]
[29.34,"Supervision","LS","See Basis for Staff Hours","Includes all effort required to supervise technical activities. Based on 5% to 10% of technical tasks and the complexity of the project."]
["Mapping Nontechnical Subtotal"]
[29.35,"Coordination","LS","See Basis for Staff Hours","Includes all effort required to coordinate technical activities, excluding meeting time. Based on 5% to 10% of all the above tasks and the complexity of the project."]
[29.36,"Supplemental Mapping","LA","See Basis for Staff Hours","This activity will only be used upon determination by the District R/W Surveyor that substantial mapping  revisions required after start of the 60% Right of Way Map stage development are a direct result of major design and/or development changes and would be considered above and beyond the initial negotiated scope. All tasks would generally be defined in the previous activities utilizing the Hours Per Unit originally negotiated for said task(s). Required work will be defined in the a supplemental scope and negotiated on a case-by-case basis."]

{"sheet":"30. Terrestrial Mobile LiDAR","index":48,"n_rows":54,"n_cols":14,"rows_kept":54,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[40,0,45,0],[25,0,27,0],[28,1,30,1],[28,0,30,0],[31,1,33,1],[31,0,33,0],[34,1,36,1],[34,0,36,0],[37,0,39,0],[22,1,24,1],[22,0,24,0],[25,1,27,1],[37,13,39,13],[37,2,39,2],[37,1,39,1],[31,13,33,13],[34,13,36,13],[31,2,33,2],[34,2,36,2],[28,13,30,13],[28,2,30,2],[22,13,24,13],[25,13,27,13],[22,2,24,2],[25,2,27,2],[19,13,21,13],[19,2,21,2],[19,1,21,1],[16,0,18,0],[13,13,15,13],[16,13,18,13],[13,2,15,2],[16,2,18,2],[19,0,21,0],[16,1,18,1],[13,1,15,1],[13,0,15,0],[11,0,12,0],[9,13,10,13],[9,2,10,2],[9,1,10,1],[9,0,10,0],[6,2,8,2],[3,2,5,2],[3,1,5,1],[11,13,12,13],[11,2,12,2],[11,1,12,1],[1,13,2,13],[0,0,0,13],[40,13,45,13],[1,3,2,3],[1,2,2,2],[1,4,1,12],[2,4,2,6],[2,7,2,9],[2,10,2,12],[3,0,5,0],[6,1,8,1],[6,0,8,0],[1,0,2,0],[1,1,2,1],[3,13,5,13],[6,13,8,13]]}
["30. Terrestrial Mobile LiDAR"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff","Staff Hour Ranges",null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,"Basis for Staff Hour Range "]
[null,null,null,null,"2-Lane Roadway",null,null,"Multi-Lane /  Interstate",null,null,"Urban"]
[30.1,"Terrestrial Mobile LiDAR Mission Planning","Scan Miles","PSM Only",0,"-",0.1,0,"-",0.15,0,"-",0.4,"All efforts necessary for planning and preparation of materials needed for the successful  execution of the Mobile LiDAR Mission. Includes route and safety planning; GPS /data acquisition scheduling, weather reports, and site terrain research."]
[null,null,null,"Sr. LiDAR Tech Only",0,"-",0.5,0,"-",0.8,0,"-",1]
[null,null,null,"LiDAR Technician Only",0,"-",0.5,0,"-",0.8,0,"-",1]
[30.2,"Project Control Point Coordination","Point","PSM Only",0,"-",0.02,0,"-",0.05,0,"-",0.1,"All efforts necessary to coordinate the proper placement of project ground control (i.e. base stations, transformation control points, and validation points), supporting the Mobile LiDAR survey. Includes communication of appropriate accuracies along with of target specifications and identification with field and office personnel. "]
[null,null,null,"Sr. LiDAR Tech Only",0,"-",0.04,0,"-",0.08,0,"-",0.2]
[null,null,null,"LiDAR Technician Only",0,"-",0.04,0,"-",0.08,0,"-",0.2]
[30.3,"Terrestrial Mobile LiDAR Mobilization","Personnel","LiDAR Operator Only",null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,"Includes cost to get specialized personnel and equipment on site. When additional field personnel are needed for safety etc. during scan, the additional # of staff should be entered into No. of Units column."]
[null,null,null,"Field Technician Only"]
[30.4,"Terrestrial Mobile LiDAR Mission","Scan Miles","LiDAR Sensor Operator",0,"-",0.2,0,"-",0.3,0,"-",0.4,"Includes on site calibration, collection of Mobile LiDAR data, and any simultaneous base station occupations. Personnel should include any safety or supporting personnel if necessary."]
[null,null,null,"1-Technician to drive vehicle,\n1-base station",0,"-",0.2,0,"-",0.3,0,"-",0.4]
[30.5,"Terrestrial Mobile LiDAR Processing","Scan Miles","PSM Only",0,"-",0.1,0,"-",0.1,0,"-",0.2,"Includes downloading and post processing of Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) / Inertial Navigation System (INS) data, creation of scan vehicle best estimate trajectories, analysis of scan route data overlaps. Also includes if necessary, separation of large point cloud data sets into manageable LAS (see ASPRS) files with corresponding graphic \"tile\" index."]
[null,null,null,"Sr. LiDAR Tech Only",0,"-",0.4,0,"-",1,0,"-",0.5]
[null,null,null,"LiDAR Operator",0,"-",0.6,0,"-",0.7,0,"-",0.8]
[30.6,"Terrestrial Mobile Photography Processing","Scan Miles","PSM Only",0,"-",0.03,0,"-",0.04,0,"-",0.06,"Includes the formatting, organizing,  and naming digital photographic imagery (if any) collected during Mobile LiDAR mission. If adjustment or rectification is needed this will result in significantly higher range values, and may even need to be specified elsewhere in tab 28."]
[null,null,null,"Sr. LiDAR Tech Only",0,"-",0.1,0,"-",0.2,0,"-",0.3]
[null,null,null,"LiDAR Technician Only",0,"-",0.5,0,"-",1,0,"-",2]
[30.7,"Transformation/Adjustment","Scan Miles","PSM Only",0,"-",0.4,0,"-",0.6,0,"-",1,"Includes transformation / Adjustment of LiDAR point cloud to Project Control, accuracy analysis, NSSDA reporting of validation points, and includes cross section analysis. If this is performed by separate firm or is the final product delivered, it should be accompanied by a Survey Report certifying accuracy and meeting  MTS. Also includes creation and delivery of adjusted point cloud data in digital LAS (see ASPRS) file(s) format."]
[null,null,null,"Sr. LiDAR Tech Only",0,"-",1,0,"-",1.5,0,"-",2]
[null,null,null,"LiDAR Technician Only",null,"-",null,null,"-",null,null,"-"]
[30.8,"Classification / Editing","Corridor Miles","PSM Only",0,"-",0.4,0,"-",0.6,0,"-",0.8,"Includes any classification of point cloud data, removal or classification of  anomalies from such things as moving object ghosting, erroneous point returns, points outside effective range of sensor, etc. These task ranges will vary significantly depending on number of classification categories required by project scope."]
[null,null,null,"Sr. LiDAR Tech Only",0,"-",2,0,"-",5,0,"-",5]
[null,null,null,"LiDAR Technician Only",0,"-",2,0,"-",5,0,"-",10]
[30.9,"Specific Surface Reporting","Corridor Miles","PSM Only",0,"-",0.2,0,"-",0.4,0,"-",0.5,"Includes modeling and reporting of specific surface details such as pavement rutting, bridge structure clearance to roadway surface. This task is used for efforts NOT covered under other typical topographic mapping tasks."]
[null,null,null,"Sr. LiDAR Tech Only",0,"-",1,0,"-",2,0,"-",5]
[null,null,null,"LiDAR Technician Only",0,"-",2,0,"-",3,0,"-",10]
[30.1,"Topographic (3D) Mapping","Corridor Miles","PSM Only",0,"-",0.3,0,"-",0.5,0,"-",1,"Includes efforts necessary to produce three dimensional (3D) topographic survey map from collected Mobile LiDAR data. Do not duplicate effort for project areas that may be covered under 30.11 Topographic (2D) Planimetric Mapping."]
[null,null,null,"Sr. LiDAR Tech Only",0,"-",15,0,"-",20,0,"-",30]
[null,null,null,"LiDAR Technician Only",0,"-",25,0,"-",30,0,"-",40]
[30.11,"Topographic (2D) Planimetric Mapping","Corridor Miles","PSM Only",0,"-",0.3,0,"-",0.4,0,"-",0.6,"Includes efforts necessary to produce two dimensional (2D) planimetric survey map from collected Mobile LiDAR data. Do not duplicate effort for project areas that may be covered under 30.10 Topographic (3D) Mapping."]
[null,null,null,"Sr. LiDAR Tech Only",0,"-",0.5,0,"-",0.6,0,"-",0.8]
[null,null,null,"LiDAR Technician Only",0,"-",3,0,"-",5,0,"-",6]
[30.12,"CADD Edits","Corridor Miles","PSM Only",0,"-",0.2,0,"-",0.4,0,"-",0.5,"Includes CADD edit of graphics after field review for delivery of required electronic files. (MicroStation .dgn, CADD)"]
[null,null,null,"Sr. LiDAR Tech Only",0,"-",0.5,0,"-",1,0,"-",1]
[null,null,null,"LiDAR Technician Only",0,"-",2,0,"-",4,0,"-",6]
[30.13,"Data Merging","Corridor Miles","PSM Only",0,"-",0.2,0,"-",0.4,0,"-",0.5,"Includes final edit of graphics for delivery after ingesting outlying or obscured areas measured with other technologies. (MicroStation .dgn, CADD and Geopak files.) "]
[null,null,null,"Sr. LiDAR Tech Only",0,"-",0.5,0,"-",1,0,"-",1]
[null,null,null,"LiDAR Technician Only",0,"-",1,0,"-",2,0,"-",7]
[30.14,"Miscellaneous",null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,"For miscellaneous tasks not covered on spreadsheet sepcific tasks.  The # of staff should be entered into No. of Units column."]
[null,"Survey Report","LS","PSM Only"]
[null,null,"LS","Sr. LiDAR Tech Only"]
[null,null,"LS","LiDAR Tech Only"]
[null,null,"LS","LiDAR Operator Only"]
[null,null,"LS","Field Technician Only"]
["Mobile Scan Technical Total"]
[30.15,"Field Reviews","LS",null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,"Includes site visit and \"walk through\" as part of quality assurance by P.S.M.(s) responsible for survey map data and products."]
[30.16,"Technical Meetings","LS",null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,"LS based on average number of people per meeting x length of meeting x number of meetings.  Length of meeting includes travel time for scheduled meetings."]
[30.17,"Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS",null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,"Includes implementation of QA / QC plan. Also includes sub consultant review, response to comments and any resolution meetings if required, preparation of submittals for review, etc.  (LS based on 5% to 7% of technical tasks)"]
[30.18,"Supervision","LS",null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,"Includes effort required to supervise Terrestrial Mobile LiDAR mapping project activities.  These activities must be performed by the project supervisor, a Florida P.S.M. (LS based on  5 - 7%  from tasks 5 through 23, where applicable.) "]
["Mobile Scan Nontechnical Total"]
[30.19,"Coordination","LS",null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,"Includes efforts  of the Terrestrial Mobile LiDAR surveyor responsible for the survey project deliverables to coordinate  with the other surveyors 9if any) on the final presentation of survey map/report  after data merging, communicating each surveyor's responsibility with the DEPARTMENT's Project  Manager with (LS based on 2% to 3% of all the above tasks)."]
[null,"* The low end of the range is for rural 2-lane; medium range is for typical Multi-Lane; the high end of the range is for urban/interstate. "]

{"sheet":"Architecture Guidelines","index":49,"n_rows":56,"n_cols":14,"rows_kept":56,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[]}
["ARCHITECTURE GUIDELINES"]
[null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null," "]
["The range of hours following each element of design is to be used as a guide to calculate the number of total hours required to perform that task, including design and drafting. The negotiator must use professional judgment based on the project scope to determine where each task would fall with in the range of hours. Each task must be judged based on its complexity. Various factors must be evaluated when considering the complexity of a project. Two of the primary considerations used to analyze projects are size and level of design effort.  "]
[]
["Size factors to consider:"]
["·  Amount of information placed on each sheet"]
["·  Number of unique spaces to be designed"]
["·  Shape and massing of the structure"]
["·  Site constraints"]
["·  Number of stories"]
["·  Number of areas which require an enlarged floor plan"]
[]
["Level of design effort factors to consider:"]
["·  Shape and massing of the structure"]
["·  Level of interior and exterior finishes"]
["·  Soil conditions"]
["·  Access to utilities"]
["·  Structural system"]
["·  Communication requirements"]
["·  Number of dissimilar building components"]
["·  Amount of specialty equipment"]
[]
["The range of hours following each element of design is to be used as a guide to calculate the number of total hours required to perform that task, including design and drafting. The negotiator must use professional judgment based on the project scope to determine where each task would fall with in the range of hours. Each task must be judged based on its complexity and work effort."]
[]
["The size of a building is not necessarily related to the complexity/work effort of its design. To determine the design complexity/work effort several factors must be considered."]
["1.      Site Constraints: Limited R/W, topo, utilities placement, roadway geometry, and lane configurations, wind zones, flood zones, etc."]
["2.      Familiarity: Whether or not a design Consultant is familiar with FDOT processes, building types, and use of generic plans."]
["3.      Expandability: A requirement for future expandability may be a consideration in the initial design of the building."]
["4.      Building Type: The function, size, utility requirements, operator space, location, etc. will affect the design."]
["5.      Code requirements, Capacity ands Occupancy These requirements can have a profound effect on materials and systems"]
["used in the design. Life Safety and other code requirements will have a direct influence on layout and size of space."]
["6.      Location: The location of the building project can greatly affect elements such as utilities access and site access."]
["7.      Sheet Production: The number of sheets will be determined by such elements as content of sheet, unique and special"]
["purpose spaces, shape and mass of building(s), spaces requiring enlarged floor plans and details, interior finishes, structural"]
["system, mechanical system, communications and data systems, and special equipment."]
[]
["The following examples are used as a guide only. See the State's DMS Fee Curve Guidelines for a complete guide of complexity."]
[]
["1.      Considerably more than average complexity"]
["Materials testing and research lab, Special purpose, Multiple use buildings."]
[0.05]
["                                                            "]
["2.      More than average complexity"]
["Vehicle Maintenance and Vehicle Maintenance Yard, Renovations, alterations, Large Toll Plaza, Weigh in Motion/Inspection Sta., Rest Area addition/redesign, Medium Toll Plaza, Small Toll Plaza, Rest Area interior modifications/refinish, Rest Area replacement"]
[]
["3.      Average Complexity"]
["Office Space improvements, Medium Toll Plaza, WIM Sta., Rest Area replacement"]
[]
[0.9]
[]
["4.      Less than average complexity"]
["Garage, Service, Repetitive Design, Open space office building"]
[]
[0.05]
["5.     Considerably Less Than Average Complexity"]
["Parking garage, warehouse, storage"]

{"sheet":"31. Architecture Development","index":50,"n_rows":170,"n_cols":5,"rows_kept":170,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[0,0,0,4],[134,0,134,2],[135,0,135,2],[136,1,136,2],[158,0,158,2],[111,0,111,2],[117,0,117,2],[118,0,118,2],[119,1,119,2],[69,0,69,2],[2,1,2,2],[35,0,35,2],[41,0,41,2],[42,0,42,2],[43,1,43,2],[164,0,164,2],[166,0,166,2],[128,0,128,2],[75,0,75,2],[76,0,76,2],[77,1,77,2],[92,1,92,2],[98,0,98,2],[99,0,99,2],[100,1,100,2]]}
["31. Architecture Development"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[null,"Architectural Plans "]
[31.1,"Architectural Program Review/Verification","Text\nPages","16 to 32","The Architectural Program is a written description of the project, defining use, and size of the facility.  It is the basis of this whole Architectural Development.  More than likely it will be or can be from the Facilities Design Manual (FDM), if it is something that FDOT has previously built.  \n\nIt should be written as developed by an Architect.  This comment reflects previous experiences in developing plans for the FDOT “districts”.  They do not normally have an architect or staff although they could use an architectural design consultant.  The previous comment does not necessarily apply to the Turnpike office (TPO).\n\nThe “Review” portion is necessary because the project description included in an RFP often provides the Districts design staff interpretation of the FDM and both the RFP and FDM description include items that are at variance with Chapter 3 General Design Guidelines in the FDM."]
[31.2,"Key Sheet and Index of Sheets","Sheet","6 to 20","Includes all efforts to complete title blocks, index of sheets, project numbers, area map, and other pertinent project information. Includes all efforts to prepare an index of all civil, architectural, structural, mechanical, plumbing, electrical sheets, etc., Florida Building Code and Standards, Location Map"]
[31.3,"General Notes, Abbreviations, Symbols, and Legend","Sheet","10 to 20","Includes all efforts to prepare general notes, material symbols, legends, and special regulatory requirements. Includes all word & term abbreviations and material symbols used in construction documents. Building Code Review Summary and ADA & LEED requirements"]
[31.4,"Life Safety Plan(s)","Sheet","16 to 40","Includes floor plan diagramming primary paths of egress, limits of travel distance, dead-end corridors, common paths of travel, areas of refuge, location of fire alarms, fire fighting devices, marking means of egress and exists, rated walls and doors, and other life safety requirements particular to the project including exit calculation tabulations, Code research."]
[31.5,"Site Plan(s)","Sheet","20 to 40","Includes all efforts to indicate spatial relationships between buildings, roadway(s) & parking lot(s), landscaping, sidewalks, drainage structures, outdoor furniture & equipment, information kiosks, utilities locations, topography, ADA  and LEED requirements and details, ETC"]
[31.6,"Floor Plan(s) (Small Scale)","Sheet","40 to 65","Building layout: identify all spaces, dimensions for all exterior & major interior spaces and walls, special notes; indicate special conditions & construction; flag all section cuts; flag areas to be enlarged and detailed."]
[31.7,"Floor Plan(s) (Large Scale)","Sheet","40 to 70","Partially enlarged floor plan to clearly show critical details, show and locate fixtures, equipment, etc., flag special conditions & construction requiring large-scale details, notes and dimensions."]
[31.8,"Exterior Elevation(s)","Sheet","40 to 65","Indicate all principal exterior elevations of the building. Note all finishes, special conditions & construction. Flag all sections. Flag all vertical elevations including ground elevations. Show all vertical dimensions."]
[31.9,"Roof Plan(s)","Sheet","16 to 40","For pitched roofs, indicate entire roof configuration, shape and slope direction, show all ridges & valleys, eave limits, gutters, downspouts, all penetrations, and special conditions. Flag all details. Include all valley flashing & ridge caps, and all other pertinent roofing details. For flat roofs, show the entire roof, parapet, roof edges, roof drains, roof mounted equipment, pipe penetrations, roof hatch, roof finish elevations, etc.. Flag details being provided for the project. Requirements for Building Code Uplift and roof drainage, down spout and overflow calculations."]
[31.1,"Roof Details","Sheet","20 to 40\n","Indicate all roof conditions using small & large-scale detail drawings roof penetrations, framing & blocking schemes, all flashing and other pertinent details. "]
[31.11,"Interior Elevation(s)","Sheet","24 to 46","Show and/or coordinate with other disciplines. Electrical/mechanical spaces to indicate all horizontal & vertical clearances between equipment. Show all special feature walls & conditions, and all vertical and horizontal dimensions in lobbies and public spaces as needed."]
[31.12,"Rest Room Floor Plan(s) (Enlarged)","Sheet","20 to 46","Provide elevations of all restroom walls to indicate all fixtures, counters, devices, accessories, finish transitions, and other features. Indicate all fixture clearances, partition layout, vanity locations, and other fixture & equipment locations, with dimensions and ADA clearances."]
[31.13,"Rest Room Elevation(s)","Sheet","24 to 70","Provide vertical cuts thru the building or portion thereof indicating the relationships of all building components, systems & equipment, materials, assemblies, clearances, dimensions, special conditions, and other pertinent elements including ADA requirements."]
[31.14,"Building Section(s)","Sheet","29 to 46","Indicate light fixtures, Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning supply & return grilles, sprinkler heads (if any), monitoring devices, smoke detectors, fire detectors, alarms, exit lights with direction of travel, emergency lighting, intercom speakers, walls, columns, tracks for moveable partitions, equipment and suspension grid layout. Minimum 2 building sections."]
[31.15,"Stair Section, Enlarged Stair Plan and Details","Sheet","20 to 60","Stair section, enlarged stair plan and stair details if multiple story structure"]
[31.16,"Reflective Ceiling Plan(s)","Sheet","21 to 31","Ceiling plan should include types of material, heights, soffits and details of same. HVAC returns and diffusers, ceiling mounted lighting fixtures and exit signs."]
[31.17,"Room Finish Schedule or Finish Plan","Sheet","16 to 32","Show door (with view windows and other features) and window type as applicable. Show all dimensions and sizes, frame type and size, materials and finishes.  room finish schedule and legend."]
[31.18,"Door and Window Finish Schedule","Sheet","8 to 16","Include finishes for walls, floor, base, and ceilings."]
[31.19,"Door Jamb Detail(s) and Window Details","Sheet","20 to 40","Show all head, jamb, and threshold conditions of doors and head jamb and sill details of windows."]
[31.2,"Exterior Wall Section(s)","Sheet","38 to 70","Provide full height sections indicating with notes all material, system assemblies, wall openings and their treatment, floor and roof connections, elevations of sills, heads, fascia, soffit, and other major components, and Indicate typical details. Show one section for each type of wall construction or unique feature."]
[31.21,"Interior Wall Section(s)","Sheet","30 to 59","Full height sections representing all types of wall construction as required by design, indicate Underwriters Laboratories (UL) rating or other test # for fire rated wall systems. Indicate smoke and sound seals when applicable. Indicate all materials, fastenings, spacing, bracing, etc. for wall and wall mounted equipment."]
[31.22,"Overhead Door Detail(s)","Sheet","14 to 24","Show all head and jamb conditions as well as mounting details, and any special conditions at floor, walls or head."]
[31.23,"Curtain Wall Detail(s)","Sheet","24 to 42","Provide large scale drawings indicating components, design, composition, flashing, connections, and location of the elements and materials shown."]
[31.24,"Fascia, Soffit and Parapet Details","Sheet","30 to 50","Provide large scale drawing indicating components, design, composition, connections, flashing and location of the elements and materials with notes."]
[31.25,"Signage Detail(s)","Sheet","24 to 42","Provide plan layouts, typical mounting detail(s) and heights above finished floor, composition, material, colors, style, and sizes of all signage to be used on the project. List ADA requirements."]
[31.26,"Miscellaneous Detail(s)","Sheet","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Provide any other details required to  clarify design. Details to include components, design computations and location of the elements and materials shown. (To be negotiated on an as needed basis.)"]
[31.27,"Repetitive Sheets","Sheet","1 to 5","Drawings that are duplication of other drawings such as drawings used on both the northbound and southbound rest areas."]
[31.28,"Design Narrative Reports","LS","60 to 90","Provide as required to describe the important code and planning issues related to the project. These issues may be but not limited to architectural, structural, mechanical (Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning), plumbing and electrical."]
[31.29,"Permitting","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes Permitting for Fire Marshall, Local Building Department, Water management, and others as required by locality, to be negotiated on an as need basis."]
[31.3,"Other Pertinent Project Documentation","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Provide other reports or services required by the Department, to be negotiated on an as need basis, additional services, due diligence, field investigation, as-built documentation, closeout documents."]
[31.31,"Cost Estimate","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Preparation of cost estimate in CSI format. Phase 1, 6 to 12 hours. Phase 2, 20 to 40 hours. Phase 3, 10 to 20 hours"]
[31.32,"Technical Special Provisions and Modified Special Provisions Package","LS","80 to 120","Preparation of Technical Special Provisions (TSP) and Modified Special Provisions (MSP) following Construction Specifications Institutes divisions 1 thru 14 of the 48 division format describing all products materials and intended use in the project that are not listed in the FDOT specifications."]
["Architectural Plans Technical Subtotal"]
[31.33,"Field Reviews","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes site observation, travel time, and written report. Hours and frequency to be negotiated on an as need basis."]
[31.34,"Technical Meetings ","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Negotiate on a per project basis.\nCoordination with Sub-consultants: Hours for each meeting based on one meeting per month, and includes travel time and meeting summary, 4-8 hrs.Agencies (Utilities, Department of Environmental Protection, Water Management District, etc.): Hours for each meeting X negotiated number of meetings, and includes travel time and meeting summary, 8-16 hrs. Low range: architect is not prime consultant; prime consultant is handling meetings with other agencies. High range: architect is the prime consultant and responsible for meeting with agencies and meeting summaries. Kick-Off: Includes travel time, meeting summary, and coordination of meeting with sub-consultants, 8-16 hrs. Phase Review Meetings: Hours include travel meeting, and written responses by architect and the compiling of sub-consultants responses. 8-16 hrs. Progress Meetings: Owner (FDOT, local, users): Hours for each meeting X negotiated number of meetings, and includes travel time and meeting summary, 4-8 hrs."]
[31.35,"Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","5% to 8%","5% to 8% of total architectural plans technical subtotal. Includes interdisciplinary coordination."]
[31.36,"Meeting with Independent Peer Review","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Hours to include meeting with FDOT approved independent design professional in the appropriate field, as required by FDOT to review independent peer review findings."]
[31.37,"Supervision","LS","3% to 5%","3% to 5% of total architectural plans technical subtotal."]
["Architectural Plans Total"]
[]
[null,"Structural Plans "]
[31.38,"General Notes, Abbreviations, Symbols, and Legend","Sheet","8 to 13","Includes all efforts to prepare general notes, material symbols, legends, special regulatory requirements, code and loading information. Includes all word & term abbreviations and material symbols used in construction documents."]
[31.39,"Foundation Plan(s) (Small Scale)","Sheet","22 to 36","Building foundation plan includes spread footings, piers, wall footings and/or piling layouts.  The plan will also include typical section cuts at footings, plan dimensions, and plan notes, areas of special conditions and construction, foundation schedule, necessary dimensions, and column lines."]
[31.4,"Foundation Plan(s) (Large Scale)","Sheet","18 to 40","Provide partially enlarged foundation plans clearly showing critical details, special conditions and construction. Include dimensions, elevations, location(s) of control and expansion joints, column lines, match lines, and relationship(s) of foundation and utility penetrations, and plan notes."]
[31.41,"Slab Plan(s) (Small Scale)","Sheet","23 to 38","Includes the floor slab construction requirements, which will show the slab on grade thickness, reinforcements, sloping requirements, location of expansion and control joints, soil preparation, and large dimensions. Provide similar information if another construction system is necessary."]
[31.42,"Slab Plan(s) (Large Scale)","Sheet","18 to 40","Includes the slab-on-grade construction requirements, which will show the slab thickness, reinforcements, sloping requirements, location of expansion and control joints, soil preparation, dimensions and details too small to show on the small scale plans. Provide similar information if another construction system is necessary."]
[31.43,"Slab Placement Plan(s) ","Sheet","14 to 28","Include construction procedures for placement of slab, pouring sequence, notes and curing procedures."]
[31.44,"Slab Placement Detail(s)","Sheet","18 to 32","Include details for placement of slab-on-grade or framing construction, including pour/construction sequences. Provide similar information if another construction system is necessary."]
[31.45,"Foundation Section(s)","Sheet","16 to 26","Includes section at foundation showing the wall footings, slabs, reinforcement, and wall-to-foundation connections, as well as elevations of components."]
[31.46,"Foundation Detail(s)","Sheet","22 to 36","Provide large-scale drawings, typical details of column footings, piles, pile caps, and wall footings.  Include details indicating size of foundations and reinforcement and special considerations at penetrations."]
[31.47,"Slab Section(s)","Sheet","12 to 24","Indicate size, and placement of reinforcing, dimensions and relationship of floor slab to ground."]
[31.48,"Slab Detail(s)","Sheet","18 to 30","Indicate typical and special construction details showing components, connections and reinforcement of the concrete slab."]
[31.49,"Roof Framing Plan(s) (Small Scale)","Sheet","34 to 60","Provide drawing(s) to indicate overall roof framing, roof framing plan includes size, spacing, and type of roof framing members.  The plan will also describe the structural diaphragm, column spacing, and miscellaneous framing components."]
[31.5,"Roof Framing Plan(s) (Large Scale)","Sheet","26 to 51","The large scale roof framing plan includes size, spacing, and type of roof framing members. The plan will also describe the structural diaphragm, column spacing, and miscellaneous framing, including specialized roof framing conditions/areas."]
[31.51,"Roof Loading Plan(s) and Detail(s)","Sheet","40 to 62","Indicate roof loading of the structure including dead load, live load, and wind load."]
[31.52,"Roof Section(s)","Sheet","23 to 38","Provide sections at the roof framing to show the framing connections."]
[31.53,"Roof Detail(s)","Sheet","32 to 53","Includes typical roof framing details and specialized roof details showing components, connections and construction."]
[31.54,"Bearing Wall Section(s)","Sheet","28 to 44","Provide sections at bearing walls, including connections to floor and roof system."]
[31.55,"Bearing Wall Detail(s)","Sheet","30 to 46","Provide typical details at bearing walls, including connection of components."]
[31.56,"Column Section(s)","Sheet","30 to 54","Includes sections through columns to show column structural components and foundation and roof framing connections."]
[31.57,"Column Detail(s)","Sheet","26 to 43","Provide typical and special column details including components, size, spacing and reinforcement."]
[31.58,"Miscellaneous Sections","Sheet","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Provide all miscellaneous foundation and framing sections and details, and any other sections and details required to describe connections and components, and design (to be negotiated on an as need basis.)"]
[51.59,"Repetitive Sheets","Sheet","1 to 5","Drawings that are duplication of other drawings, such as; drawings used on both the northbound and southbound rest areas."]
[31.6,"Other Pertinent Project Documentation","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Other reports or services required by the Department, to be negotiated on an as need basis."]
[31.61,"Cost Estimate","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Preparation of cost estimate in CSI format. Phase 1, 1 to 2 hours. Phase 2, 2 to 4 hours. Phase 3, 3 to 6 hours."]
[31.62,"Technical Special Provisions and Modified Special Provisions Package","LS","26 to 44","Includes preparation of Technical Special Provisions (TSP) and Modified Special Provisions (MSP) to describe all aspects of construction related to this discipline and not covered by Standard FDOT Specs. "]
["Structural Plans Technical Subtotal"]
[31.63,"Field Reviews","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes site observation, travel time, and written report. Hours and frequency to be negotiated on an as need basis."]
[31.64,"Technical Meetings ","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Coordination with Architect: Hours for each meeting based on one meeting per month, and includes travel time. Lower range: structural engineer, architect and other building disciplines are one firm. High range: structural engineer, architect and other building disciplines are of different firms, 4 to 8 hours. Coordination with Other Disciplines: Hours for each meeting based on one meeting per month, and includes travel time and meeting summary, 0 to 16 hours. Kick-Off: Includes travel time, and coordination of meeting with other disciplines, 8 to 16 hours.  Phase Review Meetings: Hours include written responses by structural engineer to architect, 4 to 8 hours. Progress Meetings: Owner (FDOT, local, users): Hours for each meeting x negotiated number of meetings, and includes travel time. Low range: architect is handling meetings minutes as they relate to the structural issues. High range: structural engineer is responsible for meeting summary as related to the building, 4 to 8 hours."]
[31.65,"Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","5% to 8%","5% to 8% of total structural plans technical subtotal. "]
[31.66,"Independent Peer Reviews","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Hours to include meeting, analysis, preparation and presentation of report by a FDOT approved independent design professional in the appropriate field, as required by FDOT."]
[31.67,"Supervision","LS","3% to 5%","3% to 5% of total structural plans technical subtotal."]
["Structural Plans Total"]
[]
[null,"Mechanical Plans"]
[31.68,"General Notes, Abbreviations, Symbols, Legend, and Code Issues","Sheet","14 to 24","Includes all efforts to prepare general notes, symbols, and legend for project-specific issues, regulations and requirements."]
[31.69,"Plan(s) (Small Scale)","Sheet","32 to 47","Prepare scaled and dimensioned plans showing and identifying all HVAC and refrigeration equipment, supply and return air ductwork, air distribution devices, notes, and other related items as needed to depict design."]
[31.7,"Plan(s) (Large Scale)","Sheet","30 to 54","Prepare partial scaled, dimensioned, enlarged floor plan(s) showing mechanical rooms with equipment and clearances along with supply and return ductwork with sizes in more detail or to clarify special conditions."]
[31.71,"Detail(s)","Sheet","22 to 36","Show details of mechanical equipment, rooms and clearances, and required details of typical and special conditions depicting construction, installation, components, sizes/dimensions, etc."]
[31.72,"Section(s)","Sheet","26 to 45","Show section(s) and/or partial cuts through building, indicating relative heights/elevations clearances around mechanical equipment and ductwork."]
[31.73,"Piping Schematic(s)","Sheet","26 to 43","Includes all efforts needed to prepare hydronic cooling/heating piping layout, arrangement of components/accessories, etc. in diagrammatic form."]
[31.74,"Control Plan(s)","Sheet","23 to 38","Prepare cooling/heating wiring/piping diagrams illustrating location, sizes, and arrangement of control components/accessories, in diagrammatic form. Includes control specific legends abbreviations and notes, along with sequence of operation."]
[31.75,"Schedule(s) ","Sheet","22 to 36","Schedule of mechanical equipment, including but not limited to type, power requirements, and quantities. "]
[31.76,"HVAC Calculations","Sheet","25 to 35","Prepare all basic HVAC load and basic equipment and component selection."]
[31.77,"Life Cycle Cost Analysis","Sheet","39 to 62","Prepare a computerized economic evaluation of owning/operating cost of three basic HVAC systems deemed most appropriate for the project. Typically performed for one typical occupancy/climatological year and 20 to 25 year economic life."]
[31.78,"Repetitive Sheets","LS","1 to 5","includes drawings that are duplication of other drawings, such as; drawings used on both the northbound and southbound rest areas."]
[31.79,"Other Pertinent Project Documentation","LS",null,"Other reports or services required by the DEPARTMENT, to be negotiated on an as need basis."]
[31.8,"Cost Estimate","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Preparation of cost estimate in CSI format. Phase 1, 1 to 2 hours. Phase 2, 2 to 4 hours. Phase 3, 3 to 6 hours."]
[31.81,"Technical Special Provisions and Modified Special Provisions Packages","LS","27 to 45","Preparation of Technical Special Provisions (TSP) and Modified Special Provisions (MSP) to describe all aspects of mechanical system not covered in the standard FDOT specifications."]
[null,"Mechanical Plans Technical Subtotal"]
[31.82,"Field Reviews","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes site observation, travel time, and written report. Hours and frequency to be negotiated on an as need basis."]
[31.83,"Technical Meetings ","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Coordination with architect: Hours for each meeting based on one meeting per month, and includes travel time. Lower range: architect, mechanical engineer and other building disciplines are one firm. High range: mechanical engineer, architect and other disciplines are of different firms, 4 to 8 hours. Coordination with other disciplines:  Hours for each meeting based on one meeting per month, and includes travel time. Lower range: prime consultant, architect and mechanical engineer are of the same firm. High range: prime consultant, architect, and mechanical engineer are of different firms, 0 to 16 hours. Agencies (Utilities, etc.): Hours for each meeting X negotiated number of meetings, and includes travel time.  Low range: architect is handling meetings minutes as they relate to the mechanical issues. High range: mechanical engineer  is  responsible for meeting summary as related to mechanical issues, 0 to 4 hours. Phase Review Meetings: Hours include written responses by mechanical engineer to architect, 4 to 8 hours. \n\nKick-off:  Includes travel time, 8 to 16 hours. Progress Meetings, Owner (FDOT, local, \nuser): Hours for each meeting x negotiated number of meetings, and includes \ntravel time. Low range: architect is handling meetings minutes as they relate to \nthe mechanical issues. High range: mechanical engineer is responsible for \nmeeting summary as related to the building, 4 to 8 hours. "]
[31.84,"Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","5% to 8%","5% to 8% of total mechanical plans technical subtotal. "]
[31.85,"Independent Peer Review","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Hours to include meeting, analysis, preparation and presentation of report by a FDOT approved independent design professional in the appropriate field, as required by FDOT."]
[31.86,"Supervision","LS","3% to 5%","3% to 5% of total mechanical plans technical subtotal."]
["Mechanical Plans Total"]
[]
[null,"Plumbing Plans "]
[31.87,"General Notes, Abbreviations, Symbols, Legend, and Code Issues","Sheet","14 to 24","Includes time to prepare project-specific general notes, symbols, legend and code issues."]
[31.88,"Plan(s) (Small Scale)","Sheet","30 to 42","Provide overall plan showing locations of all piping, fixtures, and equipment. "]
[31.89,"Plan(s) (Large Scale)","Sheet","26 to 47","Prepare partial scaled, dimensioned, enlarged floor plan(s) showing all plumbing fixtures and piping in more detail to clarify special conditions. "]
[31.9,"Isometric(s) (Large Scale)","Sheet","29 to 48","Includes hot and cold water supply and waste line, identifying all fixtures, sizes, etc."]
[31.91,"Riser Diagram(s)","Sheet","35 to 56","Includes all waste lines and associated vent lines and vent penetrations."]
[31.92,"Detail(s)","Sheet","32 to 56","Provide details of plumbing equipment and fixtures, including installations and connections of specific construction and installation components including sizes and dimensions."]
[31.93,"Repetitive Sheets","Sheet","1 to 5","Provide drawings that are duplication of other drawings such as drawings used on both the northbound and southbound rest areas."]
[31.94,"Other Pertinent Project Documentation","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Provide other reports or services required by the DEPARTMENT, to be negotiated on an as need basis."]
[31.95,"Cost Estimate","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Preparation of cost estimate in CSI format. Phase 1, 1 to 2 hours. Phase 2, 2 to 4 hours. Phase 3, 3 to 6 hours."]
[31.96,"Technical Special Provisions and Modified Special Provisions Packages","Sheet","22 to 37","Includes preparation of Technical Special Provisions (TSP) and Modified Special Provisions (MSP) to describe all aspects of plumbing system not covered by Standard DOT Specs."]
["Plumbing Plans Technical Subtotal"]
[31.97,"Field Reviews","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes site observation, travel time, and written report. Hours and frequency, to be negotiated on an as need basis."]
[31.98,"Technical Meetings ","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Coordination with architect: Hours for each meeting based on one meeting per month, and includes travel time. Lower range: architect, mechanical engineer and other building disciplines are one firm. High range: mechanical engineer, architect and other disciplines are of different firms, 4 to 8 hours. Coordination with other disciplines:  Hours for each meeting based on one meeting per month, and includes travel time. Lower range: prime consultant, architect and mechanical engineer are of the same firm. High range: prime consultant, architect, and mechanical engineer are of different firms, 0-16 hrs. Agencies (Utilities, etc.): Hours for each meeting x negotiated number of meetings, and includes travel time. Low range: architect is handling meetings minutes as they relate to the mechanical issues. High range: mechanical engineer is responsible for meeting summary as related to mechanical issues, 0 to 4 hours. \n\nKick-off:  Includes travel time, 8 to 16 hours. Phase Review Meetings: Hours include written responses by mechanical engineer to architect, 4 to 8 hours. Progress \nMeetings, Owner (FDOT, local, user): Hours for each meeting x negotiated \nnumber of meetings, and includes travel time. Low range: architect is handling \nmeetings minutes as they relate to the mechanical issues. High range: \nmechanical engineer is responsible for meeting summary as related to the \nbuilding, 4 to 8 hours. "]
[31.99,"Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","3% to 5%","5% to 8% of total mechanical plans technical subtotal. "]
[31.1,"Independent Peer Review","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Hours to include meeting, analysis, preparation and presentation of report by a FDOT approved independent design professional in the appropriate field, as required by FDOT."]
[31.100999999999999,"Supervision","LS","5% to 8%","3% to 5% of total mechanical plans technical subtotal."]
["Plumbing Plans Total"]
[]
[null,"Fire Protection Plans"]
[31.102,"General Notes, Abbreviations, Symbols, Legend, and Code Issues","Sheet","14 to 24","Includes time to prepare project-specific general notes, symbols, legend, and code issues."]
[31.103000000000002,"Fire Protection Plan","Sheet","35 to 45","Includes effort to prepare scaled and dimensioned plans depicting/identifying all fire protection equipment, sprinkler heads and piping including connection to utility main."]
[31.103999999999999,"Riser Diagram, Details, and Partial Plans","Sheet","25 to 35","Includes piping diagrams, detail and/or partial, scaled dimensioned, enlarged floor plan(s) showing specific areas in more detail or to clarify piping/ installation conditions."]
[31.105,"Hydraulic Calculation","Sheet","30 to 40","Includes coordination with the architect to obtain fire flow and water/fire main data. Run preliminary hydraulic calculations to determine basic piping and fire pump selection, etc."]
[31.106000000000002,"Repetitive Sheets","Sheet","1 to 5","Drawings that are duplication of other drawings such as drawings used on both the northbound and southbound rest areas."]
[31.106999999999999,"Other Pertinent Project Documentation","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Provide other reports or services required by the Department, to be negotiated on an as need basis."]
[31.108000000000001,"Cost Estimate","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Preparation of cost estimate in CSI format. Phase 1, 1 to 2 hours. Phase 2, 2 to 4 hours. Phase 3, 3 to 6 hours."]
[31.109000000000002,"Technical Special Provisions and Modified Special Provisions Package","LS","5 to 10","Preparation of Technical Special Provisions (TSP) and Modified Special Provisions (MSP) to describe all aspects of fire protection not covered by Standard DOT Specs."]
["Fire Protection Plans Technical Subtotal"]
[31.11,"Field Reviews","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes site observation, travel time, and written report. Hours and frequency, to be negotiated on an as need basis."]
[31.111000000000001,"Technical Meetings ","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Coordination with Architect: Hours for each meeting based on one meeting per month, and includes travel time. Lower range: fire protection engineer, architect and other building disciplines are one firm. High range: fire protection engineer, architect, and other building disciplines are of different firms, 4 to 8 hours. Coordination with other disciplines:  Hours for each meeting based on one meeting per month, and includes travel time. Lower range: fire protection engineer, architect and other building disciplines are of the same firm. High range: fire protection engineer, architect and other building disciplines are of different firms, 0 to 16 hours. Agencies (Utilities, etc.): Hours for each meeting x negotiated number of meetings, and includes travel time. Low range: architect is handling meetings minutes as they relate to the fire protection issues. High range: fire protection engineer is responsible for meeting summary as related to the building, 4 to 8 hours.\n\nKick-off: Includes travel time, 8 to 16 hours. Phase Review Meetings: Hours include \nwritten responses by mechanical engineer to architect, 4 to 8 hours. Progress Meeting, \nOwner (FDOT, local, user): Hours for each meeting x negotiated number of \nmeetings, and includes travel. Low range: architect is handling meetings minutes \nas they relate to the fire protection issues. High range: fire protection engineer is \nresponsible for meeting summary as related to the building, 4 to 8 hours."]
[31.111999999999998,"Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","3% to 5%","5% to 8% of total plumbing plans technical subtotal. "]
[31.113,"Independent Peer Review","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Hours to include meeting, analysis, preparation and presentation of report by a FDOT approved independent design professional in the appropriate field, as required by FDOT."]
[31.114000000000001,"Supervision","LS","5% to 8%","3% to 5% of total plumbing plans technical subtotal."]
["Fire Protection Plans Total"]
[]
[null,"Electrical Plans"]
[31.114999999999998,"General Notes, Abbreviations, Symbols, Legend, and Code Issues","Sheet","14 to 24","Includes all efforts to prepare general notes, abbreviations, symbols, and legend."]
[31.116,"Electrical Site Plan","Sheet","20 to 30","Includes all efforts to prepare plan as it relates to the exterior lighting of the building, walkways and parking and utilities connections."]
[31.117000000000001,"Lighting Plan(s)","Sheet","36 to 60","Show location of each fixture used in the project along with circuiting and controls for each. Provide lighting/illumination calculations."]
[31.117999999999999,"Lighting Fixtures Schedule(s)","Sheet","31 to 50","Provide schedule of lighting fixtures and equipment, including but not limited to type, power requirements, finish, manufactures, volts, number of lamps, lamp watts, and quantities."]
[31.119,"Lighting Fixtures Detail(s)","Sheet","25 to 39","Includes mounting, switching, and control details along with diagram of all lighting fixtures."]
[31.12,"Lightning Protection Plan(s)","Sheet","20 to 30","Provide roof plan showing location of all air terminals, cables, roof penetrations grounding and connection to mechanical equipment."]
[31.120999999999999,"Lightning Protection Details","Sheet","20 to 30","Provide all details of air terminals, cables and mounting, ground cables and mounting, roof penetrations and grounding details."]
[31.122,"Power Plan(s)","Sheet","45 to 70","Show all circuits for all receptacles, lights, and equipment, with corresponding loads."]
[31.123000000000001,"Power Distribution Riser Diagram(s)","Sheet","24 to 60","Show all major power distribution lines with corresponding loads to sub panels including all risers."]
[31.123999999999999,"Panel Board Schedule(s)","Sheet","47 to 73","Show circuiting in each panel board including required spare circuits. Indicate circuits, number of poles, circuit breakers, size, wire size, total KVA, demand load, short circuit and feeder calculations."]
[31.125,"Data Plan(s)","Sheet","26 to 40","Building plan showing locations of all data outlets, and circuiting."]
[31.126000000000001,"Data Detail(s)","Sheet","30 to 50","Show details of all connections and terminations, and riser diagram, and notes."]
[31.126999999999999,"Communication Plan(s)","Sheet","26 to 40","Show locations of all communications outlets, and circuiting."]
[31.128,"Communication Detail(s)","Sheet","30 to 51","Show details of communication system and riser diagram, punchdown, terminal board, grounding and notes."]
[31.129000000000001,"Security Alarm System Plan(s)","Sheet","40 to 60","Show location, type and circuiting of elements of security system, including riser diagram."]
[31.13,"Miscellaneous Detail(s)","Sheet","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Provide other details required to describe connections and components to show the design intent. To be negotiated on an as need basis."]
[31.131,"Repetitive Sheets","LS","1 to 5","Drawings that are duplication of other drawings such as drawings used on both the northbound and southbound rest areas."]
[31.132000000000001,"Energy Analysis","LS","22 to 43","Includes energy usage calculations on the proposed systems."]
[31.132999999999999,"Other Pertinent Project Documentation","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Provide other reports or services required by the DEPARTMENT, to be negotiated on an as need basis."]
[31.134,"Cost Estimate","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Preparation of cost estimate in CSI format. Phase 1, 1 to 2 hours. Phase 2, 2 to 4 hours. Phase 3, 3 to 6 hours."]
[31.135000000000002,"Technical Special Provisions and Modified Special Provisions Packages","LS","58 to 82","Includes preparation of Technical Special Provisions (TSP) and Modified Special Provisions (MSP) to describe all aspects of electrical, data, communications, and security systems not covered by Standard DOT Specs."]
["Electrical Plans Technical Subtotal"]
[31.135999999999999,"Field Reviews","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes site observation, travel time, and written report. Hours and frequency, to be negotiated on an as need basis."]
[31.137,"Technical Meetings ","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Coordination with Architect: Hours for each meeting based on one meeting per month, and includes travel time. Lower range: electrical engineer, architect and other building disciplines are one firm. High range: electrical engineer, architect, and other building disciplines are of different firms, 4 to 8 hours. Coordination with other disciplines:  Hours for each meeting based on one meeting per month, and includes travel time. Lower range: electrical engineer, architect and other building disciplines are of the same firm. High range: electrical engineer, architect and other building disciplines are of different firms, 0 to 16 hours. Agencies (Utilities, etc.): Hours for each meeting x negotiated number of meetings, and includes travel time. Low range: architect is handling meetings minutes as they relate to the electrical issues. High range: electrical engineer is responsible for meeting summary as related to the building, 4 to 8 hours. \n\nKick-off: Includes travel time, 8 to 16 hours. \n\nPhase Reviews: Hours include written responses by electrical engineer to architect, 8 to 16 hours. \n\nProgress Meetings, Owner (FDOT, local, user): Hours for each meeting X \nnegotiated number of meetings, and includes travel. Low range: architect is \nhandling meetings minutes as they relate to the electrical issues. High range: \nelectrical engineer is responsible for meeting summary as related to the building, \n4 to 8 hours. "]
[31.138000000000002,"Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","3% to 5%","5% to 8% of total electrical plans technical subtotal. "]
[31.138999999999999,"Independent Peer Review","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Hours to include meeting, analysis, preparation and presentation of report by a FDOT approved independent design professional in the appropriate field, as required by FDOT."]
[31.14,"Supervision","LS","5% to 8%","3% to 5% of total electrical plans technical subtotal."]
["Electrical Plans Total"]
[]
["Architecture Development Subtotal"]
[31.140999999999998,"LEED Certification","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Hours include the efforts to design and receive certification for buildings. These hours include all disciplines involved in the effort."]
[31.141999999999999,"Coordination","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Coordination of disciplines by the architect. 3% to 5% of all the above tasks."]
[31.143000000000001,"Building Information Modeling (BIM)","Project","No Additional Cost","Using AutoCad Revit or a similar program for the production of construction documents does not cost the Client/Owner any additional design fee. However, the proportion of the fee is more front loaded because of the design process. The creation of the 3D model is part of the design and must be converted into 2D to print the construction documents. The additional use of the Virtual 3D model can provide additional advantages and services, but at an additional cost. Another very useful feature is the user's ability to visualize the spaces in 3D early on as part of the approval process."]

{"sheet":"Noise Guidelines","index":51,"n_rows":45,"n_cols":1,"rows_kept":45,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[]}
["NOISE GUIDELINES"]
[]
["The staff hour ranges presented in this section represent the work effort that is expected for individual tasks related to modeling a typical roadway project.  Noise analysis ranges are based on the number of noise receptors that have a potential to be impacted by the project. Number of noise receptors is a function of existing land use and roadway context classification."]
["  "]
["Each alternative is considered a corridor and may be categorized at different ranges of complexity. Specific aspects of each individual project should be considered in negotiating hours for each individual task.  Whenever possible, examples of individual tasks will be included to provide guidance in determining what types of effort are associated with each individual task."]
[]
["Lower End of Range Projects"]
[]
["Any corridor identified with a context classification of C1-Natural; C2-Rural of any length; or C3C-Surban Commercial with no residentials. Factors contributing to a lower classification include: "]
["·         Minimal noise sensitive uses in the corridor at a low density of development"]
["·         Few cross-roads, interchange ramps or other facilities that require additional modeling effort"]
["·         Minimal number of distinct traffic volumes needed to be entered into model"]
["·         Simple terrain and roadway cross-sections (minimal terrain or elevation changes that need to be coded in model)"]
["·         Minimal public involvement expected since likelihood of noise abatement is low"]
[]
["Middle of Range Projects"]
[]
["Any corridor identified with a context classification of C2T-Rural Town, C3R-Suburban Residential, C3C- Suburban Commercial, or C4-Urban General. Factors contributing to a lower classification include: "]
["·        length less or equal to 5 miles (greater length may justify “upper end” classification)"]
["·        moderate density and number of Noise Sensitive Areas (NSAs) proximate to corridor resulting in moderate number of receptors modeled: "]
["    o    single family or low-level multi-family residential; mostly single-story properties"]
["    o    churches, schools, outdoor uses (restaurant dining, etc.) or other sensitive receptors"]
["    o    low to moderate number of outdoor “special land use” properties: parks, pools, etc."]
["    o    few building rows or coded barriers needed"]
[]
["·        Some additional roadway links to be modeled (crossroads, turn lanes, interchange ramps, etc.) of a moderate level of complexity (few curves, few superelevated sections, etc.) "]
["·        Moderate numbers of roadway segments with distinct traffic volumes to be input."]
["·        Relatively simple terrain and simple rural/suburban cross section to be included in model"]
["·        Moderate public involvement anticipated (potential for some abatement and outreach to a few communities)"]
[]
[" Upper End of Range Projects"]
[]
["Any corridor identified with a context classification of C5-Urban Center or C6-Urban Core of any length; or"]
["Any corridor greater than 5 miles identified with a context classification of C2T-Rural Town, 3CR-Suburban Residential, C3C- Suburban Commercial, T3 Suburban Zone, or C4-Urban General);"]
[]
["Factors contributing to an upper end classification include:"]
["·        large number of distinct NSAs proximate to corridor"]
["·        Density of NSAs is high resulting in large number of closely-spaced receptors, building rows in model, etc.: "]
["    o    dense single family or multi-family residential; some or many multi-story properties"]
["    o    many churches, schools, outdoor uses (restaurant dining, etc.) or other sensitive receptors"]
["    o    Extensive outdoor “special land use” properties: parks, pools, etc."]
["    o    Numerous roadway links to be modeled (highway mainline, ramps, turn lanes, crossroads/overpass/underpass, etc.)"]
["    o    Complex terrain and/or roadway cross section near NSAs that requires multiple features in model including terrain lines to define cut/fill, bridges, MSE walls, barrier walls, ditches, etc."]
["    o    Many traffic volumes to be input for many distinct segments of roadway"]
["    o    Intensive public involvement anticipated (high likelihood of abatement and outreach to many people or to numerous distinct NSAs)."]

{"sheet":"32. Noise Analysis","index":52,"n_rows":20,"n_cols":12,"rows_kept":20,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[2,1,2,2],[14,0,14,2],[18,0,18,2],[0,0,0,4]]}
["32. Noise Analysis and Noise Barrier Design"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null," "]
[32.1,"Noise Study","LS"]
[null,"Data Collection","LS","4 to 16","This task includes collecting traffic data needed to support noise analysis in accordance with Part 2 Chapter 18 of the PD&E Manual.  The number of hours needed depends on the number of noise sensitive sites.  Elevation data is included in Activity 27."]
[null,"Land Use Field Review","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Conduct field review to identify existing land uses and potential noise sensitive sites that may be affected by traffic noise and vibration. The number of hours needed depends on the number of noise sensitive sites.  "]
[null,"Field Measurement and Noise Model Validation*","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","This task includes field measurements to establish ambient noise conditions and to collect data required to validate traffic noise model.  Hours for this task is estimated as follows: (Field time for ambient noise measurements x # of staff + Field time for model validation ) x (# of sites) + travel time."]
[null,"Construction Noise and Vibration Assessment*","LS","2 to 6","This task includes a review and identification of potential construction noise and vibration sensitive sites."]
[null,"Analysis and Noise Abatement Evaluation*","EA","16 to 40 per site","This task includes performing the noise analysis and abatement evaluation for existing and no build and viable build alternatives in accordance with Part 2, Chapter 18 of the PD&E Manual and the Traffic Noise Modeling and Analysis Practitioners Handbook. If noise study requires analysis of existing noise barriers, additional hours may be needed."]
[null,"Noise Study Report*","LS","40 to 120","This task includes preparing the Noise Study Report in accordance with Part 2, Chapter 18 of the PD&E Manual. The number of hours needed depends on the number and density of communities adjacent to the roadway.  "]
[32.200000000000003,"Noise Barrier Evaluation","LS","See Basis for Staff Hours","Permit review after DPK (2 hours per project); data collection (8 to 32 hours per barrier - high end used if project has overlapping barriers), land use review (4),  Special Land Use Analysis Data Collection (4 to 12 hours/special use site).\n\nEvaluate and document results for various heights and lengths; select recommended (16 to 32 hours per noise barrier system); reanalysis due to barrier modifications (16 to 32 hours per noise barrier)."]
[32.299999999999997,"Public Involvement","LS","See Basis for Staff Hours","Preparation (generate mailing list (3 to 6 hours), property owner correspondence (4 to 8 hours), public meeting presentation material (24 to 48 hours), secure meeting site (2 to 4 hours), attend one neighborhood meeting (16 to 24 hours), compile meeting results (2 to 4 hours); highly variable depending on number of property owners and controversial issues."]
[32.4,"Outdoor Advertising Identification","LS","See Basis for Staff Hours","Identify signs and determine eligibility (2 to 8 hours per noise barrier depending on anticipated number of signs).  If a separated Public Hearing is required for Outdoor Advertising (40 to 120 hours - depending on complexity of project).  If Outdoor Advertising Public Hearing is held concurrently with other Public Hearing (12 to 48 hours for preparing and presenting meeting material)."]
[32.5,"Noise Study Report (NSR) Addendum","LS","See Basis for Staff Hours","12 to 120 hours depending on the complexity of the project."]
["Noise Analysis and Noise Barrier Design Assessment Technical Subtotal"]
["32.6","Technical Meetings","LS","See Basis for Staff Hours","Meetings with departmental and/or staff such as methodology meeting, noise barrier kick-off meeting, constructability meeting, and/or any necessary progress meetings. Excludes Project Manager hours and public involvement efforts."]
["32.7","Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","2-5%","Produce and implement a QA/QC Plan, including responses to FDOT comments. Also includes sub-consultant review, response to comments and any resolution meetings if required. Based on percent of technical hours subtotal. Percent may be determined by management."]
["32.8","Supervision","LS","0-5%","Includes all efforts by the prime and/or sub-consultant to manage and supervise noise modeling and analysis tasks, if not included under other tasks. Based on percent of technical hours subtotal. Percent may be determined by management."]
["Noise Analysis and Noise Barrier Design Assessment Nontechnical Subtotal"]
["32.9","Coordination","LS","0-3%","Includes all efforts by prime and/or sub-consultant to coordinate project team disciplines, if not included under other tasks. Based on percent of technical hours subtotal. Percent may be determined by management."]

{"sheet":"ITS Guidelines","index":53,"n_rows":23,"n_cols":1,"rows_kept":23,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[]}
["ITS GUIDELINES"]
[]
["The staff hour ranges presented in this section represent the work effort that might be expected for individual design tasks on typical traffic projects. The ranges represent neither the minimum nor maximum hours that might be negotiated on a project."]
[]
["A \"Lower Range\" roadway project may fall in the \"Middle Range\" for Lighting projects and vice versa.  See the project ranges below.  The project ranges should be used only for Reference & Master Design Files and Quantities from Analysis. "]
[]
["Lower Range"]
[]
["1.  Adding very limited number of ITS devices."]
["2.  Small extension of existing freeway management system."]
["3.  Installation of isolated devices such as a CCTV camera, a DMS sign or RWIS site."]
[]
["Middle Range"]
[]
["1. Small extension of existing freeway management system, communications architecture already determined."]
["2.  Freeway management system with no communications hubs and all devices of a single type."]
[]
[]
[" Upper Range"]
[]
["1.  Complex urban freeway management system with a variety of different ITS of devices."]
["2.  Lengthy rural freeway management system."]
["3.  Freeway management system with numerous communications hubs and rings of devices."]

{"sheet":"33. ITS Analysis","index":54,"n_rows":25,"n_cols":5,"rows_kept":25,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[18,0,18,2],[23,0,23,2],[0,0,0,4]]}
["33. Intelligent Transportation Systems Analysis"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[33.1,"ITS Analysis","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Review existing documents: 16 hours, Prepare System Engineering Master Plan 48 hours."]
[33.200000000000003,"Communications Plan Analysis","LS","24 to 80","Varies with complexity of project.  Low range is for extending existing.  High range is for a stand-alone new project."]
[33.299999999999997,"Grounding and Lightning Protection","Per Site","8  to 16"]
[33.4,"Power Subsystem","LS","200 to 700","Varies with complexity of project.  Low range is for extending existing.  High range is for a stand-alone new project."]
[33.5,"Voltage Drop Calculations","LS","2 to 6","Based upon complexity and length of the electrical circuits."]
[33.6,"Design Documentation","LS","16 to 24"]
[33.700000000000003,"Existing ITS System","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Varies with complexity of existing system and available data on existing system."]
[33.799999999999997,"Queue Analysis","PI","3 to 10","Includes determining DMS and detector locations per device. Range based on project classifications shown in the guidelines"]
[33.9,"Reference and Master ITS Design File","PI","22 to 54","All efforts required per intersection for establishing the master design file to include reference files of topo, r/w, roadway, pavement markings, utilities files, etc.  Includes the design and layout of proposed signal poles, signal heads, and loops. "]
["33.10","Reference and Master Communications Design File","PI","16 to 24","All efforts required for establishing the communications master design file to include reference files of topo, r/w, roadway, utilities files etc.  Includes design and layout of proposed communications conduit, field cabinets, devices, pull and splice boxes, etc."]
[33.11,"Pole Elevation Analysis","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes effort to determine CCTV viewing range at proposed pole locations (2 hours for the first location and 1 hour for each additional location)."]
[33.119999999999997,"Sign Panel Design Analysis","LS","2 to 4","Establish sign layout, text sizes and run sign design software. (Based on number of proposed signs.)"]
[33.130000000000003,"Quantities","Sheet","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all work required to determine the quantities for each ITS device and communications conduit run (2 to 4 hours for the first sheet and 3 to 6 hours for each additional plan sheet)."]
[33.14,"Cost Estimate","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes reviewing the DEPARTMENT's LRE, preparing an Engineers Estimate and updating as necessary (1 to 3 hours per LRE review and 2 to 8 hours per Engineer's Estimate per submittal)."]
[33.15,"Technical Special Provisions and Modified Special Provisions ","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Development or incorporation of a Technical Special Provision (TSP) or Modified Special Provision (MSP) for the project  (4 to 12 hours for each modified TSP or MSP section.  Newly developed TSPs or MSPs are to be negotiated individually.).  "]
[33.159999999999997,"Other ITS Analyses","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all efforts for a ITS task not covered by an existing defined task. Required work will be defined in the scope and negotiated on a case-by-case basis."]
["Intelligent Transportation Systems Analysis Technical Subtotal"]
[33.17,"Field Reviews","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes time for field reviews to obtain data necessary for design (Based on the average number of people, the length of the trip and the number of trips.). "]
[33.18,"Technical Meetings ","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Meetings with Local or Departmental staff such as meetings with Traffic Operations, Design, Construction,  progress review, phase review, etc. (Based on the average number of people, the length of the trip and the number of trips.)"]
[33.19,"Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes development and implementation of a QA/QC plan including sub-consultant work. (Based on 5% to 10% of technical subtotal.)"]
[33.200000000000003,"Supervision","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes effort to supervise all design analysis. (Based on 5% to 10% of technical subtotal.)"]
["Intelligent Transportation Systems Analysis Nontechnical Subtotal"]
[33.21,"Coordination","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes internal coordination with survey, geotechnical, drainage, structures, lighting, roadway, utilities, rail road, permits, schedules, specifications, bicycle/pedestrian/transit, landscape architecture, municipalities, maintaining agencies traffic operations, and other Department offices. (Based on 2% to 5% of all the above tasks.) The higher range may be necessary if  most elements listed above are involved and/or 3 or more agencies are actively involved).  Incorporation of other discipline's plan sheets into the plan set is included.  Does not include formal meetings."]

{"sheet":"34. ITS Plans","index":55,"n_rows":24,"n_cols":5,"rows_kept":24,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[21,0,21,2],[0,0,0,4]]}
["34. Intelligent Transportation System Plans"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[34.1,"Key Sheet","Sheet","4 to 8","Includes time to develop key sheet. (Hours dependent on if a key map is needed or not.)"]
[34.200000000000003,"Summary of Pay Items Including Designer Interface Quantity Input","Sheet","6 to 12","Includes input into designer interface and creating the CADD generated Summary of Pay Items sheet for stand-alone projects."]
[34.299999999999997,"Tabulation of Quantities","Sheet","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes time to place pay item numbers, descriptions, quantities and totals on the tabulation sheet(s) (8 hours for the first tabulation sheet and 4 hours for each additional tabulation sheet)."]
[34.4,"General Notes/Pay Item Notes","Sheet","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","4 to 8 hours to modify the existing general notes and pay item notes as provided by the District and Local Agency. 8 to 16 hours if the majority of notes are created.   "]
[34.5,"Project Layout","Sheet","4 to 8","Size and length of project."]
[34.6,"Typical and Special Details","Sheet","4 to 12","Includes project specific details not addressed by Standard Drawings and Interim Standards.  May include block diagrams, hub cabinets, wiring diagrams, solar power service, special mounting details.  Lower Range for Standard Details provided by District, Upper Range for project specific details generated by the CONSULTANT. "]
[34.700000000000003,"Plan Sheet","Sheet","6 to 10","Based on the number of plan sheets required."]
[34.799999999999997,"ITS Communications Plans","Sheet","4 to 8","Based on the number of interconnect plan sheets required."]
[34.9,"Fiber Optic Splice Diagrams","Sheet","2 to 4","Based upon the complexity of each splice and whether or not they are duplicated elsewhere in the project."]
[34.1,"Lightning Protection Plans","Sheet","4 to 12","As needed where Standard Drawings and Interim Standards do not address. The lower range the should be used if a sheet is provided by the District. If no sheet is provided, the higher range should be used."]
[34.11,"Cross Sections","Sheet","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes developing plan sheet (s) showing each sign structure with the cross section including dimensions, slopes, stationing, utilities, and lane utilization of the overhead sign panel. (Based on each cross section - 2 to 4 hours for ground signs and/or 6 to 12 hours for overhead signs)."]
[34.119999999999997,"Guide Sign Work Sheet(s)","Sheet","1 to 2","Includes developing the guide sign worksheet for street name signs and/or importing the guide sign from a program to a plan sheet (Based on the number of guide signs, maximum 4 per sheet)."]
[34.130000000000003,"Special Service Point Details","Sheet","4 to 8","Develop a special detail showing the load center, pull boxes, conduit, circuits, notes, and connection to the power service if the standard plans are not applicable (Based on number of load center details within project limits)."]
[34.14,"Strain Pole Schedule","Sheet","2 to 4","Includes incorporating the schedule detail chart for concrete or steel poles in the plan set. Includes attachment height for ITS devices."]
[34.15,"Overhead/Cantilever Sign Structures","Sheet","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Gather and analyze information. Run program. Check Clearances. Prepare construction plans. Design foundations. Low range: Using latest FDOT standard programs and details. High range: Using FDOT standard details with a special drilled shaft design and details."]
[34.159999999999997,"Other Overhead Sign Structures (Long Span, Monotube, etc.)","Sheet","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Gather and analyze information. Run program. Check Clearances. Prepare construction plans. Design foundations. Low range: Using latest FDOT standard programs and details. High range: Using FDOT standard details with additional special analysis."]
[34.17,"Temporary Traffic Control Plans ","Sheet","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Hours based on independent negotiations for each project."]
[34.18,"Interim Standards ","Sheet",4,"For downloading and inserting appropriate standards in plans set.  "]
[34.19,"GIS Data and Asset Management Requirements","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Hours to be budgeted for field site collection of coordinates for all ITS components impacted or installed as part of project and data entry into asset management system. Low range for minor projects with few devices.  High range for major deployments with many devices. "]
["ITS Plans Technical Subtotal"]
[34.200000000000003,"Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes development and implementation of a QA/QC plan including sub-consultant work (Based on 5% to 10% of technical subtotal)."]
[34.21,"Supervision","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes effort to supervise and coordinate all design analysis (Based on 5% to 10% of technical subtotal)."]

{"sheet":"Geotechnical Guidelines","index":56,"n_rows":19,"n_cols":14,"rows_kept":19,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[]}
["GEOTECHNICAL GUIDELINES"]
[null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null," "]
["The staff hour estimating form, basis and these accompanying instructions were developed to be consistent with the Geotechnical section of the Standard Scope of Service covering the typical range of geotechnical investigations anticipated on 80 percent of all highway projects. It is recognized that the Districts may need to vary the specific requirements of the scope for performance of geotechnical work to make them District or project specific. Where such variations occur, it is recommended that all changes to the Standard Scope be shown in italics to alert the user that the scope requirements have changed from the standard and that the range of staff hours shown in the basis may no longer be applicable to a specific task."]
[]
["The ‘typical’ range of geotechnical investigations considered as applicable includes the following:"]
["·  Projects with geotechnical staffhours ranging from approx. 100 to 3,000;"]
["·  Projects that include commonly encountered soil and rock conditions, site investigation methods and geotechnical"]
["design recommendations."]
[]
["An example of a typical project would include evaluation of roadway subgrade or embankment stability/settlement related to sinkholes, soft clays, organic soils and/or high groundwater.  A typical project would require geotechnical guidance for normal cut and fill.  It may also require recommendations for realignment, surcharge, excavation and replacement, subgrade reinforcement using geosynthetics and/or underdrains.  Examples of projects considered atypical and, therefore, may fall below the range are: RRR projects, minor intersection improvements, etc. Examples of projects considered atypical and, therefore, may fall above the range are: dealing with extensive waste phosphatic clays or design recommendations for soil improvement by lime/cement subgrade stabilization, deep dynamic compaction, vibroflotation, compaction grouting, pile reinforced embankments, etc.  "]
[]
["The user must use experience and common sense in assessing where the specific project requirements may deviate from the typical project and some guidance is provided in the basis for each task. For instance, minimum hours listed are only applicable to typical projects. If needed, individual Structures Items can be used when negotiating Roadway projects, and individual Roadway Items can be used when negotiating Structures projects. If neither the Standard Scope nor the basis specifically include or describe an activity, type of analysis or geotechnical solution then it most likely is not covered within the typical staff hour ranges provided for guidance."]
[]
["Although not specifically developed for Districtwide Geotechnical services, the staff hour estimating form, basis and these instructions may be used as a reference to such work if it falls within the typical range as defined above. Since analysis and reporting requirements for small geotechnical tasks may vary from the Standard Scope, the user should be cautious in applying the ranges shown in the basis to such work. The ranges were ‘proof tested’ against several typical projects from various Districts and found to result in reasonably consistent staff hour estimates compared to previously negotiated total staff hours. The form may be applicable to large projects over 3,000 staff hours but there is no comparative experience with a project of this size. Again the user should be cautious in applying the form, basis and instructions to very small or very large projects."]
[]
["A number of tasks included in the staff hour estimating form are  frequently requested of the geotechnical engineer by other design professionals. These tasks include Stormwater Volume Recovery Analysis and/or Background Seepage Analysis, Lateral Load Analysis, and Sheet Pile Wall Analysis. The user should determine if adequate hours for these activities are included in the relevant Drainage and Structures portions of the project to avoid repetition. "]
[]
["To use the form and instructions the user must have evaluated the project scope in addition to the likely subsurface conditions and foundation alternatives in sufficient detail to estimate the total number, type and depth of exploratory borings for Roadways and Structures as well as the relative complexity of the project. In general, simple straightforward projects will require lower staffhours, while conversely more complex projects will merit higher staffhours per unit within the ‘typical’ ranges listed on the estimating sheet for ‘lump sum’ items.  When hours are determined ‘per item’ (such as per 100 LF of boring), and a range of hours is given to be multiplied by that item, it is intended that the higher end of the range be used for smaller projects, and vice versa.    "]
["Remember that this form is intended to estimate the TOTAL number of hours for each task including engineering or technician hours to perform the task, senior review hours and applicable clerical hours.   "]

{"sheet":"35. Geotechnical","index":57,"n_rows":66,"n_cols":5,"rows_kept":66,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[58,1,58,2],[30,0,30,4],[57,0,57,4],[64,0,64,2],[0,0,0,4],[54,0,54,2],[56,0,56,2],[29,0,29,2],[31,1,31,4]]}
["35. Geotechnical"]
["Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[null,"Roadway Items"]
["35.1","Document Collection and Review","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Geotechnical engineer review of available printed literature including topographic maps, county agricultural soils maps, aerial photography (including historic photos), ground water resources, construction plans, geology bulletins, pile driving and historic construction records and existing plans.  Includes all time to locate, acquire and review data.  The Consultant will only be responsible to obtain and review locally available information.  Estimated to be between 4 to 40 hours per project based on complexity and size of project. "]
["35.2","Develop Detailed Boring Location Plan","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Production rate is estimated at 30 borings per hour, minimum 1 hour. This item is a combination of two phases of work during the project life.  The first part is for the preliminary phase of the project where typically the geotechnical engineer will take a roadway plan sheet, identify any known conflicts, identify any previous and/or historical borings that may have been taken in the area, and place some dots on the plan to identify preliminary boring locations.  This effort is estimated to require a staff hour range of between 1 and 4 hours depending on the size and complexity of the project.  The second phase of work typically requires a much greater level of investigation into all potential conflicts and historical borings in addition to a much greater number of borings to place on a plan sheet.  Placement of the second phase borings frequently is driven in part by the soil properties identified in the first phase of this investigation.  In particular, where the geotechnical engineer has identified a potential problem soil, a greater number of borings will be required to define the limits of unsuitable material.\n\nAgain, the number of hours estimated for this phase of work for this task is based on the size and complexity of the project.  Staff hour estimates range from 2 to 32 hours for the second phase of this task.  The larger and more complex projects will require a greater number of hours."]
["35.3","Stake Borings/Utility Clearance","Boring","0.2 to 0.5","Activity includes calls to utility companies plus single source utility location firms.  Maximum time per boring should be estimated on minimum job and vice-versa.  Activities are anticipated to be telephone calls, travel time to and from site, and time to stake each boring.  This item includes both field and office work.  The office work involved for either a large/complex project or a small/simple project is approximately equal.  The minimum staff hour range (0.2 hours per boring) is most appropriate to use for a large/complex project because the travel time to and from the project site to stake the borings is divided over a much larger number of borings and therefore the time to stake each boring is effectively reduced.  The smaller projects require essentially the same amount of time to travel to and from the project site, however, since there are fewer borings over which to distribute the travel time, the time allowed per boring should be much greater (up to 0.5 hours per boring).  Consideration should be given to the actual anticipated travel time.  No consideration was given for difficult access locations which may require clearing, mud-bugs, etc., because the developers did not believe that difficult access should be included in the ‘standard' range for this task.  Special consideration and additional staff hours should be granted to the geotechnical engineer for anticipated difficult drilling access.  The staff hour range assumes a single location (area) with a single mobilization for drilling."]
["35.4","Muck Probing","Crew Day","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Activity includes probing to determine the depth of surficial muck and standing water in a detailed pattern sufficient for determining removal limits to be shown in the Plans by 2 or 3 person crew of field technicians (in increments of 0.25 or 0.5 crew days) depending on the size and anticipated complexity of the project. Special consideration and additional staff hours should be granted to areas with anticipated difficult access, water deeper than 3 feet or very soft muck."]
["35.5","Coordinate and Develop TTCPs for Field Investigation","EA","2 to 8","This item requires primarily office work for both the planning phase and the coordination of the work.  Typically, a project engineer will perform both functions and will act as a liaison between the field and office personnel during traffic maintenance operations.  In the case of TTCP, the lower staff hour estimate will be used for smaller/less complex projects and the upper range of the staff hour range will be used for large/complex projects.  The range listed is per TTCP mobilization.  "]
["35.6","Drilling Access Permits","Location","3 to 16","Obtain all State, County, City, DOT Maintenance, and Water Management District permits for field investigations, as required.  Activities include telephone call time, travel time to and from permit agency, and time to prepare the application.  This item varies from District to District and County to County.  Some Counties, Municipalities, Cities, Water Management Districts, etc. require permits for drilling, whereas others do not.  In the case where only a DOT Maintenance permit is required for drilling, the lower staff hour range should be used.  Upward adjustment of staff hours should be projected for each additional permit that is required.  Activities related to obtaining an Environmental Resource Permit (ERP) are not included in this Task, and are to be negotiated under Activity 8, Environmental Permits."]
["35.7","Property Clearances","EA","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Written notification to property owners is typically a Department function and, therefore, excluded.  Basis for hours should be the number of houses/property tenants to notify in person for coordination of field activities, if required.  Activities include travel time to the site, travel time between properties and time for notification.  Time of notification is estimated to be typically 15-minutes per house/property tenant.  The work included in this item is solely intended to allow some time for the field personnel to personally knock on an owners/tenants door and explain that drilling will be occurring on that property.  This item is not necessarily dependant on the size/complexity of the project; rather it is much more related to the number of homes/residents that need to be notified.  In dense urban areas, there will be a greater number of residents/homeowners to notify than in a rural area.  It is anticipated that only a single notification will be required per property clearance."]
["35.8","Groundwater Monitoring","EA","3 to 8","(Each Trip) Primary basis for activity is recording piezometers levels.  Activities include travel time to and from the project site and time to measure and record piezometers water levels.  Typical staff hour range is estimated between 20 and 40 minutes for each water level reading.  Unit is per each mobilization.  This activity is strongly dependant on the size and complexity of the project.  The larger/more complex projects require a greater number of piezometers to be installed and monitored; therefore, more time will be required for each monitoring mobilization.  Additionally, some Districts are more geographically distant from end to end than others.  The Districts in which travel from the Geotechnical engineer’s office to the project site require a great deal of travel need to allow a greater number of staff hours for travel to and from the project site."]
["35.9","LBR/Resilient Modulus Sampling","EA","4 to 8","(Each Trip) Collect soil samples for project LBR/Resilient Modulus determination (used in design).  Activity includes travel time to and from site, time per sample, and time to travel between sample collection sites.  Often the collection of samples can be combined with other mobilizations to the project site; however, the staff hour time for a person to collect samples is not reduced.  When this activity is not part of the laboratory fees that are billed by Consultants per sample to test the material, the unit is each trip to collect samples times the staff hours per trip needed to reflect both travel time to and from the project site as well as sample collection time.  Sample collection times will vary from person to person, but a reasonable attempt to determine an average time is between 20 and 40 minutes per 100 lb. sample.  Additional time is required when samples are delivered to the State Materials Office in Gainesville."]
["35.10","Coordination of Field Work","100 lf of boring","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Activities include coordination of all tasks in this particular work group including calls, site visits and plans changes. This activity includes both preliminary investigation and final roadway investigation coordination.  The Project Geotechnical Engineer will typically be available to answer telephone questions for the driller, make site visits to verify the quality of the drilling effort, and to make changes to the boring plans in the instance of unforeseen conflicts or conditions.  The staff hour range for the roadway fieldwork is between 0.5 to 1.0 hour per 100 lf of preliminary borings, plus 0.25 to 0.5 hour per 100 lf of final investigation boring based on both the size and complexity of the project.  The larger or simpler projects will require the lower end of the staff hour range and the smaller or more complex projects will require more hours per 100 lf of boring."]
["35.11","Soil and Rock Classification - Roadway","100 lf of boring","2 to 2.5","Activities include development of laboratory testing plan and visual identification, stratum identification, refinement of field classification and modification of soil profiles.  Basis for hours is estimated to be 40 to 60 samples per 100 lf boring.  "]
["35.12","Design LBR","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Maximum hour range includes Design LBR report, if required.  Effort for this task is estimated to be 8 tests per hour, 1-hour minimum plus time to produce letter report (if required).  The staff hours for this activity are somewhat dependant on the size and complexity of the project.  A small/simple project with few LBRs and without a report will require only 1 to 2 hours to complete this task.  A complex/large project with a letter report might require up to 16 staff hours for task completion.  The geotechnical engineer will need between 1 to 12 hours to determine the design LBR with an average of 8 LBR samples reviewed per hour, plus between 1 and 4 hours to produce the letter report."]
["35.13","Laboratory Data","100 lf of boring","0.5 to 1","Basis is estimated on 3 to 10 laboratory tests required per 100 lf of boring.  Typically there are more laboratory tests required for a complex project than for a simple rural widening project.  The more complex a project is estimated to be the greater the number of staff hours that need to be allowed for each 100 lf of roadway boring."]
["35.14","Seasonal High Water Table","Boring","0.1 to 1","Per boring analyzed.  High end of staff hour range represent practices to determine seasonal high water table in the field. Low end of the staff hour range represents practices to determine seasonal high water table using SCS maps, existing groundwater levels, boring information and rainfall data. Consideration needs to be made for historical information of subsurface conditions and the type of effort expected or mandated in the county. The staff hour range includes identification of artesian conditions."]
["35.15","Parameters for Water Retention Areas","EA","1 to 4","Included in  Final Report.  The Geotechnical engineer will typically only perform permeability analysis, soil porosity estimates, and depth to confining layer(s) for each pond analyzed.  Pond location, layout and shape is not work that is normally performed by the Geotechnical engineer.  The smaller ponds typically require fewer hours because there are fewer borings to review and analyze.  Larger ponds and/or ponds in areas with known problematic soils will require a greater number of staff hours."]
["35.16","Delineate Limits of Unsuitable Material","Cross section","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Applicable cross sections are those where unsuitable soil material are anticipated or previously encountered by Geotechnical Engineer.  The typical work-effort for this task begins with delineating the unsuitable material on each applicable cross section that comes from either historical records or project-related borings.  This portion of the task is estimated to require between ¼ to ½ hour per cross section, depending on the width of the section and the complexity of the soils.  In addition to the cross section delineation, some Districts require the Geotechnical engineer to provide a drawing sheet that shows the plan limits of anticipated unsuitable material.  No staff hours are included in the range and must be added for this deliverable.  It is anticipated that an additional plan-view delineation page is required for each 12 cross sections.  The minimum effort for this task item is estimated to be 1-hour with an additional 1 to 4 hours per plan-view delineation page, depending on the complexity of the limits of unsuitable material.  "]
["35.17","Electronic Files for Cross Sections","100 lf of boring","1 to 2","The lower staff hour range is estimated for simple (shallow) borings and the upper staff hour range is for complex (deeper) borings.  Activity includes separate files for soil profiles and water levels.\n\nThe Roadway engineer sometimes performs this task, so effort  between disciplines needs to be coordinated to insure the work is performed without duplication of assigned staff hours.  The Geotechnical engineer typically does not perform the CADD or manual drafting of the cross sections, so no staff hours have been estimated for that item.  If the Geotechnical engineer is required to perform drafting of cross sections, additional staff hours need to be allocated. "]
["35.18","Embankment Settlement and Stability","Embank-ment Boring","1 to 4","This activity assumes that a settlement analysis and evaluation of global stability (sliding, slip surface, etc.) will be performed for each embankment boring.  On smaller projects, there may only be one boring per embankment, however, a minimum of 4-hours per embankment needs to be allotted.  For larger projects with multiple borings per embankment and/or multiple embankments the lower end of the staff hour range applies, with increases in staff hours based on project complexity."]
["35.19","Monitor Existing Structures","LS","1 to 4\n","Includes work effort to provide Roadway EOR guidance on the radius to review existing structures for monitoring.  \nLump sum is based on:\n1 to 4 hours to provide Roadway EOR guidance based on review of aerial photos, pictures and soil borings. Low end of range is for projects with homogeneous soil conditions; high range is for projects with multiple soil conditions.\n\nOptional services (may be negotiated at a later date if needed):\nIncludes work required to identify existing structures in need of settlement, vibration and/or groundwater monitoring by the contractor during construction and to coordinate with the EOR and Structural Engineer (when applicable) to develop mitigation strategies.  See FDM Chapter 307 and Chapter 9 of the Soils and Foundations Handbook. \n \n8 to 32 hours of field visits depending on size/location of the project including travel time and coordination meetings with EOR and structures engineer (if needed), and \n1 to 6 hours to prepare appropriate recommendation notes for geotechnical report and Plans (if any).  \n\nThe low end of the staff hour range includes a relatively simple project with one or two known existing structures/facilities of concern.  The upper end of the staff hour range includes complex projects with known sensitive structures/facilities, such as hospitals and many structures/facilities of concern in the proximity of construction zone."]
["35.20","Stormwater Volume Recovery and/or Background Seepage Analysis","EA","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","The Drainage engineer sometimes performs this task, so effort between disciplines needs to be coordinated to insure the work is performed without duplication of assigned staff hours.  The engineer typically performs between 1 and 3 analyses per pond, depending on pond size, shape and geologic conditions.  The listed staff hour range is per pond analyzed.  Generally only one background seepage analysis is performed per pond, which takes an anticipated 1 to 2 hours per analysis plus one to several iterations for a volume recovery analysis, which takes an additional 2 to 6 hours per iteration.  The low end of the staff hour range would be used for a single small pond with one boring and no anticipated poor geologic conditions and the upper end of the staff hour range would be used for a medium to large single pond with multiple borings and known potentially poor geologic conditions in the vicinity of the pond."]
["35.21","Geotechnical Recommendations","LS","4 to 40","Recommendations include treatment of problematic soils and monitoring requirements. A simple, small project is estimated to require about 4 hours, whereas a large and/or complex projects may require up to 40-hours to complete.  There is a great deal of variability in the types of projects that will require ”geotechnical recommendations”, so very little guidance was given in a formula on determining staff hours for this task.  The recommendations may be contained in a draft or preliminary report or they may be part of the final project report.  Depending on the level of effort required by either the prime CONSULTANT or the DEPARTMENT and the level of complexity of the project, the staff hours required will vary tremendously."]
["35.22","Pavement Condition Survey and Pavement Evaluation Report","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Hours negotiated are per report.  Small/simple projects will require fewer staff hours than complex/large projects.  The report shall include all of the field and laboratory data as well as recommendations, as required.  Staff hours include all work effort including field evaluation in accordance with Section 3.2 of the Materials Manual: Flexible Pavement Coring and Evaluation, evaluating cores, authoring report, senior engineering review, word processing, entering data into the Pavement Coring and Reporting (PCR) system, report production and copying and response to FDOT comments. Consideration should be given for length and complexity of project when determining allowed staff hours. Staff hour range is travel time plus 1 to 2 hours per lane mile for field evaluation plus 4 to 20 hours for report."]
["35.23","Preliminary Roadway Report ","LS","7 to 20","Hours negotiated are per report.  Small/simple projects will require fewer staff hours than complex/large projects.  The preliminary report shall include all of the field and laboratory data to be evaluated in the final report as well as any preliminary recommendations, as required.  Staff hours include all work effort including authoring report, senior engineering review, word processing, report production and copying and response to FDOT comments. Consideration should be given for length and complexity of project when determining allowed staff hours. Staff hour range is for Preliminary Roadway Report. "]
["35.24","Final Report ","EA","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Hours negotiated are per report.  Includes all activities to produce 60%, 90%, 100% and Final reports, including authoring report by project engineer plus senior engineer review, word processing, report production and response to FDOT comments.  Consideration should be given for length and complexity of project when determining staff hours.  Hour range assumes Preliminary Report is provided.  If  a Preliminary Report is not provided, additional hours need to be considered.  Staff hours are estimated to be 8-hours minimum for up to ½ mile of roadway length and 3 additional hours per ½ mile thereafter.  Box culvert hours are estimated separately in the Structures Section, but may be included in the Roadway Report if there are no other structures."]
["35.25","Auger Boring Drafting","100 lf boring","2 to 6","Typical range of depth per boring is between 5 and 20 feet.  Work product is a Soil Profile Sheet.  Sheet may contain up to 30 borings of 5 feet each.  Information on the boring drafting sheets shall include boring stationing, offset, ground surface elevation, soil stratification, and groundwater elevation(s).  Additional deliverables for this task include a location map, a plan-view of all auger borings, as well as any applicable SCS and/or USGS maps applicable to the project site. Lower end of staff hour range is for larger projects and vice versa."]
["35.26","SPT Boring Drafting","100 lf boring","3 to 8","Typical boring lengths are 25 feet.  Borings for embankments, ponds, outfall, etc. may be deeper than 25 feet.  Work product is a Report of Core Borings Sheet. Number of borings per page may vary based on depth of boring and soil types encountered that need to be described.  The greater the number of soil strata that are expected to be encountered (local geologic conditions) coupled with the design depth will be determining factors in the assignment of staff hours for this task.  Some level of experience with the project specific geology is helpful in determining where the project should fall in the staff hour range.  Typically, the smaller projects will require a greater number of hours per boring, however, some large and complex projects may require the upper range staff hours also."]
["Roadway Subtotal"]
[]
[null,"Structures Items"]
["35.27","Develop Detailed Boring Location Plan","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Production rate is estimated at 30 borings per hour, minimum 1 hour. This item is a combination of two phases of work during the project life.  The first part is for the preliminary phase of the project where typically the geotechnical engineer will take a roadway plan sheet, identify any known conflicts, identify any previous and/or historical borings that may have been taken in the area, and place some dots on the plan to identify preliminary boring locations.  This effort is estimated to require a staff hour range of between 1 and 4 hours depending on the size and complexity of the project.  The second phase of work typically requires a much greater level of investigation into all potential conflicts and historical borings in addition to a much greater number of borings to place on a plan sheet.  Placement of the second phase borings frequently is driven in part by the soil properties identified in the first phase of this investigation.  In particular, where the geotechnical engineer has identified a potential problem soil, a greater number of borings will be required to define the limits of unsuitable material.  \nAgain, the number of hours estimated for this task during each phase of work is \nbased on the size and complexity of the project.  Staffhour estimates range from 2 \nto 32 hours for the second phase of this task.  The larger and more complex \nprojects will require a greater number of hours."]
["35.28","Stake Borings/Utility Clearance","Boring","0.2 to 0.5","Activity includes calls to utility companies plus single source utility location firms.  Maximum time per boring should be estimated on minimum job and vice-versa.  Activities are anticipated to be telephone calls, travel time to and from site, and time to stake each boring.  This item includes both field and office work.  The office work involved for either a large/complex project or a small/simple project is approximately equal.  The developers of this range determined that the minimum staffhour range (0.2 hours per boring) is most appropriate to use for a large/complex project because the travel time to and from the project site to stake the borings is divided over a much larger number of borings and therefore the time to stake each boring is effectively reduced.  The smaller projects require essentially the same amount of time to travel to and from the project site, however, since there are fewer borings over which to distribute the travel time, the time allowed per boring should be much greater (up to 0.5 hours per boring).  Consideration should be given to the actual anticipated travel time.  Additional consideration should be given for difficult \naccess locations which may require clearing, mud-bugs, etc.; difficult access is \nnot included in the ‘standard' range for this task.  Special consideration and \nadditional staffhours should be granted to the geotechnical engineer for anticipated \ndifficult drilling access.  The staffhour range assumes a single location (area) with \na single mobilization for drilling."]
["35.29","Coordinate and Develop TTCP Plans for Field Investigation","EA","2 to 8","This item requires primarily office work for both the planning phase and the coordination of the work.  Typically, a project engineer will perform both functions and will act as a liaison between the field and office personnel during traffic maintenance operations.  In the case of TTCP, the lower staff hour estimate will be used for smaller/less complex projects and the upper range of the staff hour range will be used for large/complex projects.  The range listed is per TTCP mobilization."]
["35.30","Drilling Access Permits","Location","3 to 16","Obtain all State, County, City, DOT Maintenance, and Water Management District permits for field investigations, as required.  Activities include telephone call time, travel time to and from permit agency, and time to prepare the application.  This item varies from District to District and County to County.  Some Counties, Municipalities, Cities, Water Management Districts, etc. require permits for drilling, whereas others do not.  In the case where only a DOT Maintenance permit is required for drilling, the lower staff hour range should be used.  Upward adjustment of staff hours should be projected for each additional permit that is required.  Activities related to obtaining an Environmental Resource Permit (ERP) are not included in this Task, and are to be negotiated under Activity 8, Environmental Permits."]
["35.31","Property Clearances","EA","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Written notification to property owners is typically a Department function and therefore excluded.  Basis for hours should be the number of houses/property tenants to notify in person for coordination of field activities, if required.  Activities include travel time to the site, travel time between properties, and time for notification.  Time of notification is estimated to be typically 15-minutes per house/property tenant.  The work included in this item is solely intended to allow some time for the field personnel to personally knock on an owners/tenants door and explain that drilling will be occurring on that property.  This item is not necessarily dependant on the size/complexity of the project; rather it is much more related to the number of homes/residents that need to be notified.  In dense urban areas, there will be a greater number of residents/homeowners to notify than in a rural area.  It is anticipated that only a single notification will be required per property clearance."]
["35.32","Collection of Corrosion Samples","EA","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Staff hours include travel time to and from project site, time for sample collection, and time to travel between sampling locations.  Sample collection time can vary from ¼ to 1.0 hour per sample.  The staff hours assigned for this task vary greatly based on distance to and from the project site as well as distance between sample collection locations.  Collection of the physical sample typically will not vary tremendously from one project site to another, however; the other distance variable will be the overriding determinant in the number of staff hours assigned.  Hours assigned to this task assume the corrosion samples are collected after the borings, and  the engineer has subsequently targeted specific locations for sampling during the evaluation of the borings."]
["35.33","Coordination of Field Work","100 lf of Boring","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Activities include coordination of all tasks in this particular work group including calls, site visits and plans changes. This activity includes both preliminary investigation and final roadway investigation coordination.  The Project Geotechnical Engineer will typically be available to answer telephone questions for the driller, make site visits to verify the quality of the drilling effort and to make changes to the boring plans for unforeseen conflicts or conditions.  The staff hour range for the roadway fieldwork is between 0.5 to 1.0 hour per 100 lf of preliminary borings, plus 0.25 to 0.5 hour per 100 lf of final investigation boring based on both the size and complexity of the project.  The smaller projects will require the higher end of the staff hour range, and the larger projects will require fewer hours per 100 lineal feet of boring.  However,  more complex projects may require the higher end of the staff hour range, whereas the simpler projects may not."]
["35.34","Soil and Rock Classification - Structures","100 lf of Boring","2 to 2.5","Activities include development of laboratory testing plan and visual identification, stratum identification, refinement of field classification and modification of soil profiles.  Basis for hours is estimated to be 40 to 60 samples per 100 lf boring.  "]
["35.35","Tabulation of Laboratory Data","100 lf of Boring","0.5 to 1","Basis is estimated on 3 to 10 laboratory tests required per 100 lf of boring.  Typically there are more laboratory tests required for a complex project than for a simple rural widening project.  More complex projects will require a greater the number of staff hours.  The staff hour range includes D50 determinations for scour analysis."]
["35.36","Estimate Design Groundwater Level for Structures","EA","0.25 to 2","Per boring analyzed. High end of staff hour range represent practices to determine seasonal high water levels in the field. Low end of the staff hour range represents practices to determine seasonal high water levels using SCS maps, existing groundwater levels, boring information and rainfall data. Consideration needs to be given to historical subsurface conditions and the type of effort expected or mandated in the county.  The staff hour range includes identification of artesian conditions, if needed.  "]
["35.37","Selection of Foundation Alternatives (BDR)","Bridge Boring","4 to 5","Evaluation of foundation alternatives, including evaluation of constructability considerations, if for all potential types: shallow footings, driven piles and drilled shafts for BDR preparation. The Geotechnical engineer must make a comprehensive evaluation of the different alternate foundation types that could potentially be used in the design of a particular structure.  Included in this evaluation is investigation into the historic foundation types used in similar geologic conditions and nearby locations as well as other limiting factors such as environmental, vibration or noise concerns.  The evaluation should include all negative and positive factors that may influence the selection of a particular foundation type and the reasons for not selecting another possible choice.  Finally, the selection information should include the sizes and depths of the foundations, which may be used later in the design process.  Minimum project assumes 2 borings per structure."]
["35.38","Detailed Analysis of Selected Foundation Alternative(s)","Bridge Boring","6 to 12","Detailed analyses of selected alternate(s) include axial capacities, lateral load parameters, settlement, scour resistance, and downdrag.  Review results of Structural Engineer’s lateral load analysis for geotechnical compatibility.  Subtract Evaluation and Selection of Foundation Alternatives (35.35) hours.  Projects with complex foundations, large foundations, deep foundations, or foundations that may be at risk for impact or other dynamic considerations (scour, vibration, moments, etc.) will require a greater number of staff hours to perform a detailed analysis.  Overall project size is not a consideration in determining staff hours for this task item.  This task includes all installation table information applicable to the selected foundation."]
["35.39","Bridge Construction and Testing Recommendations","Bridge Boring","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","The recommendations may include foundation installation limitations, evaluation of available pile driving equipment for drivability and energy transfer considerations, and static/dynamic load testing equipment that may be required for testing programs.  Additional recommendations may include SPT borings during construction at drilled shaft locations, vibration monitoring during pile driving, temporary or permanent cofferdams, gabion rip-rap installation plans, or other special considerations that may be required based on the foundation alternatives and local conditions.  Pile or shaft requirement recommendations are included in this task.  Estimated effort is anticipated to range between 10% and 25% of Evaluation and Selection of Foundation Alternatives hours added to the Detailed Analysis of Selected Foundation Alternate(s) hours."]
["35.40","Lateral Load Analysis (Optional)","Bridge Boring","4 to 6","The lateral load analysis is an optional item in Geotechnical scope.  Check Structural discipline to avoid for duplication of staff hours, and insure that analysis is performed.  Staff hour range is for one foundation type and size. Maximum end of range is used in complex projects.  Multiply minimum number of staff hours by the total number of foundation types analyzed, and add 2-3 more hours for each additional size of foundation analyzed."]
["35.41","Walls","Wall Boring","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Wall types include:  mechanically stabilized earth (MSE), noise reduction, gravity, and cantilevered retaining.   Includes analysis of walls that are applicable to the design, consistent with other walls constructed along the same corridor, or those that have been suggested as preferable by the Designer.  Wall construction and loading considerations should be part of this analysis with particular emphasis being placed on established rules, statutes and safety factors that are applicable both during and after construction.  Staff hours are estimated to be:  ½ to 1 hour per boring analyzed for wall design parameters, plus 1 to 3 hours per boring analyzed for external wall stability and settlement (with a minimum of 4-hours per wall for external stability), plus 20% to 50% of external wall stability and settlement hours for construction recommendations.  Staff hour range is per wall type analyzed."]
["35.42","Sheet Pile Wall Analysis (Optional)","Wall Boring","1 to 6","The typical geotechnical effort includes evaluating soil parameters, global stability and settlement. Sheet pile wall design is an optional item for the geotechnical engineer.  Sometimes the designer or the Structural engineer performs this task.  If sheet pile walls are included in the project, verify staff hours have been allocated to allow for analysis, and staff hours between disciplines are not duplicated. Sheet pile wall design includes depth of embedment (tip elevation), wall deflection, friction factors, shear points, tie-back when required, soil anchors, and minimum sheet pile section properties.  As part of the geotechnical effort, recommendations should be made as to the ease or difficulty of the installation. Upper end of range includes sheet pile wall design."]
["35.43","Design Soil Parameters for Signs, Signals, High Mast Lights, and Strain Poles and Geotechnical Recommendations","Boring","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","All foundation analyses are excluded from the scope of this task.  Each item in the task list should have a 1-hour minimum staff hour assignment per design type considered.  Additional staff hours need to be allocated depending on the depth of the boring anticipated or required for the structure. The Geotechnical engineer will provide soil parameters, namely, unit weight (total and buoyant), angle of internal friction, punching, uplift, and cohesion for each layer encountered during the investigation and that will be required for design factors.  Staff hour basis is estimated to be between ¼ to 1 ½ hour per boring."]
["35.44","Box Culvert Analysis","EA","4 to 8","Task may include settlement and stability analysis and will include construction recommendations.  Additional staff hours need to be allocated for large box culverts, structures with anticipated difficult installations, or structures with long outfall piping.  The Geotechnical engineer will analyze the design and provide installation recommendations, which will include the bearing capacity and stability of the subsoils supporting the box culvert."]
["35.45","Preliminary Report - BDR","EA","14 to 28","Hours negotiated are per report.  Includes all activities to produce report, including authoring report by project engineer plus senior engineer review, word processing, report production, and response to FDOT comments.  Consideration should be given for length and complexity of project when determining allowed staff hours.  Includes discussion of bridge foundation alternatives and adjacent walls.  Twin bridges are considered to be one structure.  The staff hour range in the estimating form is for each type of structure considered and reported, with the low end of the staff hour range used for simple structures and the upper end of the range for complex structures (twin bridges.)  This report shall include a complete evaluation of all possible foundations for a specific structure, a detailed analysis of the selected foundation type and size (footing size and shape, pile sizes, and shaft diameters), and supporting calculations and analysis for the selected foundation.  All detailed analysis information applicable to the selected foundation(s) should be included from task item 35.34."]
["35.46","Final Report - Bridge and Associated Walls","EA","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Hours negotiated are per report.  This report shall include a comprehensive evaluation of the recommended foundation type, including discussion generated from comments from the District Geotechnical engineer and the designer.  All types of loading should be discussed and the report should include all items previously discussed in items 35.34 and 35.42.  Recommendations for walls associated with the structure or integral to the structure shall include a complete evaluation including bearing capacity, settlement, stability and all other information pertinent to the type of wall selected.  Includes all activities to produce report, including authoring report by project engineer plus senior engineer review, word processing, report production, and response to FDOT comments.  Consideration should be given for length and complexity of project when determining allowed staff hours.  Staff hour basis is estimated to be between 25% to 50% of Detailed Analysis, Design Parameters, and Construction and Testing Recommendations for Bridge and associated wall staff hours.  A minimum of 28 hours should be allowed for each bridge structure and associated wall system.  Upper range \nof the percentage is for a small single structure with few borings and the lower end \nof the percentage is for large bridges and associated wall structures with a large \nnumber of bridge borings and significant analysis hours."]
["35.47","Final Reports - Signs, Signals, Box Culvert, Walls and High Mast Lights.","EA","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Hours negotiated are per report.  Includes all activities to produce report, including authoring report by project engineer, senior engineer review, word processing, report production and responding to FDOT comments.  Consideration should be given for length and complexity of project when determining allowed staff hours.  Staff hour basis is estimated to be approximately 40% of Design Soil Parameters, Box Culvert Analysis, and Geotechnical Recommendation hours. This percentage is not applicable to projects containing very long walls.  If no other structure, other than box culvert and/or a wall is included on the project, the discussion and reporting will be included in the Roadway Report rather than a separate submittal. However, the hours are determined in this section.  A minimum of 3 hours should be allowed for Box Culvert/Wall discussions included in Roadway Report."]
["35.48","SPT Boring Drafting","100 lf of Boring","3 to 10","Typical structure boring lengths vary from 25 lf to 100 lf.  Work product is a Report of Core Borings Sheet. Number of borings per page may vary based on depth of boring and soil types encountered that need to be described.  Low end of the staff hour range is for small miscellaneous structures and the upper end of the range is for larger, more complex structures. Drafting product includes Location map, SCS map and USGS map.  An additional consideration is that a greater number of shorter borings in geologically diverse areas will require a greater number of staff hours to complete per 100-lf than a single 100-lf boring in homogeneous soil.  Prepare a complete set of drawings to include all SPT borings, auger borings and any other pertinent soil information to be included in the plans.  Include these drawings in the Final Geotechnical Report.  Soil symbols must be consistent with those presented in the latest FDOT Soils and Foundations Handbook."]
["Structures Subtotal"]
["35.49","Other Geotechnical","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all efforts for a geotechnical task not covered by an existing defined task.  Required work will be defined in the scope and negotiated on a case-by-case basis."]
["Geotechnical Technical Subtotal"]
[]
[null,"Geotechnical Nontechnical Items"]
["35.50","Technical Special Provisions and Modified Special Provisions ","EA","5 to 40","Activities include development of required Technical Special Provisions (TSP) and Modified Special Provisions (MSP) and associated plan sheets that are foreseen at the beginning of the project, including a review of the Contract package, if needed.  Minimum staff hours should be allocated to this task for review and editing of existing TSP or MSP and the upper end of the staff hour range should be used when technical special provisions need to be prepared and no DEPARTMENT specifications or guidelines exist for the item in question.  The TSP or MSP shall be specific and precise to the project and shall include requirements for construction, testing and inspection."]
["35.51","Field Reviews","LS","4 to 40","The purpose of this activity/task is to identify preliminary utility conflicts, surface soil and rock conditions, surface water conditions and locations, and observe and note nearby structures and foundation types.  Includes all travel to and from project site.  Multiply the number of persons for each review by the total number of anticipated trips and by the anticipated time for each trip.  Typically, only one to two trips are anticipated per project."]
["35.52","Technical Meetings","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all activities required for geotechnical engineer to attend meetings with FDOT and/or Prime Consultant and travel time to and from the meetings.  Although the unit is ‘Lump Sum’ the number of staff hours is determined by multiplying the number of persons for each meeting by the total number of meetings anticipated, times 2 to 8 hours per meeting."]
["35.53","Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Geotechnical activities are limited to the Geotechnical Engineer’s review of Prime Consultant’s plans and provide comments, and Subconsultant work as defined below.  Plan sets typically reviewed are the 60, 90, and 100% plans for Roadway work and 30, 60, 90, 100, and Final plans for Structures.  Staff hours are estimated to range between 2 to 12 hours per review.  On a minor project, there are typically a total of two reviews.  For a major project there are typically 7 reviews required.  All review personnel are included in the staff hour range.  Add hours for review of Subconsultant work only if the Department or Prime Consultant requires the Geotechnical Engineer to use a Subconsultant.  Negotiated hours for Subconsultant review should be based on a percentage of the Subconsultant’s work, typically, 3 to 8%.  Minimum 2-hours.  All internal review hours are included in each task item. "]
["35.54","Supervision","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","(Supervision portion of Geotechnical Project Management) Multiply the sum of all technical hours (Roadway and Structural items) by a percentage that ranges between 2 to 8%.  This task includes all routine geotechnical project supervision (Project Management) activities and is not a duplication of hours allowed in previous items.  Hours are not to be used for Prime Consultant's project supervision. The larger or simpler projects will require the lower end of the percentage range and the smaller or more complex projects will require the upper end of the percentage range."]
["Geotechnical Nontechnical Subtotal"]
["35.55","Coordination","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","(Coordination portion of Geotechnical Project Management) Multiply the sum of all technical and non-technical hours (Roadway, Structural, and Geotechnical Non-technical items) above by a percentage that ranges between 2% to 5%.  This task includes all routine geotechnical project coordination (Project Management) activities and is not a duplication of hours allowed in previous items.  Hours are not to be used for Prime Consultant's project coordination. The larger or simpler projects will require the lower end of the percentage range and the smaller or more complex projects will require the upper end of the percentage range."]

{"sheet":"3D Modeling Guidelines","index":58,"n_rows":45,"n_cols":14,"rows_kept":45,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[]}
["3D MODELING GUIDELINES"]
[null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null," "]
["The staff hour ranges presented in this section represent the work effort that might be expected for individual tasks related to modeling a typical roadway project.  It is understood that range classification of modeling effort may differ from those used on typical roadway tasks as described in the Roadway Guidelines section of this document.  Modeling ranges are based on the number of typical sections (templates) applied on a corridor (Alignment) and the number of variations of edge conditions (i.e. tie-down conditions outside of the curb and gutter or shoulder edge)  Each alignment is considered a corridor and may be categorized at different ranges of complexity. Areas outside of the practical application of corridors with the use of templates (roundabouts, intersection grading, curb ramps, turnouts, gore areas, ponds, etc.) are to be quantified independently.  These ranges represent neither the minimum nor maximum hours that might be negotiated on a project for individual design tasks.  Hours below or above the presented ranges may be applicable based upon the constraints or requirements that are specific to the individual project.  Specific aspects of each individual project should be considered in negotiating hours for each individual task.  Whenever possible, examples of individual tasks will be included to provide guidance in determining what types of effort are associated with each individual task."]
[]
["The following are general examples of corridor descriptions and the applicable range as outlined in this handbook.  The work effort for independently modeled elements such as gore areas, pond sites, floodplain compensation sites, intersection plateauing, cross overs, curb ramps, turnouts, bridges and roundabouts will be quantified under separate tasks.  This list is not all inclusive, or always exact, but will provide the basis for beginning estimation and negotiation of staff hours required to model a corridor."]
[]
["Lower End of Range Corridors"]
["Any corridor identified with a context classification of C1-Natural or C2-Rural. Consist of a single typical section with up to two end conditions.  "]
[]
["Middle of Range Corridors"]
["Any corridor identified with a context classification of C2T-Rural Town, 3CR-Suburban Residential, C3C- Suburban Commercial, T3 Suburban Zone, or C4-Urban General) Consist of a two typical sections with up to two end conditions per typical.  "]
[]
["Upper End of Range Corridors"]
["Any corridor identified with a context classification of C5-Urban Center or C6-Urban Core. Consist of two or more typical section with more than two end conditions each typical."]
[]
[]
["3D MODELING PHASE GUIDELINES"]
[]
["PHASE I\nPhase I complete model to include existing features (pavement, shoulder, sidewalk, curb/gutter, utilities-if required per scope, drainage - if required per scope) and proposed corridor(s).  Since drainage is not normally determined at Phase I open drainage swales would not be included in the effort to model a Phase I complete corridor. Phase I does not included proposed utility modeling or areas of detail modeling such as crossovers, intersection grading, driveways, roundabouts,  or side road connections. \n",null," "]
["PHASE II\nModification of Phase I model to include the addition of proposed drainage, proposed utilities, ponds, floodplain compensation sites, retaining walls, barrier walls, guardrail terminals, cross overs, gore areas, side street connections, roundabouts, driveways and curb ramps."]
["PHASE III\nModification of Phase II model to further refine areas of transition between templates, detailed grading areas, Bridge approaches and end bents, median noses, shoulder transition areas, retaining walls, barrier walls and guardrail.  Includes all effort to update the model in order to accurately reflect changes made based on Phase II review comments."]
["PHASE IV\nIncludes all effort necessary to update the model to comply with changes based on Phase III review comments and to accurately generate, export and otherwise prepare the Final 3D deliverable files as described in the FDOT CADD Manual.  This effort includes preparation of all AMG-####.dwg/DGN and XML files as described in the FDOT CADD Manual section 5.10.4.2",null," "]
[]
["1. Model Development - Whoever develops the model will need good engineering judgement and 3D modeling experience."]
["    a. Model may tell you that your initial alignment, profiles and typical sections will not work."]
["    b. A skilled designer/engineer recommended."]
["        i.      Must be able to “make” and “defend” engineering design decisions."]
["        ii.      It is easier to “design-by-model”, then try and “model-your-design”.  "]
["        iii.      A skilled engineer will make critical design decisions and “design-by-model” (e.g. change profiles on the fly, or add/remove/relocate alignments as needed"]
["   c. Some FDOT PMs request distribution of staff hours to give more hours to “Engineering Intern” positions (e.g. Phase III/II/I)."]
["       i.      Modeling activities/tasks should be given to a skilled designer/engineer."]
["       ii.      A skilled designer/engineer needs to make model assumptions (e.g. model-controlling features)"]
["   d. If any changes occur that affects a model-controlled feature (e.g. scope change), the model may need to be heavily modified, or redone completely."]
["       i.      Adding widening and/or sidewalks to a project, is not as simple as “moving or adding lines” anymore."]
["2. Multiple Disciple Coordination - If you have projects that requires multiple disciplines (e.g. Drainage/Bridge/Signals etc.)"]
["    a. These staff need to be involved in the early (Phase I) modeling effort.  Need “Staff Hours” to get these disciplines on board early."]
["    b. Most of their design work is reflected in the modeling effort."]
["    c. Cannot approach 3D modeling the same way as a non-modeling project"]
["        i.      Work is organized differently and all disciplines need to collaborate and make decisions together early."]
["                1.       No more “Here is my stuff… You match me” or “What does my component have to do with yours?”"]
["                2.       Coordinate/collaborate required at every step for successful design integration."]
["3.       Initial Model - What you think will work for initial concept, will get vetted by a well-developed 3D model."]
["    a.       3D modeling is iterative.  The model tends to dictate changes in initial alignments, profiles, and typical sections. "]
["4.       Additional Controls - When 3D modeling, you will realize that you need more alignments and profiles than 2D design."]
["    a.       Staff hours estimate needs to reflect the additional horizontal/vertical controls needed."]

{"sheet":"36. 3D Modeling","index":59,"n_rows":14,"n_cols":7,"rows_kept":14,"cut":false,"hidden":false,"merged":[[2,1,2,5],[9,1,9,5],[12,1,12,5],[0,1,0,5]]}
[null,"36. 3D Modeling"]
[null,"Task No.","Task","Units","Staff Hour Range","Basis for Staff Hour Range"]
[null,"3D Modeling Technical "]
[null,36.1,"Phase I 3D Design Model ","Alignment / Corridor Mile","See Basis for Staff Hour Range\n","Phase I complete model to include existing features (pavement, shoulders, sidewalk, curb/gutter, utilities-if required per scope, drainage - if required per scope) and proposed corridor(s).  Each road alignment to be modeled is considered a \"corridor\" and should be categorized independently.  The effort of each should then be quantified per the category and range of hours shown below and should capture  all effort to model roadway pavement, curb and gutter, sidewalks, shoulders up to two (2) tie-down conditions such as cut/fill slope, retaining wall, MSE wall or Gravity wall.  Since drainage is not normally determined at Phase I open drainage swales would not be included in the effort to model a  Phase I complete corridor. Phase I does not include proposed utility modeling or areas of detail modeling such as crossovers, intersection grading, driveways, roundabouts,  or side road connections.  Phase I interactive model shall be submitted to the Department for review. \n\nLower range projects (Any corridor identified with a context classification of C1-Natural or C2-Rural) :10-14 hours per mile per alignment/corridor \nMiddle range projects (Any corridor identified with a context classification of C2T-Rural Town, C3R-Suburban Residential, C3C- Suburban Commercial, T3 Suburban Zone, or C4-Urban General) : 12-22 hours per mile \nUpper range projects (Any corridor identified with a context classification of C5-Urban Center or C6-Urban Core) :  20-37 hours per mile \n\nInterstate and Limited Access Facilities Context Classificaiton:  Interstate ranges and limited accesss facilities will also reflect context classification of the corridor.\n\nExisting Features Modeling:  Context Classifications C1-C3C: 25-40 hours, C4-C6: 32-60 hours."," "]
[null,36.200000000000003,"Phase II 3D Design Model ","Each and Alignment / Corridor Mile","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Modification of the Phase I model to include the addition of proposed drainage, proposed utilities, ponds, floodplain compensation sites, retaining walls, barrier walls, guardrail terminals, cross overs, gore areas, side street connections, roundabouts, driveways and curb ramps.  Items not revised within the template and applied to a corridor are to be quantified as EACH using the ranges detailed below.  Proposed utilities are to be added per mile of each utility being designed. Use standard plans elements for feature-based breakdown.\nRanges per each:\nPond / Floodplain Comp. sites : lower range 1 - 4 hours each, middle range 4-8 hours each, upper range 8-12 hours each\nRoundabouts (single-lane):20-48 hours each \nRoundabouts (multi-lane) 28-88 hours each\nDriveways: 1-8 hours each (high end for commercial-style driveway)\nCurb ramps (optional): 1 - 3 hours each (New construction = 1 hour ea. / RRR safety modifications = 3 hours ea.)\nIntersection Grading: 16-48 hours each \nSide Road Connections:  4 - 8 hours each \nClosed drainage network (optional): 1 - 4 hours per node (manhole or inlet)\nBridge Abutment (optional): 1-40 hrs each (high end for complex bridge abutment)\nBridge modeling: 1-80 hrs each\nSpan Sign Structure (i.e. Guide Signs, Toll Gantry, DMS) (optional): \n0.5 - 3 hours per span sign structure\n\nRanges for proposed utilities (Includes all utilities):\nProposed utilities (pressure pipe) (optional):  2 - 12 hours per mile\nProposed utilities (gravity) (optional): 1 - 4 hours per node\n\nRanges per alignment/corridor:\nLower range Corridor  (side ditches, medians, traffic separators, barrier walls, guardrail terminals, ditches and retaining walls) : 4 - 10 hours per mile per alignment/corridor\nMiddle range Corridor (side slopes, medians, traffic separators, barrier walls, guardrail terminals, ditches and retaining walls) : 6 - 12 hours per mile\nUpper range Corridor  (side slopes, medians, traffic separators, barrier walls, guardrail terminals, ditches and retaining walls) : 10 - 35 hours per mile\n\n"]
[null,36.299999999999997,"Phase III 3D Design Model ","Alignment / Corridor Mile","10 to 20","Modification of the Phase II model to further refine areas of transition between templates, detailed grading areas, Bridge approaches and end bents, median noses, shoulder transition areas, retaining walls, barrier walls and guardrail.  Includes all effort to update the model in order to accurately reflect changes made based on the Phase II review comments.  Hours estimated per alignment/corridor mile."]
[null,36.4,"Final 3D Design Model ","Alignment / Corridor Mile","8 to 16","Includes all effort necessary to update the model to comply with changes based on the Phase III  review comments and to accurately generate, export and otherwise prepare the Final 3D deliverable files as described in the FDOT CADD Manual.  This effort includes preparation of all AMG-####.dwg/DGN and XML files in the formats described in the FDOT CADD Manual section 5.10.4.2"]
[null,"\n36.5","Cross Section Design Files","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Note:  If the Cross Sections are prepared using a 3D model, use Task 36.5 instead of Task 4.9.  Address 5.18 for hours related to the Cross Section Design Files. Additionally, the requirements for labeling the cross sections will remain under Activity 5.0 Roadway Plans. \n\nIncludes all work required to establish and develop cross section design files in accordance with the DEPARTMENT's CADD manuals.  Includes the work required to establish and utilize intelligent/automated methods for creating cross sections including determining the locations for which all cross sections will be shown, creating pattern line file, .dat file, 3D model referencing, cross section .dgn files, cross section refinement, placement of utilities and drainage, soil boxes, R/W lines, earthwork calculations, etc.  \n\nEffort to be calculated using the below ranges:\nAlignment/Corridor (includes frontage or collector roads):  LS based on alignment/corridor mile (commensurate with complexity of alignment/corridor model as described in the 3D Modeling Guidelines) Low Range = 20 to 40 hours/mile, Middle Range = 30 to 60 hours/mile, and Upper Range = 50 to 80 hours/mile.\n\nPond / Floodplain Compensation Site:  per each site to be graded 8 to 18 hours.\n\n"]
[null,36.6,"Template and Assembly Development","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","10% of 36.1 & 36.2– Includes all work associated with  Project specific template/assembly modifications  development effort of the 3D model (Optional Services)"]
[null,"3D Modeling Nontechnical "]
[null,36.700000000000003,"Quality Assurance/Quality Control","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all work associated with the QA/QC effort of the 3D model. \n\n5% of Activities 36.1, 36.2, 36.3, 36.4, 36.5 and 36.6"]
[null,36.799999999999997,"Supervision","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all work associated with the supervision/oversight of staff developing the 3D model. \n\n5% of Activities 36.1, 36.2, 36.3, 36.4 and 36.5"]
[null,"Coordination"]
[null,36.9,"Coordination","LS","See Basis for Staff Hour Range","Includes all efforts to coordinate internally with survey, geotechnical, drainage, structures, lighting, roadway, signals, utilities, rail road, permits, schedules, specifications, bicycle/ pedestrian/ transit, landscape architecture, traffic operations, and other DEPARTMENT offices to produce a final set of construction documents. (LS based on 2% to 3% of all the above tasks.)"]